Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

42nd Annual Convention; Downtown Chicago, IL; 2016

Program by Continuing Education Events: Monday, May 30, 2016


 

Symposium #165
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advancements in Activity Schedule Research
Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica Akers (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Jessica Akers, Ph.D.
Abstract: Activity schedules consist of visual and/or auditory supports that function as discriminative stimuli to engage in an activity or a series of activities. Lately, the utility of activity schedules has been extended beyond teaching individuals with autism to complete basic tasks, and this symposium highlights three examples of such innovation. The first study assessed whether four 15 to 17- year old individuals diagnosed with autism remained on-task and completed tasks independently when using self-reinforcement compared to teacher-delivered reinforcement in the presence of an activity schedule. The second study examined the effectiveness of an activity schedule, embedded within an iPad, in promoting varied engagement with academic applications. The final study used activity schedules to train children with autism to play hide-and-seek in a group with typically developing peers. Researchers were able to fade several components of the activity schedules, and responding maintained in a novel environment and during a 2-weeks follow-up session.
Keyword(s): activity schedule, script training, technology
 
Self-Reinforcement Compared to Teacher-Delivered Reinforcement During Activity Schedules on the iPod Touch
BRITTANY BEAVER (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract: The present study assessed whether four 15 to 17- year old individuals diagnosed with autism remained on-task and completed tasks independently when using self-reinforcement compared to teacher-delivered reinforcement in the presence of an activity schedule. The three conditions were teacher-delivered reinforcement, self-reinforcement, and a control. An adapted alternating treatments design with a control condition was used. The participants followed a text-based activity schedule on the iPod touch to complete a vocational, daily living, and, leisure task. To promote independence, the proximity of the instructor was increased until the instructor was completely removed during self-reinforcement. Results of this study demonstrated high percentages of on-task behavior and schedule completion for both conditions. Overall, during the self-reinforcement condition, proximity of the instructor was increased in the same number or fewer sessions than during the teacher-delivered reinforcement condition. The results of this study established a novel method for implementing self-reinforcement and expanded upon past research on activity schedules and the use of portable technology by presenting schedules on an iPod touch.
 

An Evaluation of Group Activity Schedules to Train Children With Autism to Play Hide-and-Seek With Their Typically Developing Peers

JESSICA AKERS (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Kristina Gerencser (Utah State University), Azure Pellegrino (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Children with autism often avoid engaging in play activities with typically developing peers. The purpose of this study was to identify the utility of photographic activity schedules, with embedded scripts, to teach three children with autism to play a complex social game. In this study we used activity schedules to train children with autism to play hide-and-seek in a group with typically developing peers. Once the activity schedules were introduced all of the participants were able to play hide-and-seek. A secondary purpose of this study was to systematically fade the activity schedules to the least intrusive version necessary. We were able to fade all of the scripts and several components of the activity schedules. The participants were able to continue to play hide-and-seek with the faded versions of the schedules, in a novel environment and 2-weeks after treatment concluded.

 

The Use of an Electronic Visual Activity Schedule to Promote Engagement and Varied Application Play With Children With Autism

WILLIAM TIM COURTNEY (Little Star Center), Matthew T. Brodhead (Purdue University), Jackie Thaxton (Little Star Center)
Abstract:

Children with autism often engage in repetitive behaviors and often have restricted interests. In the classroom, these features may inhibit a child's ability to vary the types of academic games they engage in. This may be particularly difficult for a child when he or she has access to items that are more preferred than academic games, such as an iPad. The purpose of this study was to embed an activity schedule within an iPad and examine the effects of that activity schedule on promoting varied application engagement with three children with autism. During baseline, participants engaged in only one application and did not vary their play. When participants were taught how to follow the activity schedule, which was embedded within the iPad, they varied their play between four applications. When the activity schedule was removed, all three participants engaged in responding that was similar to baseline. Responding increased and maintained when the activity schedule was re-introduced.

 
 
Symposium #166
CE Offered: BACB
Outcomes of Behavioral Intervention in School Settings and Adolescence
Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Dean Smith (UK Young Autism Project)
CE Instructor: Sigmund Eldevik, Ph.D.
Abstract: We will present outcome data on behavioral interventions for children with autism in school settings. One school in the United Kingdom reports outcome on children between 4 and 7 years at intake receiving low-intensity behavioral interventions based in the British Early Special School Teaching Model. We will also present outcome data from a school base behavioral intervention model in Norway. All children received early intervention in pre-schools. One group have continued to receive intervention well into school age, while another group was provided with generic special education when they started school. Outcome at the age of 9 years will be compared between these groups. We will also present long-term outcome data - at the age of about 15 years - from the Young Autism Project in the United Kingdom. We report long-term outcome for 19 children with ASD who initially received EIBI and subsequently received long-term school- and home-based behavioral intervention.
Keyword(s): intervention school, long-term outcome
 

Outcomes of the BESST Special Education Model in the United Kingdom

DENISE FORAN (Bangor University), Marguerite L. Hoerger (Bangor University), Hannah Philpott (Bangor University), Elin Mair Walker Jones (Bangor University, North Wales Trust, GwyneddLEA)
Abstract:

The current research describes the evidence for the British Early Special School Teaching Model (BESST), which aims to provide an education based on the principles of ABA to all young children enrolled in a special needs school.TheBESSTmodelcanbeimplementedeffectively and affordably making it available to all children who would benefit. Behaviour analysts work in a multi-disciplinary context to provide an education based on the principals of Applied Behaviour Analysis to children under the age of seven years old. Children receive 7 hours a week of 1:1 teaching, which is supplemented by group teaching. Each child has an individualised behaviour plan. Interventions are designed by Behaviour Analysts and implemented by teaching staff. Outcome data from the Vinelands Adaptive Behavior Scales, the Stanford Binet Intelligence Scales, and the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills Revised will be presented for 13 children ages 4-7 years old. Results show that children make statistically and clinically significant gains within this model. We will discuss the data in context of providing cost effective behavioural interventions in maintained special educational needs school in the United Kingdom.

 

Effects of Continued Behavioral Intervention Well Into School Age for Children With Autism

SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Cathrine Olsson (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)), Astri Valmo (Centre for Early Intervention (STI))
Abstract:

Effects of continued behavioral intervention into school age for children with developmental disorders We found better outcome in intelligence and adaptive behavior scores for those children who continued to receive behavioral intervention in school compared to those children who ended their intervention. We compare the two groups of children during intervention in preschool, at eight and nine years of age. The group of children (n=12) who received behavioral intervention in school continued to gain in intelligence and adaptive behavior scores, whereas the group that stopped (n=10) lost points. This finding supports the hypotheses that behavioral intervention can continue to benefit some children with autism and other developmental disorders well into school age. We have not been able to detect any clear indications for stopping behavioral intervention, although it appears that children with scores in the normal range have more stable scores.

 

Outcome in Adolescence for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder Who received Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention

DEAN SMITH (UK Young Autism Project), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo and Akershus University College), Diane W. Hayward (UK Young Autism Project), Catherine Gale (UK Young Autism Project)
Abstract:

This paper reports long-term outcome for 19 children with ASD who initially received EIBI and subsequently received long-term school- and home-based behavioral intervention. Mean intake age was 2 years and 11 months and mean follow-up age was 14 years and 11 months. Mean intake IQ was 55, IQ after one year of EIBI was 78, and mean follow-up IQ was 68. Mean intake Vineland Adaptive Behavior (VABS) Score was 64, VABS after one year of EIBI was 74, and VABS at follow-up was 70. Eleven of the 19 children received an IQ score and VABS score of 70 or above (Mean IQ 94 and mean VABS 86). Autism symptoms at follow-up (as assessed by the ADI-R and the CARS) is presented, so is data on the type of services the children had received after EIBI.

 
 
Symposium #167
CE Offered: BACB
Widescale Implementation for Children With Autism and Adults With Intellectual Disabilities Using the PEAK Relational Training System
Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Leah Verkuylen (Southern Illinois University- Carbondale)
CE Instructor: Karen R. Harper, M.A.
Abstract: Several treatment protocols that are applied behavior analytic have become available to consumers over the past decade, conferring the advantages of large scale implementation and dissemination of behavior analytic techniques for teaching a variety of skills. The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) is one such protocol that incorporates aspects of verbal behavior therapy and contemporary advances in the application of Stimulus Equivalence and Relational Frame Theory. Several studies have recently been published that support the psychometric reliability and validity of the PEAK assessments, as well as the effectiveness of the corresponding PEAK curricula. The present set of studies will outline how to modify the PEAK curriculum for implementation at an agency level, how to use empirical evaluations of PEAK to maximize insurance reimbursement, and how to train staff at an agency in order to improve implementation fidelity and increase corresponding participant outcomes.
Keyword(s): Insurance, OBM, PEAK, Procedural Integrity
 
PEAK for IBI: Effectiveness of the PEAK Relational Training System Guides on Strengthening Procedural Integrity in Intensive Behavioral Intervention in Ontario
SARAH M. DUNKEL-JACKSON (Kinark Child and Family Services)
Abstract: In Ontario, the Ministry of Children and Youth Services (MCYS) funds Intensive Behavioural Intervention (IBI) for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder aged 0 to 18 years. By utilizing evidence- based best practices founded upon the principles of behavior analysis (ABA), IBI service providers implement intervention programs to increase the developmental trajectory of children diagnosed with ASD. Curriculum assessments based primarily on Skinner’s (1957) Verbal Behavior and procedures such as discrete trial training (DTT) have proven useful to service providers when designing IBI programming. A new curriculum guide based on a contemporary behavior-analytic approach, the PEAK Relational Training System, may prove to further enhance quality IBI services for children with ASD in Ontario. The current study will provide an examination of the effectiveness of the PEAK curriculum and assessment guides on the procedural integrity of IBI staff conducting PEAK DTT sessions. Supplemental staff training resources and data management systems will also be discussed.
 
PEAK on the Front Lines: A System-Wide Roll Out in a Large Organization
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University), Brooke Diane Walker (Easter Seals Bay Area), Puja Chocha (Easter Seals Bay Area), Liza Marquie (Easter Seals Bay Area)
Abstract: When ABA providers seek financial reimbursement from insurance companies, they must justify the need for services as well as the intensity of such services. Less than optimal funding may occur when behavior analysts rely on single case designs, assessments with little to no reliability or validity, or clinical opinion about treatment intensity. This presentation will walk through how our agency was able to maximize insurance authorizations using service requests built upon data via PEAK's correlations with IQ, randomized control trials, and norm referencing data. Sample authorization requests will be presented along with a brief review of PEAK's extensive psychometric evidence as an effective ABA assessment and curriculum.
 
Real World Implementation of PEAK With Adults in a Large Multi-State Community-Based ABA Provider
KAREN R. HARPER (ABA of Illinois, LLC), Dena Kime (Southern Illinois University), Jaime A. Rische (ABA of Illinois, LLC), Jamie Matas (ABA of Illinois, LLC)
Abstract: Transferring ABA technologies from laboratory to practice is a daunting task. Too often the clinician on the front line is left with either a complex experimental procedure to extract utility, or an overly basic practice technique which fails to account for the complete needs of the client. This presentation will tell the tale of a large multiple-state organization who has successfully implemented the PEAK Relational Training System to teach new skills to adults with intellectual disabilities. Using a series of randomized controlled trials we were able to produce effective clinical outcomes for our consumers by implementing PEAK and comparing it to treatment as usual. These data suggest that learning does not stop when an individual ages out of the educational system, and also suggests that the curriculum presented in PEAK has utility for adults with disabilities.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #168
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Being Part of the Solution: Antecedent Interventions for Students With Anxiety-Related Behaviors
Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D.
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Presenting Authors: : JESSICA MINAHAN (Boston University)
Abstract:

The National Institutes of Health (NIH) reports that one in four thirteen-eighteen year olds has had an anxiety disorder in their lifetime. In 1998, Friman and colleagues encouraged behavior analysts to study anxiety but very few behavior analysts have done so. Anxiety creates a unique set of prior learning experiences, discriminative stimuli for reinforcement and punishment, and establishing operations. In this tutorial, a behavioral analysis of anxiety-related behaviors including the identification of: the effect of prior learning history of reinforcement and punishment for anxiety-related behaviors, discriminative stimuli that signal anxiety-related behaviors and establishing operations for anxiety-related behaviors will be provided. When anxiety-related behaviors are due to skill deficits, explicitly teaching coping skills, self-monitoring, and alternative responses is crucial. Using antecedent interventions with these children may be more effective than reward and punishment-based consequences from traditional behavior plans. The reduction of self-reported anxiety-related behavior by use of antecedent management and explicit instruction in self-regulation and self-monitoring strategies will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs, psychologists, counselors, health care providers, social workers and/or teachers who serve children with developmental disabilities or children who are typically-developing who exhibit anxiety-related and challenging behaviors.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the tutorial, the participant will be able to: (1) explain why antecedent interventions for children with anxiety-related behaviors may be more effective than reward and punishment-based consequences from traditional behavior plans; (2) describe how to explicitly teach coping skills, self-monitoring, and alternative responses for anxiety-related behaviors; (3) describe how to implement antecedent strategies and interventions for reducing anxiety-related behaviors.
 
JESSICA MINAHAN (Boston University)
Jessica Minahan, BCBA, is an author and special educator with experience in both urban and suburban public school systems. She has worked with students who exhibit challenging behavior at home and in school; she specializes in creating behavior intervention plans for students who demonstrate explosive and unsafe behavior. She also works with students who have emotional and behavioral disabilities, anxiety disorders, or high-functioning autism. Jessica is currently an adjunct professor at Boston University and offers independent consultations to schools nationwide.
 
 
Symposium #170
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in the Area of Functional Analysis: Complex Models in Public School Settings
Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mark J. Palmieri (The Center for Children with Speical Needs)
CE Instructor: Amanda P. Laprime, Ph.D.
Abstract:

With the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) requiring public school settings to provide least restrictive environments for students with disabilities, behavior analytic work within these settings is impacted by the increased complexity of clinical cases. In addition, IDEA requires the use of evidence-based practices in public school systems. Consequently, it is important for clinicians to utilize the most contemporary, effective, and efficient assessment and treatment tools available. Functional analysis methodology has time and time again proven to provide conclusive results regarding the function of behavior, and led to interventions informed by this clear understanding of behavior. Recent research in the area of functional analysis has included modified functional analyses, latency-based functional analyses, analyses of response classes and precursor behaviors, as well as methods for training public school staff to be involved in assessment. The expansion of the literature has made functional analyses more efficient and accessible in public school environments. With easier to access methods and clear conclusions regarding behavior, the role of functional analysis models and their effects on treatment decisions in public school settings is an important issue for behavior analysts to consider in their practice.

Keyword(s): Education, Functional analysis
 

Functional Analysis and Treatment of Precursor Behavior for Self-Injury in a Student With Angelman Syndrome

AMANDA P. LAPRIME (The Center for Children with Special Needs; Northeastern University), Solandy Forte (The Center for Children with Special Needs; Endicott College)
Abstract:

Precursor behaviors are those which both precede, and often predict the occurrence of a target response (Fahmie & Iwata, 2011). It is frequently assumed that precursor behaviors are part of the same response class as those behaviors that they precede. The role of precursors in treating potentially dangerous behavior such as self-injury, has received high levels of attention in the research, as responding to precursor responses may interrupt or decrease the probability of higher intensity behaviors (Herscovitch et al., 2009). In the current study, a brief functional analysis with a latency analysis, was conducted in a public school setting, to evaluate the degree to which precursor behaviors were part of the same response class as self-biting in a 9-year-student with Angelman syndrome. Data showed that precursor behaviors functioned as part of the same response class as self-biting. The shortest latencies to pre-cursor responses occurred during the tangible condition as compared to the attention, demand, and control conditions. While many other treatments had failed to effectively reduce self-biting, these data led to a treatment in which pre-cursor behaviors were reinforced as a method to effectively decrease self-biting across environments. These data show the importance of both assessing and treating precursor responses, particularly when faced with dangerous behaviors.

 
Assessing the Role of Attention in the Functional Analysis and Treatment of Problem Behavior
SHAUNESSY M. EGAN (The Center for Children with Special Needs)
Abstract: When given complex problem behavior, procedural modifications to functional analysis (FA) methodology has led to a better understanding of the environmental variables that maintain behavior. One area, specifically, the parameters of positive reinforcement in the form of attention, has been the focus of several studies (e.g., Broussard & Northup, 1997; Mueller et al., 2001). In the current study, a functional analysis with a latency analysis was conducted to assess behavioral episodes in a 6-year old boy with Fragile-X syndrome. A previous functional behavior assessment hypothesized that behavioral episodes functioned due to both escape from demands and staff attention. The FA included four phases; control, test, standard reinforcement, and a secondary reinforcement, which evaluated the role of attention combined with the standard reinforcement for the demand and tangible conditions. Data showed that in both demand and tangible conditions, the standard consequence paired with preferred types of attention, reinforced behavior, as compared to the demand and tangible conditions without the addition of attention as a consequence. These data, in conjunction with a preference assessment of specific types of adult attention, were used to inform a clinical treatment program that was assessed using a multiple baseline across settings design.
 
Teacher-Led Functional Analysis and Treatment of Stereotypic Behavior in a Public School Setting
KIMBERLY MARSHALL (The Center for Children with Special Needs)
Abstract: As functional analyses (FA) expand to applied settings there is an increased need for school teams to use this well-researched technology to improve their assessment and treatment of problem behavior. In the current study, a special education teacher was trained to run all conditions of a brief FA with a latency analysis to assess the function of motor and vocal stereotypy in an 11-year old boy with an autism spectrum disorder. A functional behavior assessment, which preceded the FA, concluded that stereotypic behavior was automatically maintained; consequently the team was utilizing response interruption and redirection to decrease stereotypy. The present analysis allowed the school team to consider that behavior which may appear to be automatically-maintained, may still be differentiated across environmental variables, which could be of significant importance in treatment selection. Treatment will be informed by the results of the functional analysis and implemented by school staff. These data show the importance of training school staff to run assessment and intervention for complex behaviors in a school system with the oversight of a Board Certified Behavior Analyst© to assess treatment fidelity.
 
 
Symposium #171
CE Offered: BACB
How to Improve Learning in Every Classroom: Right Here, Right Now
Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University)
CE Instructor: William L. Heward, Ed.D.
Abstract: How can behavior analysts best help the world’s 60 million teachers and 1.4 billion students? How would you answer a teacher who asks, “How I can improve learning in my classroom tomorrow?” Attendees in this interactive symposium will experience as students strategies and tactics teachers can use to immediately improve learning by 1 student or 100 students. Cost-free strategies applicable in any classroom--dirt floor and windowless or digitally wired--and effective regardless of students' age and skill levels or curriculum content will be presented.
 
Using Low-Tech Teaching Tools to Improve Learning in Non-Digital Classrooms
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Group instruction, whether an entire class or smaller groups, presents teachers with five major challenges: maintaining students’ attention, giving every student sufficient opportunities to respond, providing feedback for students’ responses, monitoring students’ learning, and preventing and dealing with disruptive behavior. Several, research-based tactics that help teachers meet these challenges will be presented. The featured tactics are low-tech (i.e., inexpensive, easy to use, no equipment to breakdown or software to maintain), can be implemented immediately in any classroom, and effective from preschool to graduate school.
 

Maximizing the Effectiveness of Digital Technology in the Classroom

JANET S. TWYMAN (University of Massachusetts Medical School; Center on Innovations in Learning)
Abstract:

This presentation will show how teachers can incorporate tenets of behaviorally informed instruction to maximize the effectiveness of digital technology in the classroom. Several free technology tools that help teachers meet the same challenges of group instruction described in the preceding presentation will be demonstrated with audience members as students. Attendees will receive information for accessing each of the tools presented.

 
Some Critical Variables Influencing Technology Adoption in the Classroom
SATORU SHIMAMUNE (Hosei University)
Abstract: Technology adoption is often a slow and, for developers certain their mousetrap is far and away the best ever, frustrating process. Behavior analysts working in education are no different than most technology developers in lamenting the research-to-practice gap. This presentation will highlight critical variables to increase the adoption and use of evidence-based practices in the classroom.
 
 
Panel #173
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Organizational Behavior Management Meets Supervision: A Perfect Match for Effective Supervision
Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
St. Gallen, Swissotel
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Janet Vasquez, M.S.
Chair: Janet Vasquez (World Evolve Therapy, Inc.)
ANA LIMIA (World Evolve Therapy, Inc.)
AILEEN MADERAL (World Evolve Therapy, Inc.)
JANET VASQUEZ (World Evolve Therapy, Inc.)
Abstract:

Effective supervision is vital when delivering quality applied behavior analysis services. However, understanding and adhering to the BACB experience standards in addition to providing effective supervision can be a challenging endeavor for behavioral practitioners at all levels. This panel will discuss two critical levels in which the provision of quality supervision is required, line therapists and supervisors. Important questions will be reviewed, such as how to select the right therapists for an ABA organization and how to ensure that supervisors are providing quality supervision. Moreover, the panel will discuss the utility of organizational behavior management and the role of a leadership team in building and implementing performance management systems that can significantly impact the efficacy of supervision, which in turn, can impact the quality of service. Each member of the panel will present systems used at each respective level, discuss findings, and contribute their own unique experiences as they pertain to each of these key areas.

Keyword(s): OBM, performance management, supervision
 
 
Invited Paper Session #174
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Final Fusillade

Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Montreux, Swissotel
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Julie M. Slowiak, Ph.D.
Chair: Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth)
BRADLEY E. HUITEMA (Western Michigan University)
Dr. Brad Huitema is professor of psychology, a member of the general faculty, and statistical consultant for businesses and several units of Western Michigan University. His 1980 text, The Analysis of Covariance and Alternatives, has been well received in the field. He is a member of the editorial board for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and the Journal of Behavioral Assessment. He is also a referee for several journals including The American Statistician; Behavioral Research Methods, Instruments, and Computers; the Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment; Psychological Bulletin and Psychometrika. His research interests include time series analysis, evaluation of preventitive health practices, and single organism and quasi-experimental design. His international travel includes teaching several short courses in Mexico.
Abstract:

A bevy of current methodological topics relevant to psychological researchers working in diverse areas is presented. Many of them are widely misunderstood. Among these topics are: (1) the recent efforts to ban null hypothesis significance tests (NHST), (2) interpretation problems surrounding both conventional (i.e., Fisher and Neyman-Pearson) and Bayesian statistical inference, (3) the relationship between p-values and replication, (4) unjustified hand wringing regarding effect declines (often claimed to cast doubt on scientific methods in general) that appear to occur in many or most areas of science, (5) the increasing salience of single-case research designs and associated analyses, and (6) the stunning effect of complex black-box statistical methods on judgment. The historical context for several of these topics is presented in order to facilitate an understanding how we have ended up in our current state.

Target Audience:

Behavioral researchers with a strong interest in research methodology.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe at least one reason that treatment effects tend to decline; (2) provide an example of a major public health problem solved with a very small n design; (3) identify a study in which a single-case design is very convincing.
 
 
Symposium #175
CE Offered: BACB
From Research to Practice: Current Procedural Advances in the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior
Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
CE Instructor: Michele D. Wallace, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will include recent research on the assessment and treatment of problem behavior with a focus on implications for practice. The first study will present the translation process that was undertaken to produce a reliable and valid indirect assessment in Japanese. The second paper, will highlight the development and utilization of a flow-chart for interpreting transitional functional analyses. The third paper, will present on the effects of an FCT+DRA intervention aimed at decreasing problem behavior maintained by social negative reinforcement, while increasing both communication and compliance. All presenters will provide insight on implications related to both future research and practice.

Keyword(s): Application, Assessment, Treatment
 
Translation, Reliability, and Validity of the IFA-Japanese
SARAH KAGAWA (Seek Education), Michele D. Wallace (Seek Education), Yuki Ikezaki (Seek Education), Kae Yabuki (SEEK Education, Inc.)
Abstract: Functional behavior assessments used to identify functions of problem behavior rely on three main categories of assessment methodology: Indirect Assessments, Descriptive Assessments, and Functional Analysis. In fact, best practice suggests that these assessments are necessary to effectively reduce behavior problems. Most of these assessment methodologies are mainly only available in English. However, problem behavior is not only seen in individuals whose main language is English. Given the various cultural and languages encountered in the treatment of problem behavior, translations of these instruments and assessment methodology is best clinical practice and is in need of our efforts. This study presents the steps taken to translate and test for reliability and validity of the Indirect Functional Assessment (IFA) – Japanese assessment. Results are presented as well as a dissemination of the IFA – Japanese.
 
Systematic Process for Analyzing Transition Functional Analyses
SARAH CONKLIN (Family ABA), Michele D. Wallace (Seek Education, Inc.), Sarah Gonzalez (Seek Education)
Abstract: Over the last 30+ years researchers have extended the methodology of Functional Analyses to incorporate a number of procedural and behavioral variations. One such advancement was the development of the transition functional analysis (McCord, Thomson, & Iwata, 2001) to effectively analyze function and aspects of transitions. Although this advancement has been important in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior related to transitions, there are no current systematic rules or instructions for analyzing the results of this assessment. Moreover, the rules applied to analyzing multielement functional analyses do not simply convert to analyzing transition functional analyses. This study developed a flow chart to interpret transition functional analyses. This flow chart was utilized to interpret 2 transition functional analyses prior to treatment development and resulted in accurate determination of function of problem behavior as well as selection of intervention and reduction in problem behavior. Moreover, we have also successfully utilized this flow chart and went back and utilized it to determine function of transition functional analyses published in behavioral journals. Using the flow chart was both valid in interpreting function as well as reliable. Results as well as dissemination of the flow chart will be provided.
 

Using a Concurrent Reinforcement Schedule to Eliminate Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior and Increase Compliance

KATHRYN WHITE (Behavior Services of the Rockies), Michele D. Wallace (Behavior Services of the Rockies), Travis Blevins (Behavior Services of the Rockies)
Abstract:

Functional Communication Training with extinction is one approach to eliminating problem behavior and increasing appropriate behavior. When applied to problem behavior maintained by social positive reinforcement, it produces rapid decreases in problem behavior as well as socially significant increases in appropriate behavior (e.g., asking for attention or tangible items). It is equally effective for eliminating problem behavior maintained by social negative reinforcement in the form of escape; however, most caregivers are not satisfied with only increasing asking for a break. In fact, when treating problem behavior maintained by escape from tasks, socially significant behavior changes would include increasing compliance as well as asking for a break. The purpose of this study was to utilize FCT (1 min break) + Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior (5 min break contingent on compliance) to decrease problem behavior and ultimately increase compliance. Results demonstrate that the intervention was highly successful. Implications for practice as well as avenues for future research will be

 
 
Symposium #176
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Supervising Supervision: Designing, Monitoring, and Supporting Supervision in ABA
Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Susan Ainsleigh (Bay Path University)
CE Instructor: Susan Ainsleigh, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Supervision is a critical component of the development of future practitioners of applied behavior analytic services, and required for all individuals seeking credentialing in ABA. All future professionals seek excellence in supervision, however, despite increasingly structured guidelines provided by certification and licensure organizations, variation exists in the quality and rigor of supervision experiences. Indeed, not all supervision experiences are created equal. For those developing or supporting supervision for the future behavior analyst, minimal guidance exists thus far in behavioral literature related to effective supervision management. Related disciplines have much to offer in the development of quality supervision models, and behaviorally-based literature related to training and instruction, specifically, literature on competency-based training and behavioral skills training models, can support and strengthen the development of quality supervision experiences. Finally, invested constituents have beneficial feedback to add to the supervision process. This symposium targets the developers of supervision in ABA, offering models and guidance for creating quality supervision experiences.

Keyword(s): competency training, graduation education, instructional design, supervision
 

Supervision in the Workplace: Bridging the Gap Between Coursework and Applied Practice in Professional Settings

GINETTE WILSON BISHOP (Advances Learning Center)
Abstract:

Bridging the gap between theory and applied practice can pose a challenge for many graduate Applied Behavior Analysis students. Employers of these scholars face the unique challenge of accommodating rigorous supervision requirements, changing course schedules and other graduate work commitments that often complicate the landscape. This presentation will discuss several strategies that employers can utilize to support graduate ABA students as they progress through the supervision requirements associated with eventual Board Certification. Specific examples of employer driven initiatives to improve quality of services provided, employee retention, and outcomes for graduate students will be provided. Methods to incentivize employees considering graduate coursework to create a larger more diverse pool of productive clinicians will be reviewed. Finally, opportunities for collaboration with local college programs and course sequences will be discussed with the ultimate priority being the quality of the overall experience for both the student and recipients of the behavior analytic services they provide.

 

Incorporating Modeling Into Supervision of Behavior Analytic Practitioners

ROBYN M. CATAGNUS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan Ainsleigh (Bay Path University)
Abstract:

Modeling is a component of Behavioral Skill Training, and has been shown to be effective in evoking desired behavior. Modeling, both in live and video formats, has been incorporated into many models of training successfully. Evidence suggests, however, that modeling is often omitted from supervision experiences, particularly when distance or remote supervision is utilized. This presentation reviews strategies for successfully incorporating modeling into supervision sessions for applied behavior analytic graduate students. Characteristics of the competent model are reviewed, and technical aspects of designing effective models are presented. A model for training supervisors to utilize modeling in supervision is presented.

 
Behavior Skills Training in ABA Supervision
NOELLE NEAULT (Bay Path University), Melissa Hunsinger Harris (Bay Path University)
Abstract: Supervision can be defined as an intervention that is provided by a senior member of a profession to a junior member in the same profession (Bernard & Goodyear, 1998). It has multiple purposes, including improving the skills and repertoires of the junior member, monitoring and facilitating the delivery of high quality services, serving as a gatekeeper to those who enter the profession, and modeling effective supervision practices (Behnke, 2005). Behavioral Skills Training (BST) has been demonstrated as an effective training model and is required by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (2012) when providing fieldwork/practicum supervision. BST is a system for training performance skills in human service staff. It includes written and verbal instructions, modeling, repeated practice to mastery, and performance feedback (Parsons, Rollyson & Reid, 2010). Its effectiveness in educational and clinical settings has been well-documented; however, its use in supervision remains unexamined. The current study focuses on the evaluation of behavior analytic supervision sessions to identify which aspects of behavioral skills training are routinely included or omitted. Participants in this study included supervisors of graduate students in applied behavior analysis. Individual supervision sessions were directly observed. Data was summarized to examine components of BST that are routinely utilized in supervision sessions and those that are consistently omitted. Implications for supervision effectiveness and recommendations for supervisor training are discussed.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #177
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

The Cognitive Consequences of Children's Exposure to Lead Revealed by Behavior Analysis

Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: M. Christopher Newland, Ph.D.
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
DEBORAH CORY-SLECHTA (University of Rochester Medical Center)
Dr. Deborah Cory-Slechta is a Professor of Environmental Medicine, Pediatrics and Public Health Sciences at the University of Rochester Medical School, Acting Chair of the Department of Environmental Medicine and PI of its NIEHS Core Center Grant. Her research, which includes both animal models and human studies, has focused largely on the behavioral consequences of developmental exposures to environmental chemicals. This work has examined the effects of developmental exposures to metals, pesticides and air pollutants in animal models and human cohort studies. Current efforts include development of animal models of behavioral toxicology that better simulate the context of the human environment, including assessment of behavioral consequences of the interactions of lead with prenatal stress, and with early behavioral adversity. A newer focus of the laboratory has been on the adverse impacts on the central nervous system of exposures to air pollution during development. These efforts have resulted in over 155 peer-reviewed publications. She previously served as Dean for Research at the University of Rochester Medical School, and as Director of the Environmental and Occupational Health Sciences Institute of Rutgers University. Dr. Cory-Slechta has served on advisory panels of the NIH, the FDA, the Environmental Protection Agency, the National Academy of Sciences, the Institute of Medicine, and the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry, and on the editorial boards of the journals Environmental Health Perspectives, Neurotoxicology, Toxicology, Toxicological Sciences, Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology and Neurotoxicology and Teratology.
Abstract:

Years of using lead in paint and gasoline resulted in widespread environmental contamination and human exposure. The particular vulnerability of the developing brain to lead puts children at particular risk for detrimental effects and numerous studies have documented the association of elevated blood lead in children with reduced IQ scores. Behavior analysis (BA)has been critical to the delineation of the specific cognitive deficits that underlie the IQ loss.BA hasrevealed deficits in learning/reversal learning that appear to result from increases in response perseveration and disruption of attention-related behaviors, particularly the ability to wait for reward. In the human environment, lead exposure occurs with many other risk factors for cognitive deficits, particularly in low socioeconomic status communities where lead levels are highest. Two such risk factors—high levels of maternal stress and early behavioral adversity in children—share pathways of brain mediation with lead, and thus could enhance or alter its behavioral toxicity. Indeed, studies in animal models show that lead-induced deficits in cognitive behaviors can be enhanced by, or even unmasked, in the presence of prenatal stress. Further, early behavioral adversity can further exacerbate the adverse effects of lead on learning.

Target Audience:

Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the specific behavioral deficits that underlie the reductions in IQ associated with exposure to elevated levels of lead in children; (2) cite examples of the cumulative neuro- and behavioral toxicity produced by combined exposures to gestational lead exposure, prenatal stress and early behavioral adversity; (3) describe a biological algorithm for understanding the potential for the cognitive deficits produced by lead to be enhanced by other environmental risk factors for cognitive deficits.
 
 
Symposium #178
CE Offered: BACB
Verbal Behavior Interventions With Older Adults
Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: VBC/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates)
CE Instructor: Jonathan C. Baker, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The presence and impact of age-related language deficits have been acknowledged both the field within the field of behavior analysis (e.g., Gross, Fuqua, Merritt, 2013; Skinner, 1957; Sundberg 1991) as well as the broader field of gerontology (Cohen-Mansfield & Werner, 1997), though relatively little research has focused on remediation of those deficits. This dearth of intervention research is partly related to the notion that age-related language deficits are the result of biological processes, as well as the limited number of behavior analysts trained to work with older adults. However, there is growing support that environmental variables can and do play a role in language deficits among older adults. This talk symposium will include to empirical talks reviewing data from a studies aimed at the assessment and treatment of age-related language deficits among older adults.

Keyword(s): Aphasia, Dementia, Older Adult, Verbal Behavior
 

Transferring Stimulus Control in Teaching Mands to Older Adults With Dementia

TAYLOR SWEATT (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Little is known about the functional deterioration of language in older adults with dementia and in particular, about the weakening of the mand repertoire. Skinner hypothesized that operants maintained by specific sources of reinforcement (i.e., the mand) might be less susceptible to deterioration, though it appears the opposite may be true (i.e., the mand is more susceptible to weakening and the most resilient operants are the echoic and textual) (Skinner, 1957; Gross, Fuqua, Mettitt, 2013). The current study employs a multiple-baseline across participants design to examine the effects of echoic and visual prompts, along with an interrupted-behavior chain procedure to teach mands to elders with dementia and aphasia, as well as a history of strokes. For one participant, visual and echoic prompts were faded completely and independent mands were emitted to the mastery criterion. Data will be collected on additional participants.

 

The Efficacy of Different Stimulus Fading Procedures to Teach Verbal Operants to an Older Adult With Aphasia

LILITH REUTER-YUILL (Western Michigan University), Hannah Ritchie (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Aphasia can severely impact an individual's ability to communicate. However, existing research on interventions is limited. The current study compared different stimulus fading procedures with an older adult diagnosed with aphasia. A multielement within a multiple baseline design across behaviors was used to measure the efficacy of each approach. Results showed that the time delay procedure was more efficient at fading prompts when teaching intraverbals.

 
 
Symposium #179
CE Offered: BACB
Navigating the Social World: Innovations in Social Skills Treatment for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
CE Instructor: Marjorie H. Charlop, Ph.D.
Abstract:

For children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), having severe deficits in social skills prevent them from functioning in typical situations and properly navigating the social world in which we live. This symposium will consist of four research studies that use innovative behavioral approaches to address some of the pervasive challenges children with ASD face. In the first study, researchers use video modeling to teach children with ASD how to assertively respond to different bullying situations. The second study uses theatre-play as a method to teach appropriate social skills behaviors to dyads of children with ASD. The third study focuses on the need to reduce vocal stereotypy and aims to decrease inappropriate vocalizations by replacing them with appropriate singing. Finally, the last study provides a spin on teaching joint attention to lower functioning children with ASD. In these studies, multiple baseline designs were used to analyze treatment effects, generalization was assessed, and inter-observer reliability was calculated. These four studies provide new ideas to ameliorate the social challenges that children with ASD display, provide evidence-based procedures for treating a range of functioning levels of children on the spectrum, and provide potential approaches for children with ASD to navigate their social world.

Keyword(s): autism, bullying, play, social skills
 

Using Video Modeling to Teach Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Assertive Responding to Bullying Scenarios

Catherine Rex (Claremont McKenna College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College), VICKI SPECTOR (Claremont Graduate University)
Abstract:

Bullying is related to depression, loneliness, and social anxiety (Hawker & Boulton, 2000), and unfortunately, children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are at a higher risk than their typically developing peers for becoming victims of bullying (Wainscot et al., 2008). The current study involved a video modeling intervention that aimed to teach six children with ASD how to assertively respond to physical and verbal bullying, social exclusion, and to report instances of bullying to a parent. Using a multiple baseline design, measures of appropriate responding to bullying were assessed in baseline, intervention, and generalization probes. During baseline sessions, participants appropriate responses to bullying were either nonexistent or inconsistent. Following baseline, participants were asked to watch a video of an adult assertively responding to three different types of bullying (i.e., physical bullying, verbal bullying, and social exclusion). Results showed that following the introduction of video modeling, all six participants met criterion for appropriate responding to bullying, with four participants demonstrating generalization of learned skills to a novel setting. Findings from this study have implications for the use of video modeling in teaching children with ASD the proper skills to respond to bullying.

 

Using Theatre-Play to Teach Social Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Melisa Rojas (Pomona College), NATALY LIM (Claremont McKenna College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract:

Theatre-based programs have been shown to improve the social skills in high-functioning children with ASD, such as increased positive interaction, decreased solitary play (Guli, Semrud-Clikeman, Lerner, & Britton, 2013) and increased social perception (Corbett et al., 2011). The present study was conducted to teach social skills behaviors to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) via a theatre intervention conducted in dyads. Specifically, a multiple baseline design across three dyads of children with ASD was used to assess the efficacy of a theatre intervention on increasing verbal social skills, nonverbal social skills, and appropriate sociodramatic play behaviors. Measurements of social skills behaviors were taken during naturalistic play sessions and baseline, as well as after theatre intervention sessions. The theatre intervention involved sessions of learning how to act out and also do improvisation of theme-based plays in dyadic pairs for several weeks. Results showed that all participants reached at least 80% criterion performance for one or more targeted social behaviors. The current study demonstrates that a theatre-based procedure, a largely untapped therapeutic technique, is an effective social skills intervention for children with ASD.

 

Effects of Singing on Vocal Stereotypies in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

BENJAMIN R. THOMAS (Claremont Graduate University), Catelyn Gumaer (Claremont Graduate University), Nataly Lim (Claremont McKenna College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract:

Vocal stereotypy can be disruptive and interfere with social opportunities; yet, it is often a preferred activity for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Decreasing motivating operations to engage in inappropriate forms of the behavior (e.g., sounds, high pitched speaking or singing) while increasing topographically similar appropriate behaviors might be an indicated course of treatment. In this study, we taught three children with ASD who engaged in inappropriate forms of vocal stereotypy to sing appropriately. We used a changing criterion design plus a backward chaining procedure to increase the word length of their singing phrases. After the children learned to sing a song through this procedure, we used multi-element comparisons to determine if pre-session singing sessions would decrease vocal stereotypy in their subsequent intervention sessions. Preliminary results showed that participants learned to sing appropriately, and all forms of vocal stereotypy occurred less frequently immediately after singing sessions. Discussion will focus on implications for teaching pro-social vocal behaviors as replacements for vocal stereotypies.

 

Joint Attention in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Using Play and the Natural Language Paradigm

Taylor Basso (Claremont McKenna College), CATELYN GUMAER (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract:

A key deficit in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is underdeveloped joint attention skills. Joint attention is a pivotal social communication skill that is very complex and can be difficult to teach in isolation. It may behoove us to find other ways in which joint attention might be easier to teach. In Experiment I, basic functional play was taught to three children with ASD through imitation, with joint attention embedded within the procedure. Reinforcement was contingent on joint attention during the play imitation sessions, compared to baseline in which joint attention without play was reinforced. The results demonstrated that play-based treatment can increase joint attention and that generalization of joint attention across person and setting occurred. In Experiment II, the Natural Language Paradigm (NLP; Laski, Charlop, & Schreibman, 1988), which has been shown to increase both speech and play (Gillett & LeBlanc, 2007), will be assessed to determine whether NLP can also generate and increase joint attention in children with ASD. Together, the results of these studies may hold implications for alternative ways for teaching joint attention via procedures that evoke motivating operations.

 
 
Symposium #180
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advancements in Caregiver and Staff Training
Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Discussant: Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
CE Instructor: Samantha Bergmann, M.A.
Abstract: Effective and efficient caregiver and staff training procedures are critical to the field of behavior analysis to ensure fidelity of implementation of interventions. The procedures evaluated in the current studies expand the reach of behavior analytic interventions and allow a larger population to access efficacious teaching strategies. First, Toussaint, Fernandez, Cowan, and Horsch utilized a computer-based training package to teach novice behavioral therapists to implement a naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention (NDBI). Therapists’ implementation of the NDBI intervention improved. Next, LeBlanc et al., examined the effects of video modeling to teach parents to implement the naturalistic language paradigm (NLP) with their children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Integrity of NLP implementation with an adult confederate and their children improved. In the third study, Giannakakos, Vladescu, and Simon evaluated written instructions, video modeling with voiceover instruction, and direct training to teach parents to correctly identify, install, and use child car seats. Finally, Cordova, Phillips, Fritz, and Lerman investigated a train-the-trainer model in which caregivers, who were trained by professionals, trained other caregivers to implement FCT with their children diagnosed with ASD. Caregivers’ integrity of implementation improved following training. Directions for future research and implications for clinical applications will be discussed.
Keyword(s): caregiver training, computer-based training, staff training, video modeling
 
Evaluation of a Computer-Based Training Package on Novice Instructors' Implementation of a Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention
KAREN A. TOUSSAINT (University of North Texas), Karen Fernandez (University of North Texas), Landon Cowan (University of North Texas), Rachel Horsch (The University of North Texas)
Abstract: The current evaluation assessed the effects of a computer-based training package to teach novice behavioral therapists to implement a naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention (NDBI). A multiple baseline design across two trainee-child dyads indicated that training resulted in improved implementation of techniques for the staff participants and that these skills maintained over a one-month follow-up period. In addition, child-participants’ unprompted requests increased with increases in staff performance.
 

Using Video Modeling to Teach Parents to Use the Natural Language Paradigm

BRITTANY LEBLANC (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Stephanie Zettel (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Brittany Benitez (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Sophie Knutson (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Ashley Shannon-Jackson (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract:

There is paucity of research examining the use video modeling to train parents to implement formats of early intervention such as Naturalistic Environmental Training (NET). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the efficacy of video modeling to train parents to implement the Naturalistic Language Paradigm (NLP), a specific format of NET, with their children diagnosed with or suspected of having autism spectrum disorder and to extend the current literature on NLP. All three parents demonstrated accurate performance of the components of NLP with the confederate and met the mastery criterion in two or three video modeling sessions. We measured the parents accurate implementation of each NLP component skill across phases of the study. Results showed that video modeling did not teach all component skills to mastery. We also measured the generalization of the parents NLP implementation to their child and to the home setting. Generalization of the NLP component skills to sessions with their child was observed for all three participants, and generalization to the home was observed for two of the three participants. Maintenance probes conducted one and three weeks after training showed continued high levels of accurate implementation of NLP with for two parents. Implications for the use of video modeling to teach NLP to parents will be discussed.

 
Training Individuals to Teach Correct Identification, Installation, and Use of Child Car Seats
RACHEL SIMON (Livingston High School), Antonia Giannakakos (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College)
Abstract: Vehicle crashes are the leading cause of death in children. The correct use of child safety restraint systems such as car seats can reduce the likelihood that a child will be injured or killed during a crash. Unfortunately, approximately 70 percent of car seats are misused in a way that could increase the risk of injury during a crash. Given the seriousness of this problem, the purposes of the current study were threefold. First, we sought to evaluate the use of a job aid to teach participants to correctly identify the appropriate car seat arrangement (e.g., forward- or rear-facing) based on hypothetical child characteristics. Second, we evaluated the use of video modeling with voiceover instruction to train participants to correctly install a car seat in the forward- and rear-facing position using two methods (seat belt and LATCH). Last, we evaluated teaching participants to correctly harness a child into a car seat. Next steps in this line of research and implications for car seat installation instructions will be discussed.
 
Improving Access to Care for Challenging Behavior Using a Parent-to-Parent Mentoring Approach
SAMANTHA CORDOVA (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Lauren Phillips (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) are more likely to engage in challenging behavior, such as aggression and self-injury, than children without ASD. If left untreated, these behaviors can increase in severity over time, causing significant stress on families. Numerous studies over the 30 years have demonstrated the efficacy of behavioral treatments for these challenging behaviors, particularly an intervention called functional communication training (FCT). Furthermore, caregivers have been able to effectively implement FCT in home settings to reduce their children's challenging behavior. However, all caregivers to date have been trained by professionals. The waiting lists to obtain these professional services can be quite lengthy, and these services are even less accessible to ethnically diverse, low-income families due to language and financial barriers. In this study, we evaluated a model of training in which caregivers trained by professionals then trained other parents to implement FCT with their children in the home setting. This model has the potential to expand clinical service availability in rural, low-income communities, as well as to more diverse ethnic groups who face barriers to receiving services for their children’s challenging behavior.
 
 
Symposium #181
CE Offered: BACB
Scaling up Assessment Quality and Treatment Outcomes of ABA for Children With Autism
Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Megan Galliford (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Discussant: Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Alyssa N. Wilson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) is the first behavior analytic assessment and curriculum that is designed to promote the emergence of derived relational responding in individuals with- and without- disabilities. PEAK is grounded in Stimulus Equivalence theory and Relational Frame Theory accounts of human language and cognition, and provides an assessment of participants relational abilities with a set of curricular programs that target socially relevant skills and derivational abilities. The present set of studies will evaluate how the PEAK Equivalence assessment relates to standardized measures of intelligence, and will provide demonstrations of how programs in the PEAK curriculum can be used to teach several skills, as well as lead to corresponding changes in IQ. In addition, a demonstration of how advances in Relational Frame Theory can be incorporated into the PEAK curriculum will be provided, and the potential relationship between these more advanced relational abilities and intelligence will be discussed.

Keyword(s): Autism, Intelligence, RFT, Verbal Behavior
 

Moving Toward a Behavioral Analysis of Intellect: The Relationship Between the PEAK Relational Training System and Intelligence

JORDAN BELISLE (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Kyle E Rowsey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jacob H. Daar (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The psychological construct of intelligence encompasses a variety of capacities (ex., logic, abstract thought, understanding, self-awareness, learning, emotional knowledge, and memory) that have been captured in contemporary psychometric measures. The most well-known surveys of intelligence provide a measure of intelligence in terms of the intelligence quotient (IQ). Standardized IQ tests have been used for placement and diagnostic purposes for over a century due to their predictive validity across several socially significant outcomes. Although purely psychometric evaluations of intelligence have generated strong results, surveys of intelligence do not provide researchers and clinicians with a framework that breaks down the behavioral units of intellect. The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training system (PEAK) is a behavior analytic assessment and curriculum that targets responsivity to direct training, as well as generalization and derived relational abilities. Several studies detail the relationship between the PEAK assessment and standardized measures of IQ, specifically in application with individuals with autism and other neurodegenerative disabilities. By reducing the construct of IQ into specific and measurable behavioral units, the PEAK curriculum has the potential to improve identified cognitive and language skills deficits that are related to contemporary measures of human intelligence.

 
The Effectiveness of PEAK in Promoting the Emergence of Derived Relational Responding and Corresponding Increases in IQ
CALEB STANLEY (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Kyle E Rowsey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ryan C. Speelman (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) is a recently developed assessment and curriculum protocol that uses behavior analytic principles to teach language, academic skills, and social skills. The PEAK incorporates both contingency based learning, and a contemporary behavior analytic approach to teach necessary skills to individuals with autism and other intellectual and developmental disabilities. Recently, data have emerged that suggest a strong correlation between the PEAK assessment and IQ. Several studies also detail the utility of the PEAK assessment and curriculum in teaching academic skills and categorical responding, establishing cross-sensory equivalence classes, and increasing IQ in individuals with autism and related disabilities. By increasing necessary skills and intelligence, there is the potential of making significant gains in an individual’s repertoire.
 

Using PEAK to Teach Metaphorical Emotions and Contextually Distorted Tacts to Children With Emotional Disorders

ALYSSA N. WILSON (Saint Louis University), Victoria Frescura (St. Louis University)
Abstract:

Preliminary research has shown the effectiveness of the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) curriculum in teaching a range of verbal skills, including metaphorical emotions. However, to date, minimal research has evaluated the effectiveness of PEAK in teaching children with emotional disorders contextually distorted tacts related to private emotional events metaphorically. Therefore, the current study used a concurrent multiple baseline design to train three children to make correct word-picture and vocal-picture matches between stimuli of emotional states and pictures (e.g., happy, sad, and angry; sunshine, rain, and steaming kettle). Two arbitrary stimuli served as contextual cues for relations of sameness (Context One) and opposition (Context Two). Distorted metaphorical tacts where extinguished during Context One, and reinforced during Context Two. Trial-by-trial interobserver agreement data was collected for 25% of sessions (total agreement = 100%). Following training, all students demonstrated higher than baseline accuracies on response selection and intraverbal emissions to WH questions related to emotions, for both metaphorical and distorted tacts. The results replicate and extend previous on the PEAK curriculum.

 

Using Relational Frame Theory to Teach Perspective-Taking in Developmentally Delayed Children During in an Elementary School Setting

AUTUMN N. MCKEEL (Aurora University), Margaret Sanders (Aurora University)
Abstract:

The current study used multiple exemplar training (MET) to teach perspective-taking skills to two early elementary school age children with identified developmental delays. Using a multiple probe design, participants were trained using a testing and training protocol developed for the purpose of this study, and was based on previous protocols. This protocol taught the three deictic relational frames I-YOU, HERE-THERE and NOW-THEN through the use of childrens books. Results show that relational responding can be achieved using MET as evidenced by posttest probes meeting criteria without being directly trained. Procedures were shown to not only be successful at training perspective-taking skills but the use of childrens books was a natural means to train this skill. Implications of this study give professionals in a public school a protocol to train basic skills related to empathy while also providing an objective measurement of behavior as a result of the training.

 
 
Symposium #182
CE Offered: BACB
Empirical Studies for Understanding and Helping Persons With Autism and Developmental Disabilities in Korea
Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University)
CE Instructor: Kyong-Mee Chung, Ph.D.
Abstract:

For the past several years, awareness for the ABA services has been increased dramatically in Korea. Although limited, few BCBA approved programs have launched, and the number of BCBAs/BCaBAs has been increased up to approximately 30. Much efforts are made to improve direct services, educational system, treatment delivery and staff-training. In this symposium, 4 different research projects are presented, and the topics are need assessment, FA, staff-training and face perception. Although these topics are not quite related, their results provide useful information for service delivery, on-going research and treatment outcome study in Korea. Specific implications and suggestions are discussed and practical issues will be shared.

Keyword(s): Functional Analysis, Race-contingent aftereffect, staff training, unmet needs
 

Unmet Needs Among Caregivers of Persons With Developmental Disabilities and Autism Spectrum Disorder Who Show Problem Behaviors: Descriptive Analysis Nationwide in South Korea

SOO YOUN KIM (Yonsei University), Daesung Seo (Yonsei University)
Abstract:

High percentages of individuals with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorders engage in problem behaviors, yet effective treatment has not been provided in Korea. As a first step to establish suitable and efficient service system for problem behaviors, need assessment among direct caregivers appears necessary. The purpose of this study is to investigate the common strategies currently in practice for remediating problem behaviors in Korea and unmet psychological, educational and practical needs among caregivers. The participants included parents, teachers and para-professionals (n=172, n=324, n=474, respectively). The results are as follows. Most frequently observed problem behaviors were noncompliance and tantrum. Teachers evaluated problem behaviors more severely with slightly higher stress levels compared to other groups. Next, majority of teachers and para-professionals were willing to spend a short-term training program to enhance their ability to deal with problem behaviors. All 3 groups recognize behavior therapy as the most effective method for remediating behavior problems, yet are using different methods to deal with them in real life setting, mainly due to lack of resources. They also expressed the need for building effective consultation and referral system and systematic support to use them in their settings.

 

Evaluating Differences Between Direct and Indirect Measures for Identifying the Function of Problem Behaviors Among Individuals With Developmental Disabilities

DONGHYUN OH (Yonsei University), Na-young Shin (Yonsei University), Soo Youn Kim (Yonsei University)
Abstract:

Functional Analysis (FA) is an assessment for identifying the underlying function of the problem. Despite of its utility, its use has been limited due to costs and lack of experts. Instead, Questions About Behavior Function (QABF), an indirect assessment utilizing the parents reports, has been commonly used. Nonetheless, the interchangeability of two measures has not been investigated enough. The purpose of this study is to identify the interchangeability of the FA and the QABF. Twenty four participants with Developmental Disabilities(DD) aged from 4 to 16 were recruited. Data of 16 participants who completed both measures and assessed same problem behaviors were analyzed. Each functions of behaviors identified from the QABF was compared to the one from the FA for each participants. Also, the correlations between the results of FA and QABF were conducted. As a results, congruency between the measures were found only in 3 participants(18.75%). The correlation between the measures was highest on the Attention function(r = .333) and lowest on the Tangible function(r = .004). These results indicate that the incongruity exists between direct(FA) and indirect(QABF) measures, suggesting that the use of both measures are recommended to identify the function of problem behaviors. Practical difficulties and concerns are further discussed.

 

Effects of a Short-Term Staff Training for Improving Behaviors Among Individuals With Developmental Disabilities in a Residential Facility

JIYOUNG NOH (Yonsei University), Hyeonsuk Jang (Yonsei University)
Abstract:

Applied Behavioral Analysis(ABA) is an evidence-based treatment for persons with problem behaviors among developmental disabilities(DD) population. Typically, ABA service is provided individual bases to maximize its effectiveness. Due to high costs associated with ABA, however, there is a need for more cost-effective short-term staff training, especially in Korea where limited resources are available. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of a short-term staff training to improve behavior among individuals with DD in a residential facility. A 4 week short-term staff training was administered by an ABA specialist weekly bases. Training focused on conducting functional analysis for problem behaviors, developing and implementing function-based assessment Additionally, homework was given along with feedbacks on each staff's compliance. Data on the individual's degree of problem behaviors, staff's stress and quality of life and knowledge of behavior principles were collected through the self-reported questionaires before and after the intervention to examine the effects of the training. The results showed that significant difference in pre and post scores on knowledge of behavior principles. No differences were found in other measures. The implications and limitations of this study, with directions for future research, are also discussed.

 

Race-Contingent Aftereffects in Persons With High Functioning Autism

HYANGKYEONG OH (Yonsei University), Yumin Seo (Yonsei University), Euihyun Kwak (Yonsei University)
Abstract:

Persons with Autism Spectrum Disorder(ASD) are characterized by deficits in face perception. Recent studies have investigated an underlying mechanism of this characteristics by utilizing the adaptation paradigm which is based on norm-based coding model. These studies found that persons with ASD showed diminished aftereffects in identity, gender, and emotion perception. The purpose of this study is to investigate race-contingent aftereffects of persons with ASD compared to those of typically developing (TD) people using the adaptation paradigm. Ten children with ASD and 9 TD children were participated in this study. Morphed anti-emotional faces (happy and sad) of Asian and Caucasian were randomly presented for 4000ms as the adaptor. After the adaptation phase, participants were shown the neutral face of the same identity as the adaptor and asked to choose the most appropriate label of emotion for the face. The results showed significant interaction effect between the group (ASD and TD) and the race(Asian and Caucasian). Further analyses revealed that the aftereffects of TD group was marginally larger for Asian than the Caucasian face. No difference of size of aftereffect between races were found in ASD group. This suggests atypical race-contingent aftereffect in ASD group. Implications and limitations are further discussed.

 
 
Symposium #183
CE Offered: BACB
The Efficacy of Stimulus Control Technologies to Increase Skill Acquisition
Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center)
Discussant: Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College)
CE Instructor: Russell W. Maguire, Ph.D.
Abstract: It is critical that the relevant features of discriminative stimuli come to predict and control learner responding. However, use of inadequate transfer of control procedures and inappropriate training structures often result in prompt dependency and lack of skill acquisition. These four studies employed various transfer of control methods and innovative training structures, based on a stimulus control analysis. In study 1, participants demonstrated both trained and emergent stimulus-stimulus relations following an errorless teaching protocol. The errorless protocol was shown to be more effective for acquiring skills than a trial-and-error strategy. Study 2 utilized errorless teaching procedures to teach novel conditional discriminations for stimulus classes comprised of non-auditory stimuli. The instructional design was arranged such that emergent topography-based verbal behavior was demonstrated. The third study analyzed the relative effectiveness of response prompts versus stimulus prompts to increase conditional discriminations. Results showed that participants acquired skills more rapidly when provided with stimulus prompts. In the 4th study, control by multiple elements was assessed through a stimulus equivalence paradigm. It was demonstrated that participants demonstrated both trained and emergent stimulus-stimulus relations when presented with both complex and simple sample stimuli.
Keyword(s): equivalence, errorless, verbal behavior
 
The Formation of Equivalence Classes Following Errorless Instruction and Trial-and–Error Teaching
RUSSELL W. MAGUIRE (Simmons College), Kelly O'Loughlin (RCS Learning Center), Christina M. Boyd-Pickard (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College), Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting/Simmons College)
Abstract: The emergence of untrained stimulus- stimulus relations indicative of equivalence class formation typically occurs following the teaching of specific conditional discriminations. Past research has suggested that instruction of the prerequisite relations via an errorless protocol, as opposed to typical trial-and-error training resulted in fewer trials-to-criterion, fewer errors, and the formation of more stimulus classes. Despite this evidence, trial-and-error strategies are often still part of instructional practice. In the present experiment, which replicated Maguire (1986), two participants with an autism spectrum disorder were taught discriminations via errorless instruction or trial-and–error training. The results indicated that both participants failed to acquire the targeted conditional discriminations following trial-and–error training but learned them during remediation via delayed prompt training. Additionally, the errorless instruction protocol resulted in more rapid acquisition of the prerequisite relations and the emergence of subsequent equivalence class formation. The results are discussed in terms of teaching complex skills to children with developmental disabilities.
 
The Emergence of Derived Verbal Behavior in the Absence of an Auditory Stimulus
CHRISTINA M. BOYD-PICKARD (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting/Simmons College), Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to assess the effectiveness of training three stimulus-stimulus relations (tacting and arbitrary conditional discriminations) and then testing for the emergence of nine additional untrained relations: tacts (naming or labeling), listener behavior (physically dissimilar stimuli to one another), and arbitrary visual-visual stimulus relations. Participants were taught to name three different nonsense forms from one class (e.g. B1, B2, B3) and trained to match physically dissimilar stimuli across two relations and three classes (e.g. B-C and D-B). Following training, participants were tested in matching physically dissimilar experimental stimuli (e.g. C-B, C-D, D-C, B-D), listener responding (e.g. A-B, A-C, and A-D), and tacting (e.g. C-E, and D-E). The purpose of this study was to extend a previous study (Boyd-Pickard, 2015) and to evaluate if replacing the auditory stimulus with a motor movement and altering the training structure would result in emergent stimulus-stimulus relations. Participants included two typically developing adults and preliminary results indicate replication of previous findings. Keywords: stimulus equivalence, verbal operants, derived relations, naming
 

Response Prompts Versus Stimulus Prompts: A Comparison for Teaching Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders

MEGAN BREAULT (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College), Christina M. Boyd-Pickard (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College), Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting/Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College)
Abstract:

A potential problem with the use of response prompts in applied settings to teach children with autism is that the prompts are susceptible to procedural drift. While stimulus prompts may serve an efficient and effective alternative to response prompts, these are often not utilized. This study compared the use of response prompts to a simple technological intervention using stimulus prompts. (e.g., systematically altering the intensity of S-stimuli within a PowerPoint program on a laptop computer). Three participants diagnosed with autism between the ages of 812 were taught conditional discriminations, either by response prompts or stimulus prompts, within a changing conditions design. Not only were the stimulus prompts more effective and efficient (e.g., fewer trials to criterion and fewer errors) because of the technological delivery system of the stimulus prompts, the possibility for procedural drift was eradicated. These results are discussed in terms of improving the efficacy of teaching students with autism spectrum disorders.

 

The Acquisition of Complex Conditional Discriminations in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders via Matching-to-Complex Samples

COLLEEN YORLETS (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting/Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Christina M. Boyd-Pickard (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College), Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College), Kelly O'Loughlin (RCS Learning Center)
Abstract:

Students with autism spectrum disorders have been reported to demonstrate stimulus over-selectivity or restricted stimulus control (i.e., failure to respond to all the critical elements of multi-element complex stimuli). This potential may have a detrimental impact on the acquisition of academic skills for these individuals if the stimuli in question contain multiple controlling elements (i.e., learning the relation between spoken words and PECS symbols and AAC icons). This study presents a number of methodologies by which attention to, and the subsequent control by, multiple elements of a complex stimulus was demonstrated. In Experiment One, a 13-year-old non-vocal boy with an autism spectrum disorder was taught to select printed word comparisons contingent on their spoken + signed name comparisons (e.g., a complex stimulus) via errorless instruction. Following training, tests conducted in extinction verified accurate control by each element over printed word comparison. In Experiment 2, a 8 year-old student with autism spectrum disorder was taught identity-matching-to-complex samples (e.g., samples containing two, physically dissimilar yet related visual stimuli). Following training, tests conducted in extinction verified accurate control by each element. The data are discussed in terms of maximizing student learning while avoiding the potential pitfalls of error histories.

 
 
Symposium #184
CE Offered: BACB
Understanding the Contingencies of Systems and Implementing Change
Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: DEV/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Discussant: Dristi Adhikari (Colby-Sawyer College)
CE Instructor: Michael Lamport Commons, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The symposium on Understanding the contingencies of systems and implementing change focuses on social, behavioral and cultural aspects of change in business and society as a whole. Change is perceived to be uncertain and complex; therefore it is often met with resistance and fear. As adaptation to change requires conscientious effort, not everyone is able to make it. The symposium attempts to demystify this uncertainty and analyze the process. The presentations dissect different cultures and schools of thought to discuss how new memes evolve, propagate and adapt and thereby play a critical role in an individuals survival. Further, the symposium will include empirical reports as well as theoretical reviews focusing on organizational change. The scope of the presentations spans across behavioral aspects of partners in start-up to stakeholder in large, top-down organizations. The presentations will emphasize the effects of reinforcement contingencies, task mastery and recognition, behavioral momentum and successful startup partnership.

Keyword(s): behavioral momentum, change, startups, success
 
The Effects of Regression to the Mean and Behavioral Momentum in Organizations
WILLIAM JOSEPH HARRIGAN (Harvard Extension School), Saranya Ramakrishnan (Core Complexity Assessments), Sarthak Giri (Core Complexity Assessments), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: Large, top-down organizations tend to be bureaucratic, less innovative and more resistant to change. There are two forces that prevent such an organization from changing. 1) Behavioral momentum, which is the tendency for behaviors to continue as it has been, rather than evolving with the dynamic world. 2) Regression to the mean, which refers to the phenomenon that ensures that even if an organization overcomes behavioral momentum and adopts change, the windfall gains of the change is always at risk of being lost. This may happen by mass adoption from large competing organizations. Furthermore, in such organizations the chain of command extends from top to bottom, which implies a greater superiority and domination of higher levels over multiple lower ones. However, in a rapidly changing business world, these characteristics are a death knell to business success and sustenance. Adopting a highly autonomous 2-3 layer flat management structure on the other hand fosters creativity and innovation. Companies then can rely on a broad base of leaders and employees who feel ownership for the overall success of the organization and innovation can occur in small units that have autonomy and power over their own culture.
 
Decoding Successful Startup Partnerships
SARTHAK GIRI (Caldwell University), Saranya Ramakrishnan (Core Complexity Assessments), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: Startups are high risk and high reward environments with an extremely high rate of failure. Marmer et. al, in their report on “Why high-growth technology startups fail?” report that the success rate of these startups is lower than 10%. Understanding co-founder partnerships that have a higher likelihood of success could be a crucial factor for business survival. This study attempts to understand interest and stage of successful past co-founder partnerships. We then derive trends about their compatibility and complementarity to assess the success of co-founder pairs in Start-ups. The study focuses on start-ups that are less than 5 years old. There are three hypotheses: 1) Successful past co-founders would have had complementary interests/ skills; 2) They would have been at least Metasystematic Stage or higher; 3) At least one of the cofounder would be high on Enterprising on the Holland’s interest scale. To test these hypotheses, secondary data primarily from biographies and peer-reviewed articles will be used for past co-founders whereas primary data mainly from surveys and interviews will be used for Startup co-founders. We believe this study would help current entrepreneurs seek out co-founders that lead to a thriving and profitable startup.
 

Cultural Adaptability

SARANYA RAMAKRISHNAN (Core Complexity Assessments), Anne Zhang (Swarthmore College), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract:

Human beings face similar adaptive challenges as all other organisms. However, humans are unique in that for the last 150,000 years, most of their adaptations have been cultural. Culture may be roughly described as consisting of an extremely large set of memes, which are units of information. As humans interact within their society or social groups these memes are continually reinforced and thereby play an integral part in molding their perception of cause and effect. When individuals translocate from one country to another, specifically from one country with a relatively traditional social structure to one with a more liberal social structure, these individuals have to adapt in order to assimilate into society. This is because the memes and reinforcers of the different societies vary significantly. Cultural adaptations are spectacularly complex and essential for their survival. They are also not without an underlying biological basis of sociability, inventiveness and imitativeness. In this paper we explore the reasons around why some individuals adapt and why some are more resistant to change.

 

Social Change

NICHOLAS HEWLETT KEEN COMMONS-MILLER (Tufts University), Saranya Ramakrishnan (Core Complexity Assessments), Dhushanthi Ramakrishnan (Lake Forest College), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract:

Social change is characterized by (1) the creation of powerful memes by a single individual (2) propagation of those memes to a large group of people (3) sustenance of those memes via behavioral change and transmission to associated social groups as well as to the next generation. Thus social change is complete when there is a collective change in group behavior. When large social groups adapt to a new way of thinking or behaving however behavioral momentum of social groups needs to be overcome. To displace a current group behavior with new behavior, therefore this new behavior or thinking has to be often more potent than the current behavior. In such a scenario the adoption curve of new behavior is often slow at the beginning but as time progresses the number of people who adopt increases. The pace of adoption however can range from a few months to one or two generations. Finally to sustain this change the operation of long term contingencies with long term attractors acting as reinforcers need to be at play.

 
 
Symposium #188
CE Offered: BACB
Treatment Integrity in Behavioral Interventions
Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Regency Ballroom D, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
CE Instructor: Mandy J. Rispoli, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The success of behavioral interventions relies in part on the accuracy with which the intervention is implemented. Coaching and performance feedback are two of the most commonly researched approaches of changing interventionist behavior in applied behavior analysis. However, the feasibility of these practices can be challenging in school and home settings. This symposium will present empirical data from four studies evaluating innovations in enhancing treatment integrity of behavior analytic interventions for young children. The first two single case research studies evaluate teacher self-monitoring on behavioral interventions fidelity in Head Start centers. The second two papers present results from parent-implement interventions to increase social-communication skills in young children with autism spectrum disorder. Dr. Peter Sturmey will offer a discussion regarding the potential impact of behavioral interventions to increase treatment fidelity among teachers and parents. He will also reflect on factors that may enhance the generalization and maintenance of teacher and parent implemented behavioral interventions

 

The Effects of Preschool Teacher Self-Monitoring on Classroom Transitions

MANDY J. RISPOLI (Purdue University), Lisa Rodriguez Sanchez (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ninci (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

Self-monitoring is a low cost intervention that enables performance feedback while minimizing reliance on outside personnel. Self-monitoring involves observing ones own behavior and recording those observations. While self-monitoring has extensive research support in the literature as an intervention strategy for students with disabilities, relatively little research has been conducted evaluating self-monitoring for teachers. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of preschool teacher self-monitoring within a practice-based coaching framework on teacher fidelity of class-wide transitions. Results of this multiple baseline design across teachers demonstrate that teacher fidelity of transition practices increased to 100% for all three Head Start teachers with the practice-based coaching plus self-monitoring intervention. The percentage of 10 s intervals in which all children were engaged in appropriate transition behaviors also increased with the teacher intervention. Each teacher identified a student in need of additional behavioral supports during transition. Challenging behavior for each of these three students decreased to low levels following teacher self-monitoring and practice-based coaching.

 

A Step Ahead: Multi-Tiered Professional Development Supports

KATE ASCETTA (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to examine the effect of a preschool teacher intervention around the use self-monitoring and the use online learning modules. The study involved two intervention phases: (a) universal supports - use of an in-service training around daily self-monitoring and instructional supports focused on language modeling strategies, and (b) secondary supports - online learning modules that provided exemplars of the operationally defined instructional supports. The first phase involved 7 Head Start lead teachers who all received the universal supports. The teachers (4 in total) who required additional professional development supports received the second phase; which provided them with access to the online learning modules. Treatment effects were evaluated using individual single-case research design (two concurrent multiple baseline designs across classrooms). The teachers daily self-reported their frequency of use of specific language modeling strategies. The results suggested that the exposure to self-monitoring was effect in increasing all teachers use of language modeling strategies. However, the use of the online learning modules, specifically the video exemplars, increased the consistent use of strategies by the teachers.

 
A Parent Implemented Play Based Early Social Skills Intervention
Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), SARAH HANSEN (University of Oregon), Tracy Raulston (University of Oregon), Rebecca frantz (Universityof Oregon)
Abstract: Joint attention is a pivotal social communication skill often missed in young children with ASD. Joint attention is the shared and alternating attention of two individuals on an object or event, and has implications for later communication and social communication skills. This study used a concurrent multiple-baseline design across four parent-child dyads to train parents to teach response to joint attention behaviors to their 3-6 year old children with moderate to severe ASD. Parents were trained on strategies including elements of DTT and naturalistic instruction and implemented the intervention in brief 10 minute sessions 2-3 times per week. Results indicate parent mastery of intervention and substantial increase in child response to joint attention behaviors both prompted and unprompted. Implications for practice and areas for future research are discussed.
 

Responsive Interaction Parent Training

TERRY HANCOCK (Texas State University), Katherine Ledbetter-Cho (Texas State University), Caitlin Murphy (Texas State University), Mariana Cardenas (Texas State University), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

A manualized protocol designed to teach parents a series of intervention components designed to improve the language of children with autism spectrum disorders was developed and tested with 21 parent child dyads arranged in a series on multiple baseline designs. Parents were taught to (a) follow their childs lead in play; (b) match conversation turns; (c) mirror their childs play; (d) expand on childs utterances; (e) arrange the environment; and (e) prompt language at target level. Previous research aimed at teaching parents similar target skills required 24 to more than 30 sessions of instruction. The manualized protocol developed here resulted in parents reaching mastery in only 6 sessions. Child language was measured and improvements in language were found (e.g., increased mands, mean length of utterance and language diversity). This presentation will describe the development and content of the parent training protocol and present representative data from parents and their children.

 
 
Symposium #189
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Planning for the New BACB Compliance Code: Exploring How Ethical Behavior is Taught Across Different Behavior Analytic Training Programs
Monday, May 30, 2016
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Zurich E, Swissotel
Area: TPC/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Shawn Patrick Quigley (University of New Mexico Medical Group)
Discussant: Matthew T. Brodhead (Purdue University)
CE Instructor: Shawn Patrick Quigley, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) has recently announced a change in the ethical guidelines for credentialed behavior analysts. Specifically, a new enforceable compliance code (i.e., Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts) was developed and will take effect in January 2016. The new Code is intended to more clearly present ethical expectations and expand the range of professional conduct (BACB, 2014). Given the new Code and its intent for creation, it seems reasonable that the new Code would affect pre-service training of behavior analysts to ensure newly credentialed behavior analysts have the prerequisite skills to understand and follow the Code. The purpose of this symposium is to provide an overview of four different training programs and how each program is providing pre-service training specific to the new Code. Presenters are from varied training programs that provide training on campus, online, hybrid (online and on campus) and within community-based practicums.

Keyword(s): Compliance Code, Ethics, Supervision, Training
 
Developing Ethical Behavior Analysts in a New BCBA Program
JEFFREY MICHAEL CHAN (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract: Much emphasis is placed on ethical behavior of practitioners and researchers within the field of behavior analysis. Programs across the globe face the challenge of training and supporting behavior analysts to make ethically sound decisions. The formation of a new Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) approved course sequence at Northern Illinois University will be discussed, including the development of a course devoted to ethical behavior against the backdrop of a state with a long history of well-publicized malfeasance. Our program primarily recruits school-based practitioners. As such, our approach focuses on applying ethical principles in school settings, where the multiple interests of students, families, teachers, administrators, and various service providers often come in conflict, and interventions with little or no research base are used regularly with students with disabilities. An overview of the course will be described, as well as student feedback from the course.
 
Ethics and Applied Behavior Analysis in Online Education
SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University), Laura Bassette (Ball State University)
Abstract: Correct application of our ethical standards to every day practice requires a thorough and fluent knowledge of the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts and consistent vigilance. In addition, skilled practitioners are able to “unpack” complex cases and separate personal views from ethical concerns. Fine discrimination between similar yet meaningfully different environmental conditions and behaviors is never more important than in ethical practice. In order to achieve our goal of highly ethical practice, professors must teach using methods that help students develop their knowledge, vigilance, and capacity to make fine discriminations when confronted with complex cases. Given the sensitive nature of many ethical concerns, professors need to create a classroom climate that encourages intense engagement in the learning process and participation in robust discussion. Online professors must take particular care to use innovative methods to create this climate. This presentation discusses how online professors can teach ethics courses in a manner that achieves these goals.
 

Ethical Behavior in Behavior Analysis: Ensuring Code Compliance for Individuals and Organizations

Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), LORRAINE OTTE (Endicott College)
Abstract:

The BACB's New Ethical and Professional Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts is the standard for the professional behavior of behavior analysts. It is also our compass- the main source for information about navigating ethical challenges and inculcating the values of the profession into students and trainees. Information on how this can be approached from a teaching/training perspective will be shared. In particular, strategies for teaching ethical decision-making will be described. Specific strategies for helping young professionals to adhere to the code and to reduce their risk of noncompliance will be discussed. The need for signal detection skills and resource management skills will be highlighted. In addition, considerations for the promotion of ethical behavior will be discussed at both the individual and organization levels.

 
What Would You Do? Making Real Life Ethical Dilemmas Learning Opportunities for Practicum Students
JESSICA E. FRIEDER (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Students completing practicum and community based training are faced with a myriad of ethical dilemmas that may vary based on client population, setting, and behavior analytic services being trained and delivered. Preparing students for the wide array of ethical quandaries they may encounter in supervised experiences and beyond can seem like an enormous task in and of itself especially when balancing this with the many other direct service skills students need to be able to proficiently demonstrate. This talk will focus on strategies for embedding exercises that engage ethical problem solving into practicum and community based training practices. A variety of examples and resources will be highlighted including mechanisms for coordination of activities and teaching opportunities with community sites.
 
 
Symposium #190
CE Offered: BACB
Interventions Using Technology for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 30, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Leslie Singer (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University)
CE Instructor: Leslie Singer, M.A.
Abstract:

This symposium will present some of the latest research that utilizes technology in the form of videos and iPads with children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The first study evaluated the speed of acquisition and level of generalization of tacts across three different stimulus modes: picture-flashcard, video clip, and 3D object. Results indicated that two of the three participants learned tacts slightly faster when using the video clip mode compared to the other two modes. The second study evaluated if participants engaged in higher rates of problem behavior when using traditional materials or an iPad to complete school work. Results indicated that one participant only engaged in problem behavior when using traditional materials and all three participants chose to do work on the iPad when provided a choice between the two materials. Implications from the results for both studies will be discussed in detail.

Keyword(s): iPad, stimulus modes, tacts, video clips
 

Acquisition and Generalization of Tacts Across Stimulus Modes in Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

LUZ CORREA (Positive Behavior Supports Corp; University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Labeling everyday objects and actions is a foundational skill for the development of language (Sundberg & Partington, 1998) which is vital for reading comprehension and proficiency in vocal communication (Wood, 2001). Tacting is a complex task that encompasses objects or events with arbitrary and particular names (Greer, Yuan, & Gautreux, 2005). This study evaluated the speed of acquisition and level of generalization of tacts across three different stimulus modes: picture-flashcard, video clip, and 3D object. Three young children diagnosed with autism participated in this study. The acquisition of tacts was evaluated during Discrete Trial Training sessions (DTT). Two of the three participants learned the tacts more rapidly in the video clip condition in contrast with the picture condition. All three participants generalized the three tacts learned through a specific stimulus mode to the remaining stimulus modes. One week after the generalization test, all participants generalized to all novel 3D objects. The use of video clips to teach tacts to children with autism may be a useful method for teachers or instructors who do not have easy access to a variety of settings, as well as for the development of verbal behavior teaching programs.

 

The Evaluation of Tablets to Increase Compliance and Decrease Problem Behaviors in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

LESLIE SINGER (University of South Florida), Chau Vo (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Tablets are being incorporated into interventions with children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. So far research has focused mainly on academics and communication, but only one study has evaluated using tablets to decrease escape maintained behaviors. The purpose of this study was to replicate the effects of the study by Neely et al. (2013) and also determine if the tablet served as a reinforcer for three participants with escape maintained behaviors. A multiple baseline with an alternating treatment design was utilized in the first phase in which academic work was completed on either traditional materials or the tablet. The following phases for each participant were dependent on the prior phase, with a final choice phase. All participants showed lower levels of problem behaviors and higher levels of compliance when tablets were introduced contingent upon completing work. For all participants, the tablet was chosen 100% of the time, and two participants had 100% accuracy and compliance while using the tablet.

 
 
Symposium #191
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Skill Acquisition With Children With Autism
Monday, May 30, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Megan Michelle St. Clair (Institute for Effective Behavioral Intervention)
Discussant: Timothy M. Weil (Tandem Behavioral Health and Wellness)
CE Instructor: Megan Michelle St. Clair, M.A.
Abstract:

Early intensive behavioral intervention is a well-established treatment for children with autism spectrum disorders. However, many details of treatment have yet to be individually empirically evaluated. For example, ample research supports both more-structured teaching procedures (e.g., discrete trial training) and less-structured teaching procedures (e.g., natural environment training) but little research has evaluated strategies for combining them in optimal proportions. In addition, relatively little research has evaluated procedures for teaching children with autism to identify and respond to the private events of others. This symposium brings together two studies that address these topics. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Dr. Timothy Weil.

Keyword(s): DTT, knowing, NET, perspective taking
 

Comparison of Pure Natural Environment Training to Blended Discrete Trial and Natural Environment Training

COURTNEY TARBOX LANAGAN (FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids), Stephanie Paden (FirstSteps for Kids), Danielle Pederson (FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

Naturalistic behavioral skill acquisition procedures have been used with children since the 1960s and continue to be an integral component of comprehensive early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) programs for children with autism. Some advocates of natural environment training (NET) suggest that NET is virtually always superior to structured teaching procedures such as discrete trial training (DTT) and several studies have compared NET-only to DTT-only and shown that NET was superior. However, it can be argued that such research evaluated what amounts to a false comparison because they evaluated DTT implemented alone. Most comprehensive EIBI programs today implement a combination of DTT and NET and few behavior analysts would suggest that DTT ever be used without any other more naturalistic approaches. Therefore, the purpose the current study is to compare NET-only to DTT combined with NET for the acquisition and generalization of verbal behavior in children with autism. This combination mirrors more closely what is actually done in contemporary comprehensive EIBI programs.

 

Teaching Children With Autism to Identify and Explain Known and Unknown Information Across Self and Others

MEGAN MICHELLE ST. CLAIR (Institute for Effective Behavioral Intervention), Adel C. Najdowski (ABRITE), Angela M. Persicke (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Kristin V. Gunby (Breakthrough Autism), Jennifer Chu (Breakthrough Autism)
Abstract:

All previous research regarding perspective-taking has solely addressed the use of sight to acquire knowledge and perspective. No previous studies, of which we are aware, have sought to systematically teach children with autism how to identify and explain known and unknown information across oneself and others using a wider variety of senses. Therefore, the purpose of the current research study was to extend behavioral research on the topic of knowing by evaluating the effectiveness of a multiple exemplar training package that included rules, modeling, practice, and feedback, in teaching children with autism to identify and explain information that is known and unknown to themselves and others based on sensory perspective taking and experience.

 
 
Symposium #193
CE Offered: BACB
Examining the Predictive Validity of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure: Three Mental Illness Stigma Studies
Monday, May 30, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Kail H. Seymour (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Kail H. Seymour, M.A.
Abstract:

The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is a behavioral measure originally created to examine derived relational responding. For over a decade, the IRAP has also been used to study a related concept, implicit bias, across multiple domains (e.g., body image, self-esteem, racism, etc.). This computerized measure of response latency has produced results that resemble data from other similar measures that were originally created to assess implicit bias. However, IRAP procedural differences allow a parsing of the experimental stimuli that produces a finer-grain analysis of implicit bias data. Some researchers have used the IRAP to investigate implicit bias related to mental illness. For example, overarching mental illness stigma and social categorization have recently been examined using a combination of both IRAP and self-report data, rather than by self-report data alone. The three presentations herein will discuss whether D-IRAP scores (implicit bias/stigma) predict willingness to interact with people suffering with schizophrenia, posttraumatic stress disorder, or attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Specifically, participant responding to vignettes about interacting with people who have, and who do not have, these three diagnoses was used to assess the predictive validity of the IRAP.

Keyword(s): Bias, Implicit Responding, Mental Illness, Stigma
 

Measuring Explicit and Implicit Biases Toward Both Diagnosed and Undiagnosed Schizophrenia: A Predictive Validity Study

TIA RICHARDSON (Southern Illinois Univerity), Kail H. Seymour (Southern Illinois University), Sunni Primeaux (Southern Illinois University), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

This study used self-report measures and the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) to investigate the relationship between explicit and implicit biases towards schizophrenia. The participants from an introductory psychology class at a Midwestern university were randomly assigned to this study. After completing multiple self-reports, the participants read matched vignettes, created by the researchers, about two people struggling with symptoms of schizophrenia. One vignette noted the person as having been diagnosed with schizophrenia, whereas the other contained no such diagnosis. Then, after receiving IRAP instructions, participants completed an IRAP using the names of the people from the vignettes (sample stimuli) and healthy/sick words (target stimuli). Following the IRAP, the participants completed two Social Distance Scales (SDS). The SDS measured the participants willingness to interact with individuals who were specifically diagnosed with schizophrenia and individuals who received no diagnosis. The primary purpose of this study was to assess whether the D-IRAP scores (i.e., implicit bias) are predictive of differences in SDS scores for those diagnosed, and those not diagnosed, with schizophrenia. Data on these issues will be presented and discussed.

 

Does the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure Predict Interaction With People Suffering From Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder?

JORDEN THOMAS (Southern Illinois University), Kail H. Seymour (Southern Illinois University), Sunni Primeaux (Southern Illinois University), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

This study examined whether certain implicit and explicit bias measures could predict participant interaction with people suffering with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) symptoms. Participants were sampled from an introductory psychology class at a Midwestern university. Implicit (i.e., automatic) biases were measured using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP), whereas explicit (i.e., more controlled) biases were measured via self-report questionnaires. After completing several self-report surveys and reading vignettes about people suffering with diagnosed and undiagnosed ADHD, participants completed an IRAP tailored to measure ADHD stigma. After the IRAP, students completed the Social Distance Scale (SDS) to measure willingness to interact with the people from the vignettes. It was hypothesized that D-IRAP and questionnaire scores would reflect stronger stigmatization toward those who carry an ADHD diagnosis compared to those who exhibit ADHD symptomology in the absence of such a diagnosis. Further, it was expected that the D-IRAP scores would better predict willingness to interact with both people who are diagnosed with, and those who are undiagnosed but suffer from, ADHD. Data regarding these issues will be discussed during this presentation.

 

The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure as a Predictive Measure of Stigmatization Toward Posttraumatic Stress Disorder

ISAIAH THOMPSON (Southern Illinois University), Kail H. Seymour (Southern Illinois University), Sunni Primeaux (Southern Illinois University), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Stigmatization can negatively impact people suffering from a diagnosed mental disorder. While some stereotypes may be attached to mental disorders in general, particular disorders may have specific stigmas. In previous mental health stigma studies, self-report (explicit bias) measures have assessed the participants attitudes toward a person diagnosed with a particular disorder. However, these measures may not be predictive of the participants behavior toward that individual. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP), a reasonably reliable and valid measure of implicit bias, may have utility in predicting such behavior. The present study involved (a) administering a number of self-report measures, (b) reading two vignettes about individuals struggling with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), one of which that has been diagnosed as such, (c) an IRAP involving positive and negative words associated with the health of the individuals from the vignettes, and (d) two Social Distance Scales about the people described in the vignettes. Two major hypotheses include that the D-IRAP (implicit bias) scores will reflect stronger, unfavorable stigma toward those with a PTSD diagnosis (versus those with PTSD symptoms that have not been diagnosed with PTSD), and the implicit bias scores will predict social distance scores (i.e., willingness to interact) for both vignettes.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #194
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Novel Behavioral Economic Approaches to Measuring Substance Abuse Severity and Motivating Change

Monday, May 30, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Steven R. Lawyer, Ph.D.
Chair: Steven R. Lawyer (Idaho State University)
JAMES MURPHY (University of Memphis)
Dr. James Murphy is a Professor of Psychology at the University of Memphis and the Director of the Clinical Psychology Doctoral Program. He is also an Adjunct Associate Professor at the Brown University Center for Alcohol and Addiction Studies. He completed his Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology at Auburn University in 2003 and a clinical internship and NIAAA-sponsored postdoctoral research fellowship at Brown University. Dr. Murphy has published over 100 papers related to young adult drinking and drug use and behavioral economics. He has conducted numerous clinical trials of brief motivational interventions for young adult drinkers and drug users. He has also developed and evaluated a novel behavioral economic supplement to brief motivational interventions that attempts to increase engagement in constructive alternatives to drinking. His research also explores novel behavioral economic predictors of substance abuse problem severity, treatment outcome, and mechanisms of behavior change. Dr. Murphy’s research has been funded by the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, the U.S. Department of Education, and the Alcohol Research Foundation. He is an Assistant Editor for the journal Addiction and a Consulting Editor for Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs, and Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior.
Abstract:

Young adults report greater levels of drug and alcohol misuse than any other age or demographic group yet they rarely report significant substance dependence or any desire to participate in formal substance abuse treatment. Dr. Murphy's presentation will focus on novel behavioral economic approaches to understanding risk, quantifying severity, and motivating change in substance use in high-risk young adult populations. Dr. Murphy has developed and evaluated a brief behavioral economic intervention approach that attempts to increase engagement in patterns of goal-directed substance-free activities that are associated with delayed reinforcement and will describe the treatment elements and outcomes. He has also developed and evaluated demand curve and relative behavioral allocation indices of reward value and will present data on their clinical relevance in the prediction of substance abuse severity and treatment response.

Target Audience:

Undergraduate students, graduate students, and professionals in psychology and behavior analysis

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) develop familiarity with behavioral economic theories of addiction; (2) develop familiarity with demand curve and relative reinforcing efficacy assessment approaches based on behavioral economic theory; (3) develop familiarity with behavioral economic brief intervention approaches to reduce alcohol and drug misuse.
 
 
Symposium #196
CE Offered: BACB
Self-Instructing With Mobile Technology for Individuals With Intellectual Disability: Training to Use the Technology, Implementation, and Efficiency
Monday, May 30, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia)
CE Instructor: Kevin Ayres, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes data from a series of three studies evaluating means for teaching and using self-instructional procedures for individuals with intellectual disabilities. Each study provides an overview of different means to teach individuals with intellectual disability to self instruct and then use that skill to learn other skills. The final study then evaluates the efficiency of self-instruction compared to teacher directed instruction. In sum, this selection of studies provides evidence and rationale for considering broader instructional targets for individuals with intellectual disability. Broadening the focus to teach pivotal skills (rather than discrete specific skills) provides opportunities for individuals to select and pursue learning across environments with a system of self-instruction. The results are discussed in relation to their potential impact for independent living, employment, and community integration. Further, the researchers will discuss the relevance of these procedures to bridge the gap from school based instruction to community instruction and transitions from high school to community settings.

Keyword(s): self-instruction, student-delivered instruction, transition, video modeling
 

Teaching Students With Intellectual Disability to Use Self-Directed Video Prompting

HELEN I. CANNELLA-MALONE (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

This study examined the effects of a system of most-to-least prompts to teach four adolescents with moderate-to-severe intellectual and developmental disabilities to use an iPod Touch and a video prompting app (inPromptu) independently. All four students learned to use the technology and app independently and two students were able to self-direct to learn a novel skill.

 

Using Student-Delivered Video Modeling to Teach Vocational Tasks to Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder

RYAN KELLEMS (Brigham Young University)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the effectiveness of student-delivered video modeling through a video iPod as a means of teaching job-related to tasks to four young adults with autism spectrum disorder at their employment settings. All of the participants were able to independently use the mobile technology and complete three novel vocational jobs.

 

Comparison of Teacher- and Student-Delivered Instruction for Adolescents With Intellectual Disability

SALLY BEREZNAK SHEPLEY (The University of Kentucky)
Abstract:

a. This study evaluated the effects video prompting when presented as teacher-delivered instruction (TDI) and when presented as student-delivered instruction (SDI) on skill acquisition for four adolescent or adult females with an intellectual disability. Results indicated that three participants were able to acquire a novel skill within similar a similar number of sessions and time with both TDI and SDI, while one participant only reached criterion levels of responding when instruction was provided by a teacher.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #197
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Neuroscience of Self, Mindfulness Meditation, and Neuropsychiatric Applications in Traumatic Brain Injury and Intellectual Disabilities

Monday, May 30, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Andrew W. Gardner, Ph.D.
Chair: Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University)
RANDALL BUZAN (Learning Services Neurobehavioral Institute)
Dr. Buzan graduated summa cum laude from the University of Michigan with a BS in Psychology, Alpha Omega Alpha from U-M Medical School, and completed his psychiatry residency at the University of Colorado and analytic training at the Denver Institute. He completed a fellowship in psychopharmacology at the University of Colorado and another mini-fellowship in electroconvulsive therapy at Duke. Randy had 6 additional years of training in psychotherapy at the Denver Institute for Psychoanalysis, and now serves on their faculty. He joined the psychiatry faculty at the medical school and did psychopharmacology and neuropsychiatry research for 9 years, also serving as Director of the Psychiatric Emergency Services at University Hospital, Co-Director of the Electroconvulsive Therapy service, and Director of Psychiatric Outpatient Services. Randy served as a peer reviewer for the Journal of Neuropsychiatry, is a Distinguished Fellow of the American Psychiatric Association, and has published 25 papers and book chapters and presented nationally on treatment of brain injury and developmental disabilities. Randy consulted for 24 years at two Colorado’s Regional Centers for ID individuals, and continues to consult at Craig Hospital and Learning Services on TBI and spinal cord injury.
Abstract:

Western dualistic conceptions of "mind" and "self" create unrealistic behavioral expectations of patients for themselves, for their families, and for professionals alike. An alternative neuroscience-based conceptualization of the self allows a deeper and ultimately more forgiving model of human behavior. This lecture presents emerging perspectives on the neuroscience of self and reviews the accumulating data on the science of mindfulness meditation. Specific application of these concepts and of mindfulness training in traumatic brain injury and intellectual disorders is also discussed.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts and clinicians treating behavior issues in individuals with traumatic brain injuries or intellectual disabilities.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: (1) discuss the Mind:Body dilemma in Western philosophy and the solution proposed by the Embodiment Theory; (2) understand the location of the default network and possible neuroanatomic location of the Self; (3) appreciate the growing empirical evidence supporting the utility of mindfulness meditation in a variety of disorders; (4) perform a brief Mindfulness, Metta, and gratitude meditation procedure.
 
 
Symposium #198
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Clinical Practice Through Translational Research on Conditioned Reinforcers and Delayed Punishment
Monday, May 30, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Zurich AB, Swissotel
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Christopher J. Perrin (Georgian Court University)
CE Instructor: Christopher J. Perrin, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The link between basic and applied branches of behavior analysis has often flowed from the laboratory to the clinical setting. This flow has led to technologies that have promoted meaningful outcomes for clients in a variety of settings. At times however, questions arise in the applied realm that are best examined in a more controlled environment. This symposium presents three talks illustrating the intersection between basic preparations and clinical practice via what is commonly coined translational research. All three talks use preparations inspired from basic research involving human participants to inform the design of interventions commonly implemented in applied settings. Two talks discuss different aspects of interventions involving conditioned reinforcers. The first talk presents data from a study which examined establishing and maintaining the effects of conditioned reinforcers. The second talk presents data examining the generalized effects of conditioned reinforcers. The third talk presents data from an investigation of delayed punishment. Specifically, the effects of a verbal rule on the efficacy of delayed punishment were evaluated

Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement, delayed punishment, generalized reinforcement, translational research
 

Procedures in Establishing, Testing, and Maintaining Conditioned Reinforcers for Individuals With Disabilities

YANNICK SCHENK (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

A common characteristic of individuals with developmental disabilities is a restricted range of interest. Developing procedures to establish new reinforcers could promote the acquisition of new skills and reduce decreases in motivation related to repeated presentation of the same reinforcer or natural shifts in interest. Two procedures have been reported in the research literature on establishing neutral stimuli as conditioned reinforcerspairing and the SD procedures. Few applied studies have directly evaluated the use of these procedures. Also, additional research is necessary to determine their effectiveness and whether effects can be maintained. The purpose of this study was to (a) to compare the pairing and the SD procedures in the development of conditioned reinforcers, (b) to test the effectiveness of the reinforcers using progressive ratio (PR) schedules of reinforcement, and (c) to evaluate the robustness of reinforcing effects.

 
A Comparison of the Durability of Specific and Generalized Reinforcers
CHRISTOPHER J. PERRIN (Georgian Court University), Cynthia Policastro-Smith (Toms River Regional Schools)
Abstract: Although commonly used in clinical practice, the properties of token economies in general and tokens in particular have received insufficient attention in the literature. One area with limited attention is that of the generalized functions of reinforcers. Specifically, the extent to which generalized reinforcers are more durable than specific reinforcers remains unclear. Progressive ratio (PR) schedules of reinforcement are well suited for this analysis as they measure the durability of reinforcers under increasing response effort. That is, a more durable reinforcer will have a higher break point than a less durable reinforcer. The purpose of this study was to use PR schedules to compare the break points for specific and generalized reinforcers. Children with autism completed computer based academic tasks with increasing response requirements to earn a) specific reinforcers, b) tokens paired with a specific reinforcer, or c) tokens paired with multiple terminal reinforcers. Results and implications for future research and program design will be discussed.
 

Altering Contingent and Contiguous Responding by Incorporating Rules With Delayed Punishers

JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (The University of Memphis), Neal Miller (University of Memphis), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis)
Abstract:

Delayed punishers are typically less effective than immediate punishers at suppressing behavior. Another disadvantage is that delayed punishers may inadvertently decrease the responses they immediately follow but are not contingent upon. Occasionally, however, delayed punishers may be necessary, so developing effective strategies to maximize the effects of a delayed punisher is crucial. One strategy for increasing the suppressive effect of a delayed punisher is to provide a verbal rule describing the contingency related to the punisher. It is unclear, however, whether this strategy minimizes the effect of the delayed punisher on contiguous (but not contingent) responses, which would be particularly important from a clinical perspective. In this study, five college-age students engaged with a computer program consisting of four conditions: immediate punishment, delayed punishment, delayed rule without punishment, and delayed rule with punishment. The purpose of this study was to determine whether the addition of a verbal rule altered the effect of a delayed punisher on both contingent and contiguous responses. Results indicate that adding a verbal rule not only increased the suppressive effect of a delayed punisher on contingent responses, but also decreased the likelihood that the delayed punisher would suppress the response it immediately followed.

 
 
Symposium #199
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Applications in Educational Settings for Students of All Ages
Monday, May 30, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Michele R. Traub (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Michele R. Traub, M.S.
Abstract: A strong literature base exists for behavioral interventions in elementary and special-education classrooms, but fewer studies have examined the role of behavior analysis in teaching skills and managing behavior in general education settings, with older students, or with preschool-aged children. This symposium will detail recent applications of behavioral programs with these less common populations. The first paper addresses a common prerequisite behavior needed for children to succeed in school: appropriate sitting. This paper details a treatment package used to teach preschool-aged children to sit appropriately for short periods of academic task presentation. The second paper focuses on the use of group contingencies in middle-school classrooms to increase duration of on-task behavior and rate of worksheet completion. Finally, the third paper will address interventions used in college classrooms to increase student attendance and engagement in class. Overall, this symposium aims to educate the listener on applications of behavioral principles, at both individual and group levels, within educational contexts in which behavior analysis is not currently a common approach to classroom management.
Keyword(s): Classroom Engagement, General Education, University Teaching
 
Teaching Pre-Academic Skills: Evaluating a Treatment Package to Teach Preschoolers to Sit Appropriately
Catherine B Simms (Florida Children's Institute), MICHELE R. TRAUB (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Kara L. Wunderlich (University of Georgia)
Abstract: For individuals who are early in their learning career (e.g., preschool, kindergarten) one of the first skills they need to learn is to sit at a table and tolerate a therapist or teacher presenting learning tasks. However, little research has focused on how to teach these prerequisite skills efficiently and effectively to young learners with developmental disabilities and learning delays. The current study first evaluated a multi-component treatment package (consisting of three-step prompting, continuous access to toys, and contingent edible delivery) to teach children to sit appropriately in a chair when instructed and to remain seated without engaging in problem behavior. The treatment package was effective for two subjects but problem behavior emerged when we faded toy access. We then applied each component of the intervention in an additive manner to determine which components were necessary for efficient learning of the skill, and we incorporated demand fading to ensure that appropriate sitting would be maintained during an instructional session. Results for two subjects to date showed that this treatment was effective at teaching sitting for up to five minutes.
 
An Investigation of the Effects of Group Contingencies on Worksheet Completion
MEGHAN DESHAIS (University of Florida), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: We conducted two experiments investigating the effects of group contingency arrangements on worksheet completion in two classrooms. In the first study, we compared two different types of group contingencies, an independent group contingency and a randomized dependent group contingency, during a literacy period in a first-grade classroom. In the second experiment we evaluated the effects of a randomized group contingency with individualized criteria in a middle-school classroom for pre-delinquent students. Our results with respect to the effectiveness of the group contingencies at increasing students’ worksheet completion were mixed. Results from the first study indicate that both group contingency arrangements effectively increased students’ worksheet completion relative to baseline. For the target (low-performing) students in the first-grade classroom, the two arrangements were either equally effective or the independent group contingency was superior. Results from the second study suggest that the randomized dependent group contingency with individualized criteria did not produce clear effects on levels of student worksheet completion. Potential explanations for these results and implications for future research will be discussed.
 
Modifying Contingencies in College Courses to Improve Student Attendance and Engagement
CLAIRE C. ST. PETER (West Virginia University), Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University), Jessica Cheatham (West Virginia University), Jenny Ozga (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Although attendance and participation at collegiate class meetings is a strong predictor of course success, less is known about how instructors can structure courses to improve attendance and engagement. One established intervention is to provide points for desirable student behavior. We recently conducted two studies evaluating the influence of points and games on student attendance and engagement, respectively. In the first study, we assessed the relation between the percentage of points available on class days and student attendance across three psychology courses at a large, public university. Students were more likely to attend when the most course points were available (4% to 8%) than when fewer (1% to 3%) or no course points were available. In the second study, we implemented a classwide game modeled after the Good Behavior Game to increase student participation. Students were more likely to raise their hands when playing the game for extra credit than when playing for no points or when no game was played. Additionally, a large majority of students (85%) preferred playing the game for points over playing with no points or not playing. Our results suggest that college instructors can influence attendance and participation through relatively easy and cost effective manipulations of course contingencies.
 
 
Symposium #202
CE Offered: BACB
Examples of Computer-Based Training to Teach a Variety of Behavior Analytic Skills
Monday, May 30, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
St. Gallen, Swissotel
Area: OBM/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
CE Instructor: Rocio Rosales, Ph.D.
Abstract:

All agencies that that serve populations with special needs must train direct care staff on an ongoing basis. Training that is provided directly by a behavioral consultant may often be limited due to time constraints. For this reason, it is worthwhile to explore the effectiveness of computer-based training programs. Computer-based training may enhance the generality of target skills since it is possible to include multiple exemplars in a single video or module; it also provides a standardized method of training multiple staff, which can help increase procedural integrity; and the training results in a permanent product that can be revisited as necessary to train new staff or as ‘booster’ training for seasoned staff. This symposium will highlight research from three labs that have incorporated a form of computer-based training to teach the following skills: 1) identification of safe eating practices for individuals with disabilities; 2) implementation of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS); and 3) visual analysis of single-case AB design graphs. Presenters will discuss limitations of the work conducted to date and propose areas for future research.

Keyword(s): computer-based training, staff training, video modeling
 

The Impact of Online Scenario-Based Training on Direct Support Professionals' Implementation of Safe Eating and Drinking Practices With Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

EMALEY BLADH MCCULLOCH (Relias Learning), Amin Lotfizadeh (Easter Seals Southern California), Gia Biscontini (Easter Seals Southern California)
Abstract:

An estimated eight percent of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities have a diagnosed difficulty swallowing food or liquids (dysphagia) (Chadwick 2009). These problems raise the risk of choking and can lead to serious health problems if correct protocols around eating and drinking are not followed. It is imperative to put in place interventions that prevent choking and aspiration incidents by training Direct Support Professionals (DSPs) about meal modifications and identifying dangerous situations at mealtime. In this study we used a pretest-posttest experimental design to investigate whether a scenario-based online training combined with a fifteen-minute client protocol review statistically increased DSPs knowledge of meal modifications and their ability to identify dangerous situations in scenarios and pictures. The control group received a protocol review only. Participants were randomly assigned to the experimental and control group. After the intervention, a generalization session will be conducted to determine whether the DSPs can generalize the knowledge to their clients meal protocols. Our hypothesis is that online training combined with a client protocol review will statistically improve staffs ability to 1) follow eating and drinking protocols within presented scenarios 2) identify dangerous situations during presented scenarios 3) generalize these skills to the clients they serve and maintain over time compared to DSPs that receive a protocol review only.

 
Video Modeling to Teach Implementation of the Picture Exchange Communication System
NICOLE MARTOCCHIO (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract: Video modeling is a training method with empirical support for teaching trainees to implement a variety of behavior analytic procedures, however currently there is no published research examining the use of video modeling to teach implementation of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). The purpose of the present study was to use video modeling to teach implementation of Phases 1-4 of PECS to university students who expressed interest in working with populations for which PECS would be appropriate. Three undergraduate students viewed video modules comprised of visual examples, voiceover explanation, and text describing each step in the protocol for each phase, then implemented each phase with a confederate learner. A multiple probe across participants design was used. Results showed that all participants achieved mastery-level performance in each phase following video modeling, however one participant required feedback from the experimenter to attain mastery in Phase 1. Follow-up probes conducted 2-3 weeks following completion of training indicate that performance may not remain at mastery-level over time following video modeling alone, further suggesting a feedback component might be necessary. Future work should conduct generalization probes with actual learners with disabilities, and explore the use of computer-based training programs that incorporate a feedback component.
 
Evaluation of Computer-Based Training to Teach Individuals Visual Analysis Skills of Baseline-Treatment Graphs
ALEXANDRA ANISKO (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Candee Lake (Wedgwood’s Autism Center for Child Development)
Abstract: The primary method of data analysis in applied behavior analysis is visual analysis. However, few investigations to date have taught the skills necessary for accurate visual analysis. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate computer-based training on the visual analysis skills of individuals with no prior experience. Visual analysis was taught with interactive computer-based training that included written instructions and opportunities for practice with feedback. Generalization of participant skills to graph paper and actual data graphs was programmed for and assessed during the study. A multiple-baseline design was used across visual analysis properties (i.e., variability, level, and trend), with continuous overall intervention effect generalization probes, replicated across 4 participants to evaluate computer-based training for accurate visual analysis of A-B graphs. The results showed that all individuals accurately visually analyzed A-B graphs following the computer-based training for variability, level, trend, and overall intervention effect. These visual analysis skills generalized to graph paper and actual data graphs and maintained approximately 1 day, 1 week, 2 weeks, and 1 month following mastery of each property for two participants. Implications of the results suggest that computer-based training improved accurate visual analysis skills for individuals with no prior experience.
 
 
Panel #203
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Behavior Analysts as Designers: Success Stories of International, Interdisciplinary Collaboration to Expand Our Services and Research
Monday, May 30, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Robyn M. Catagnus, Ed.D.
Chair: Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
JANE YIP (Purdue University)
MARI URAMOTO (Children Center Inc.)
SAKURAKO SHERRY TANAKA (Mutlicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts)
Abstract:

Training programs for pre-service behavior analysts, and common arrangements of clinical practices, too often result in ABA being siloed from other disciplines. If we are to succeed with our mission of facilitating change globally, in all meaningful domains of our lives and environments, we must successfully integrate services and research with those in different fields. Behavior analysts might also have an ethical obligation to shed light on how we might design and re-design our "contextual fit" to meet our cultural standards. Presenters from multiple disciplines: academia, linguistics, special education, and neurology, will explore how they introduce ABA into new cultures, teach pre-service professionals to program for research and collaboration with non-behavioral providers, expand their own interdisciplinary relations, and are changed personally and professionally by the experience. Panelists will also discuss their research and efforts to integrate ABA with art therapy, ceremonial and cultural participation, and religious studies while giving consideration to scientific as well as ethical dimensions that define the field of behavior analysis. We invite professionals working in medicine, psychology, business, ecology, anthropology, religious and cultural studies, sociology, and more to share their challenges and strategies. How are you creating interdisciplinary connections, opportunities, and collaboration that strengthen relationships and result in behavior analysis being integrated in larger initiatives and with other fields?

Keyword(s): cultural standards, interdisciplinary, international, service delivery
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #204
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Adaptive Memory: Remembering With a Stone-Age Brain

Monday, May 30, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Peter Urcuioli, Ph.D.
Chair: Peter Urcuioli (Purdue University)
JAMES NAIRNE (Purdue University)
James S. Nairne, Ph.D., is the Reece McGee distinguished professor of psychological sciences at Purdue University in West Lafayette, Indiana. He received his undergraduate training at the University of California at Berkeley and his PhD in psychology from Yale University. His original training was in Pavlovian conditioning, but his current research specialty is human memory. He is a fellow of the Society of Experimental Psychologists, the Association for Psychological Science, and the Midwestern Psychological Society. His editorial positions have included Editor-in-Chief of Memory & Cognition, Associate Editor for the Psychonomic Bulletin & Review and the Journal of Memory and Language, and he has served on numerous editorial boards. He was the recipient of the 2000 Excellence in Education Award from Purdue University and the 2001 Charles B. Murphy award. In 2003 Dr. Nairne was inducted into the Book of Great Teachers. He is also the author of a popular introductory textbook, Psychology: The Adaptive Mind (now in its sixth edition), as well as many influential articles and book chapters in his research specialty.
Abstract:

Human memory evolved subject to the constraints of nature's criterion: differential survival and reproduction. Consequently, our capacity to remember and forget is likely tuned to solving fitness-based problems, particularly those prominent in ancestral environments. Do the operating characteristics of memory continue to bear the footprint of nature's criterion? Are there mnemonic "tunings" rooted in the remnants of a stone-age brain? Work from the presenter's laboratory suggests that: (1) processing information for its survival relevance leads to superior long-term retention, better, in fact, than most known learning techniques; (2) animate (living) stimuli are remembered much better than matched inanimate (nonliving) stimuli; and (3) stimuli that have been potentially contaminated by disease are remembered especially well. Understanding how memory is used to solve adaptive problems relevant to fitness, the presenter argues, provides critical insight into how and why human memory systems formed, and why they work the way they do.

Target Audience:

Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the end of the event, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the basic tenets of an evolutionary approach to human memory; (2) discuss whether "survival processing" is best characterized as an adaptation or an exaptation; (3) describe the empirical evidence that supports a mnemonic “tuning” for animacy and contamination.
 
 
Symposium #206
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
The Ethics of and Alternatives to Traditional Escape Extinction in Education and Home Settings
Monday, May 30, 2016
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Robert Schramm (Knospe-ABA)
Discussant: Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Megan Miller, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts recognize the importance of incorporating motivation and reinforcement within service delivery. Additionally, behavior analytic treatment programs incorporate effective function based procedures to increase compliance with demands and decrease escape maintained challenging behavior. These procedures often include forced physical prompting and paced prompts that may increase the occurrence of challenging behavior or reduce acceptance of the procedures by caregivers and staff. This symposium explores potential ethical alternatives to traditional escape extinction using 7 Steps to Earning Instructional Control, wait-outs, and conditioning work as a reinforcer that address the problems behavior analysts face with traditional escape extinction procedures in discrete trial programming.

Keyword(s): Escape Extinction, Ethical Practice, Instructional Control
 

Ethical Considerations and Exploration of Alternatives to Forced Prompting

MEGAN MILLER (FSU CARD/Navigation Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract:

Behavior analytic intervention programs frequently include the use of forced prompting to earn compliance with demands and reduce escape maintained challenging behavior. This approach is effective but can result in an increase in challenging behavior if the challenging behavior is also maintained by attention or can be difficult to implement with clients who are larger in size. Additionally, caregivers and staff may not accept the use of forced prompting and may not implement the procedure during the naturally occurring routine, which also reduces the effectiveness of the procedure. The purpose of this presentation is to explore ethical considerations regarding the use of forced prompting by drawing from the BACB Guidelines for Responsible Conduct and Van Houten et al. (1988). Additionally, the presentation will explore how the 7 Steps to Earning Instructional Control addresses these ethical considerations and whether research in the basic or applied areas supports alternatives to forced prompting such as the 7 Steps as viable options for reducing escape maintained challenging behavior.

 
Developing Learner Cooperation through the 7 Steps to Earning Instructional Control
ROBERT SCHRAMM (Knospe-ABA)
Abstract: The ABA/VB Autism Intervention Institute Knospe-ABA GmbH (based in Germany), which serves over 350 children throughout Europe, prioritizes the research and procedural recommendations of Verbal Behavior. Robert Schramm, Knospe-ABA's lead supervising Behavior Analyst has developed an approach to earning instructional control that encapsulates ABA/VB and brings motivated learning to its fullest potential. Over 95% of the providers using these techniques have been able to demonstrate greatly improved instructional control with their learners. The 7 Steps to Earning Instructional Control are based on sound behavioral principles and practice. This approach to instructional control does not rely on basic escape extinction techniques such as escape blocking, forced physical prompting or repeating SD's. In addition to offering a more simple way to develop instructional control with most learners, it also is easy to teach to adults and therefore valuable in reproduction with less trained caregivers and therapists. Preliminary data will be presented to demonstrate that instructional control can be earned with the 7 Steps. Additionally, an integrity checklist for training on the 7 steps, which has demonstrated the benefits of training providers on this technique in order to decrease non-compliance of learners with autism, will be presented.
 

The Use of Wait Outs and Task as a Reinforcer as an Ethical Alternative to Traditional Escape Extinction

STEVEN J. WARD (Whole Child Consulting LLC)
Abstract:

Escape-avoidance behavior is a common impediment to skill acquisition and a frequent maintaining variable for a variety of behavioral excesses. While a great number of antecedent interventions (e.g., demand fading, student choice, errorless teaching) can decrease problem behavior levels, escape- avoidance behaviors do not immediately drop to zero levels, and reactive measures invariably account for some part of the behavior intervention plan. Among potential reactive treatments, escape extinction has the greatest empirical support and is typically recommended. This presentation will demonstrate the efficacy of an alternative to escape extinction in 3 studies across 5 participants. In this procedure, task resistance is followed by a temporary withdrawal of that task and a substantial limit upon student options until the task has been completed. Though counter-intuitive (because escape-maintained behavior produces temporary escape), this procedure, colloquially known as a wait out, tends to not only decrease escape-maintained behavior, but also to improve a number of qualities of student participation. Participants will learn the rationales behind the use of wait and will see examples of how to implement the procedure.

 
7 Steps of Instructional Control to Decrease Maladaptive Behaviors and Increase Skill Acquisition: A Case Study
HEATHER GILMORE (Autism Centers of Michigan), Leasa Androl (Autism Centers of Michigan)
Abstract: A case study was conducted to address maladaptive behaviors, including severe self-injurious behaviors (head banging, chin hitting, and scratching) and whining/crying behaviors, as well as limited skill acquisition in a four year old child with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder. The intervention was conducted in a center-based setting. A functional analysis was conducted which identified both escape from demands and access to tangibles as the function of maladaptive behaviors. This study involved evaluating the effectiveness of the "7 Steps of Instructional Control" developed by Robert Schramm, MA, BCBA. The "7 Steps" were used as a replacement for the previous maladaptive behavior reduction plan. The previous plan (baseline) included escape extinction procedures. Reliability was strengthened by providing Behavior Technicians with extensive training and continuous monitoring of procedural fidelity by the BCBA using a treatment integrity checklist developed by Megan Miller, PhD, BCBA, LBA. The results indicated that maladaptive behaviors decreased and skill acquisition increased for this child.
 
 
Symposium #208
CE Offered: BACB
Strategies to Promote Emergent Verbal Behavior in Typically Developing Adults
Monday, May 30, 2016
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College)
CE Instructor: Sarah A. Lechago, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Scientific examination of strategies that produce emergent verbal behavior is significant with respect to the potential conceptual and applied contributions to the field of Behavior Analysis and even to fields outside of Behavior Analysis. These strategies can inform important decisions regarding educational practices and can contribute to narratives and research related to stimulus control. One study compared a stimulus equivalence online teaching protocol to a standard online teaching protocol to teach single-subject research design to graduate students. A second study evaluated a mand-based training protocol to a tact- and two intraverbal-based training protocols to teach foreign language words to typically developing adults. A third study investigated the role of tact and intraverbal training in developing intraverbal naming, and the mediating effects of intraverbal naming in the formation of generalized equivalence classes in undergraduate students. A final study conducted two experiments and investigated the effects of an auditory pairing procedure on the emergence of tacts, selection responses, and intraverbals to teach information about musical instruments to 24 typically developing adults.

 
Comparison of Mand Training and Other Strategies to Teach a Foreign Language
WAI-LING WU (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: A current recommendation for verbal behavior training with individuals with autism is to initiate training with the mand due to the multiple benefits it brings the speaker (Sundberg & Michael, 2001). Inspired by this recommendation, the current study endeavors to examine the effects of mand training in teaching a foreign language. A multiple baseline across participants design with an embedded adapted alternating treatments design is used to compare the effects of mand training, tact training, and bidirectional intraverbal training on acquisition of foreign language words. Previous foreign language studies have shown that untrained responses emerged after participants were taught foreign language words using tact training, bidirectional intraverbal training, and listener response training (Dounavi, 2014; Petursdottir & Haflidadottir, 2009). The current study also examines the emergence of untrained foreign language responses for each training condition. Data for one participant suggest that mand training is the most efficient training procedure with respect to the total number of training trials to the mastery criterion and resulting emergent responding. Data are being collected on additional participants.
 
A Comparison of a Stimulus Equivalence Protocol and Standard Study to Teach Single-Subject Design to Graduate Students
WILLIAM ROOT (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The Online Consortium for Higher Education (2012) reported that in 2012, 6.7 million students were enrolled in at least one online course. With this number growing each year, the need for empirically based, online instructional methods is critical. The effect of an online stimulus equivalence protocol was compared to that of a more standard online study protocol on the emergence of untaught relations involving single subject designs. Participants were instructed on relations between design name, design definition, design graphs, and clinical vignettes. Experimental groups deferred only in the instructional format: The stimulus-equivalence group was instructed using a protocol similar to Lovett, Rehfeldt, Garcia, and Dunning (2011), whereas the Standard Study group read a standard text book and article that covers single-subject methodology. Generalization was assessed by comparing scores on novel questions directly taken from the CBA learning modules, developed by Behavior Development Solutions, as a measure of possible performance on the BCBA exam. Data collected to date suggest that when compared to the standard online study protocol, the stimulus equivalence protocol produced greater changes in correct responding from pre to posttest scores, further suggesting the practical utility of a stimulus equivalence protocol as an instructional tool for online courses.
 

Emergence of Naming Relations and Intraverbals After Auditory Stimulus Pairing

JOSE JULIO CARNERERO ROLDAN (Centro Almudarïs, Spain), Luis Antonio Perez-Gonzalez (Universidad de Oviedo)
Abstract:

We analyzed the emergence of tacts, selections, and intraverbals after observing paired auditory stimuli. In Experiment 1, 12 typical developing adults were randomly assigned to two experimental conditions. In Part 1, four sounds of musical instruments were paired with their respective names spoken by the experimenter; in Part 2, the sounds were paired with their native country names. Participants in Condition 1 received Part 1 first; participants in Condition 2 received Part 2 first. After pairing, the emergence of tacts was probed. When the tacts emerged, the selections were probed. After Parts 1 and 2, the intraverbals were probed. In Experiment 2, 12 novel adults received a similar sequence, but after pairing the selections were probed and after reaching criterion the tacts were probed. The results indicate that probing the tacts or the selections after each pairing phase does not influence emergence in adults; pairing first the sound and the name and then the sound and the country seems to produce more instances of naming than pairing first the sound and the country and then pairing the sound and the name. The findings have direct implications on the teaching procedures to facilitate these types of emergence.

 

The Role of Intraverbal Naming on The Emergence of Generalized Equivalence Classes

ADRIENNE JENNINGS (California State University Sacramento), Charisse Ann Lantaya (California State University, Sacramento), Amanda Chastain (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the role of intraverbal naming on the emergence of generalized equivalence classes. Seventeen undergraduates were exposed to tact training with 3 stimulus sets (A1B1C1, A2B2C2, and A3B3C3) and baseline intraverbal training (A?B? and B?C?). Formation of equivalence classes was assessed using visual-visual matching-to-sample (MTS) tasks and intraverbal tests for symmetrical (BA, B?A?, CB, C?B?) and transitive relations (AC, A?C?, CA, C?A?). Generalization MTS posttests were then presented for 4 untrained sets of stimuli. Thirteen participants passed all MTS and intraverbal posttests. Two of the remaining 4 required either tact or intraverbal remedial training in order to achieve passing criterion. Performance improved for 5 participants during the vocal MTS posttest. These findings show the efficacy of tact and intraverbal training in the formation of generalized equivalence classes. Overall, results suggest verbal mediation strategies (i.e., intraverbal naming) may have facilitated MTS performance.

 
 
Symposium #210
CE Offered: BACB
The Evolution of Technology for Individuals With Disabilities: Uses of Advanced Portable Devices to Teach Students and Train Staff
Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Helen Bloomer (Helen Bloomer & Associates)
CE Instructor: Jessica Zawacki, M.S.
Abstract:

A variety of traditional high and low technological applications (smart boards, communication devices, picture schedules, timers) have long shaped the way special educators approach the education of persons with disabilities. The use of smart phones, tablets, and the ubiquitous Internet to teach are now widely accepted practices, have become routine and can often be found integrated into core curriculum, all with the great expectation that the new technology will result in significant gains in knowledge and competence. Much like the typically developing population, individuals with disabilities are increasingly relying upon their I Phones to make them more independent in their daily functioning. Recent advances in both hardware and software have greatly expanded the affordability, portability and wearability of technological devices. As technology continues to develop, the potential for evolutionary applications to advance solutions of some of the most daunting challenges to identify functions of behavior, frame effective intervention and increase staff competencies is great. However, the empirical research database is deficient with studies demonstrating the effectiveness of this new technology. Although educators use technology with abandon, technology is not yet firmly identified as evidenced-based practice, particularly with the older learner. The papers in this symposium will provide data-based empirical investigations on two examples of the use of advanced technology to teach. The first paper will comprehensively review the existing research regarding the use of technology to teach and whether there is an empirical basis to support these practices. The second paper investigates the use of wireless audio and live streamed video to train staff to competently implement instructional protocols with learners with autism. The third paper focuses on evaluating the biophysical correlates associated with self-injurious behavior, attempting to demonstrate possible variables that might aid in the reduction of such problems through the use of a FitBit.

Keyword(s): adolescents, autism, staff training, technology
 

A Review of the Use of Technology in the Education of Learners With Disabilities

Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Cheryl J. Davis (7 Dimensions Consulting/Endicott College), KARI ANNE DUNLOP (HMEA), Danielle LaFrance (Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College)
Abstract:

Special educators have long used technology in the education of persons with disabilities. Smart boards, communication devices, picture schedules, and timers are examples of technological strategies to teach and maintain a variety of academic, communication, and social skills. As the technology has evolved, there is currently a new generation of personal technology devices that have great potential for supporting the education of these individuals. For example, smart phones, tablets, and the ubiquitous Internet can be used to support individuals with disabilities and make them more independent in their daily functioning. These devices are being used extensively in the education of special learners, with teachers purchasing IPads, loading them with education apps, and teaching the learners to use these devices, all with the great expectation that the new technology will result in significant gains in knowledge and competence. This paper reviews the breadth and depth of technological educational strategies. Technology was classified into its abilities, the skills needed to use, the skills it targets to teach, and the characteristics of the user. A review of the literature on the degree of evidence of effectiveness showed that technology is not the panacea and promise initially believed. There is little empirical investigation of its effectiveness, and the results are mixed. Conclusions will be drawn about the future use of technology, future research studies, and the extent to which skills can be supported by these new strategies.

 

Use of Remote Technology to Increase Fidelity in the Community-Based Instruction of Adolescents and Adults With Autism

JESSICA ZAWACKI (PAAL), Eric Schindeldecker (PAAL), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College), Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL))
Abstract:

Over the next 10-15 years, approximately 800,000 children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) diagnosis will be entering adulthood. Services for adults are likely to be decentralized with training taking place in various community settings; such as vocational environments, restaurants, exercise facilities, offices, hospitals, and during recreational activities. In adult services, the physical distance of various community placements, coupled with additional administrative and clincial responsibilities, may influence supervisors to selectively choose which programs and interventions to supervise based on the above constraints rather than the needs of students and staff. Fortunately, there is an increasing research database showing that various technologies can be successful in training and supporting staff. The purpose of this studey was to use a live-streaming device to train staff to implement instructional protocols while teaching adults with ASD across various community settings. Specifically, board certified behavior analysts listened in and viewed via a live streaming device instruction of learners and were able to provide immediate feedback to the staff to improve the fidelity to the instructional protocols. Using a multiple baseline design across participants, the findings showed that supervisors could effectively supervise staff from a distance using the live streaming technology and offer staff support that in turn reduced staff errors and increased fidelity of programming.

 
The Relationship Between Biophysical Markers and Self-Injurious Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement.
DAVID DRAGONE (Melmark/PAAL), Kaitlin Ross (PAAL), Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Thomas L. Zane (Endicott College/PAAL), Lauren Erion (PAAL)
Abstract: Self-injurious behavior (SIB) has been shown to occur for all of the four functions – attention, escape, tangible, and automatic. For those behaviors that are socially mediated in some way, there are generally accepted treatment strategies, such as escape extinction, functional communication training, and Differential Reinforcement for Other Behaviors (DRO). SIB that is automatically maintained is a unique dilemma. Since there are no obvious or detected environmental influences on this category of SIB, the cause(s) often remain murky and difficult to identify. One approach to explaining SIB involves examining biophysical variables that might elicit or evoke such behaviors. There are two competing theories related to physiological state of the person engaging in this behavior. Both hypotheses suggest that individuals engage in SIB to regulate their arousal state; either to activate (excite) the central and peripheral nervous systems, or lower/reduce the activity of these autonomic systems. Often the measurement of arousal states focuses on heart rate, salivary cortisol, and brain activity (via electroencephalogram). The purpose of the present study was to examine heart rate measures to facilitate the reduction of SIB in a teenage girl with autism. Wearing a wireless device that transmitted real-time heart rate data, baseline conditions involved measuring heart rate across her daily activities, particularly before and after episodes of hand biting. Intervention consisted of implementing antecedent interventions when heart rate was noticed to suddenly increase, and prior to the occurrence of the SIB. Results showed that there was a correlated pattern of heart rate changes along with different environmental conditions (e.g, leisure activities and SIB), and that when antecedent interventions were employed (cued by the heart rate), rates of SIB reduced. Results were discussed in terms of the use of physiological measures when examining problem behaviors of an automatic function.
 
 
Symposium #212
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Preference Assessment Procedures
Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rachel Scalzo (Continuum Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
CE Instructor: Rachel Scalzo, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Identification of preferred stimuli is critical for effective intervention programs for individuals with disabilities, as this is often the first step in the identification of reinforcing stimuli. Direct preference assessments have been the gold standard for identification of preferred stimuli among individuals not capable of vocally expressing preferences. In this symposium, we present research regarding the advances in the application of preference assessments. The first presentation will introduce a new methodology for assessing preferences for social interactions. Results indicate that videos may be used to represent social interactions in a paired choice preference assessment; moreover, results of the preference assessment correlate with reinforcer value as measured by a progressive-ratio schedule assessment. The second presentation will address considerations in scheduling preference assessments prior to learning trials. Results indicate that stimulus preference remain steady across short periods of time. The final discussion will summarize these studies and highlight the applied value of the results.

Keyword(s): motivating operation, preference assessment, social reinforcer
 
Correspondence Between Preference Assessment Outcomes and Stimulus Reinforcer Value for Social Interactions
ABBY HODGES (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Regan Weston (Baylor University), Emily Hogan (Baylor University)
Abstract: Effective training programs for individuals with disabilities generally involve the use of a reinforcer assessment procedure. The use of social interactions as reinforcers has several advantages over tangible and edible stimuli in skill acquisition and behavior modification programs. For example, they are inexpensive, more practical, less stigmatizing, and promote greater generalization. This study examined a procedure to assess preference for social interactions with individuals with developmental disabilities. A paired-choice preference assessment was implemented; social interactions were presented using 5 second videos of the child engaging in the specified social interaction with the experimenter. Contingent upon selecting a video, the child received the social interaction displayed on the video. Reinforcer efficacy of the high-, medium-, and low- preferred interactions was evaluated using a progressive-ratio schedule to determine the amount of work maintained by each social interaction. Results showed that higher preference stimuli produced larger break points than did lower preference stimuli. Implications for clinical applications will be discussed.
 

Evaluation of Pre-Session and Within-Session Choice Opportunities in Preference Assessment Variations

Heather Gonzales (The University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Katherine Hoffman (University of Texas), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Andrea Flower (University of Texas at Austin), NICOLETTE SAMMARCO-CALDWELL (The University of Texas at Austin    ), Abby Hodges (Baylor University)
Abstract:

It is possible that available preference assessment technologies do not fully capture momentary shifts in preference. This experiment evaluated the differential effects of three Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement (MSWO) preference assessment variations on the performance of four participants with developmental disabilities on a mastered task. No discernible difference was demonstrated via visual analysis between the Five Pre-Session Choices condition and the Five Within-Session Choices condition across all four participants for the first 10 data points. This was demonstrated through lack of differentiation between data paths in a multielement experimental design for the dependent variables of Latency to Initiation, Total Task Duration, Percentage Correct Responses, and No-Responses. Results suggested that the timing of choice opportunities did not appreciably impact reinforcer efficacy. Subsequently, a One Pre-Session Choice condition was initiated to evaluate the efficacy of a preference assessment method with lower practitioner response effort as a means to increase social validity. The introduction of this condition also resulted in undifferentiated data across all participants. Future research should continue to evaluate the effect of choice timing on reinforcer efficacy, utilizing variations of this protocol.

 
 
Symposium #213
CE Offered: BACB
Applied Behavior Analytic Interventions for Genetic Syndromes: Down Syndrome and Fragile X Syndrome
Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nicole M. Neil (Michigan State University)
CE Instructor: Nicole M. Neil, Ph.D.
Abstract: Knowledge about the genetic basis of disabilities has increased over the past decades, yet a limited amount of research demonstrates the application of behavior-analytic interventions to address the needs associated with common genetic syndromes. This symposium will describe research findings from several intervention studies targeting individuals with Down syndrome and Fragile X syndrome. The first presentation discusses the use of behavioral interventions targeting exploratory motor and babbling in infants with Down syndrome, the second presentation will describe how modifying the intensity of intervention affects learner acquisition and in-session behavior for learners with Down syndrome, and the third presentation will illustrate effective techniques for individuals with Fragile X syndrome. We will highlight how knowledge about the behavioral phenotype can act as a barrier to designing interventions (by creating an illusion that the behavior is not malleable), and aid in informing interventions (by identifying strengths on which to build).
Keyword(s): Babbling, Communication, Down syndrome, Fragile X
 

Interventions for Infants With Down Syndrome: A Behavior Analytic Model

THERESA FIANI (City University of New York - The Graduate Center), Sara Bauer (The Graduate Center of the City University of New York), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Individuals with Down syndrome show a distinct behavioral phenotype characterized by relative weakness in expressive language and relative strengths in social interest. The characteristic phenotype of individuals with Down syndrome develops early in infancy with delays in the duration and frequency of exploratory motor behavior (manipulating a toy in the hand) and in the onset of babbling, speech sounds and vocal imitation. We present a behavior-analytic model, which explains the early differences in exploratory motor and speech sounds. Using this model, we examined interventions for infants with Down syndrome. A behavior-analytic intervention involving multiple opportunities, prompting, and social reinforcement was used to teach three infants with Down syndrome between 5-9 months of age to emit exploratory motor behavior with the same frequency and duration as typically developing infants. We also examined contingent vocal imitation as a reinforcer to increase the rate of babbling in infants with Down syndrome. The importance of these findings and collateral changes in related skill areas will be discussed.

 

Using Intervention Intensity to Maximize Acquisition of Language for Learners With Down Syndrome

NICOLE M. NEIL (Michigan State University), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Maximizing outcomes for learners with Down syndrome requires an approach which is both effective and efficient. Modifying the intensity of intervention has the potential to affect the rate of skill acquisition as well as other learner behavior, such as task persistence, which alters the efficiency of intervention. We will discuss the results of study which determined the effect of varying intensity levels of discrete-trial instruction on acquisition and task persistence for young children with Down syndrome. Three children with Down syndrome were taught expressive language targets using three manipulations of intervention intensity (dose): the number of opportunities, the spacing of opportunities, and the session duration. We measured the effects of intensity on skill acquisition and task persistence (off-task behavior and affect). Children acquired targets faster in conditions in which the spacing of opportunities was shorter than conditions in which the spacing was longer. Manipulating dose produced individual differences during the different intensity levels in the two measures of task persistence.

 

Behavioral Interventions for Children With Fragile X Syndrome

LAUREN MOSKOWITZ (St. John's University), Carmen Mootz (St. John's University), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Parents and professionals typically report problem behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injury, tantrums) as their greatest concern regarding their children with fragile X syndrome (FXS). However, there is currently a paucity of applied intervention research to reduce problem behavior and improve quality of life in this population. We will discuss the results of our study which explored whether behaviorally-based assessment and intervention targeting specific problematic contexts would result in a reduction in problem behavior and an improvement in quality of life for three children with FXS and their families. Based on the results of a functional assessment, a multi-component intervention plan was developed to teach the parents and child to effectively cope with the problematic context. A multiple baseline design was used to demonstrate intervention effects for specific high-priority contexts (bedtime, running errands, and toileting) in home and community settings. Following intervention, there were substantial improvements in problem behavior and family quality of life for all three participants within the targeted contexts. Results demonstrated that many of the behaviors observed in children with FXS are amenable to behavioral interventions that involve altering the antecedents and consequences related to such behaviors. We will also present data comparing direct versus indirect prompting in FXS.

 
 
Symposium #215
CE Offered: BACB
Improving the Precision of OBM Intervention: Recent Advancements in Functional Assessment, Stimulus Preference, and Incentive Schedules
Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jason M. Hirst (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Jason M. Hirst, Ph.D.
Abstract: Increasing the precision of an intervention effort means being able to identify a targeted, function-based intervention, and to understand how variations in the environment affect the success of treatments. The introduction of diagnostic models and algorithms like the Performance Diagnostic Checklist increased the focus in organizational behavior management on identifying causal factors affecting staff behavior. Further, even function-based interventions require some degree of individualization as preference and histories of reinforcement differ across individuals. Recent research has pursued these issues in an effort to make organizational behavior management more analytic in nature. The first study seeks to determine the degree to which the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services reliably identifies an effective, function-based intervention. The second study seeks to identify how stimulus preference and reinforcement schedule interact to influence staff performance. Finally, the third study proposes a novel conceptualization of the impact of unprogrammed aspects of performance incentive arrangements through behavioral economic analyses of choice and probabilities in the workplace.
Keyword(s): Functional Assessment, Incentives, Reinforcement Schedules
 

Use of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services to Assess and Increase Teaching of Verbal Operants by Therapists

Joshua Lipschultz (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), CHANA GEHRMAN (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The Performance Diagnostic Checklist Human Services (PDC-HS) is an informant-based tool designed to assess the environmental variables that contribute to poor employee performance in human service settings. Although the PDC-HS has been shown to be effective in diagnosing potential variables maintaining problem performance, it is yet unclear whether a function-based intervention identified by the PDC-HS is the only intervention that is likely to work. In the current study, the PDC-HS was administered to various supervisors to assess the potential variables maintaining low levels of providing opportunities to use verbal operants with 3 therapist-client dyads. Three of the four PDC-HS domains were evaluated. Various non-indicated interventions from the different PDC-HS domains were implemented prior to implementing an indicated intervention. Results show that the PDC-HS-indicated interventions were more effective than the PDC-HS non-indicated interventions for each dyad. Results are discussed in terms of the utility of the PDC-HS to identify appropriate interventions to manage therapist performance in human service settings.

 

Evaluation of Stimulus Delivery Arrangements on Staff Performance in a Simulated Work Setting

Ashley Tudor (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology), STEPHANIE VASQUEZ (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Supplementary, contingent pay arrangements can result in improved employee productivity and may lead to the development of more efficient performance improvement plans in organizational settings. In Experiment 1, we examined the effects of various stimulus delivery arrangements on performance in a computer-based task in a simulated work context. Participants entered hypothetical client data onto a Microsoft Excel invoice and earned gift-cards for task completion according to the following four conditions: (a) fixed-ratio/high-preference stimuli (FR/HiP), (b) variable-ratio/high-preference stimuli (VR/HiP), (c) fixed-ratio/varied stimuli (FR/Var), and (d) variable-ratio/varied stimuli (VR/Var). For both participants, constant access to their highest preferred stimulus delivered under a fixed-ratio schedule produced the greatest increases in performance relative to baseline. In a second experiment, we evaluated participant preference to perform under the four stimulus delivery arrangements using a concurrent-chains schedule. Results of the preference assessment indicated that one of the participants' preference did not correspond with the stimulus condition that resulted in the highest levels of task completion or reinforcers earned during the performance evaluation.

 
Effects of Probabilistic Arrangements of Incentives and Disincentives on Work Task Performance in an Analogue Setting
JASON M. HIRST (Southern Illinois University), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The current study seeks to synthesize concepts from organizational behavior management and behavioral economics through an exploratory, translational paradigm. The degree to which workplace contingencies are subject to variables common to the behavioral economic literature was assessed in three experiments. The first experiment was a hypothetical discounting task that extended the cross-commodity discounting literature by comparing monetary outcomes with access to mobile devices, a potential competing reward in organizational settings. The second experiment was a systematic replication of Experiment 1 in the context of the workplace. Both studies demonstrated that probability discounting predicted the subjective value of both monetary and nonmonetary outcomes. The third experiment examined the effects of probability on the efficacy of an incentive system in an analogue work environment. Participants were given the opportunity to complete a work task under varying probabilities of incentive availability. The results showed that incentive availabilities of less than 25% failed to maintain allocation of behavior to the work task for three of six participants. The applicability of behavioral economics, specifically discounting, for organizations are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #216
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Predicting Behavioral Outcomes in the Treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Discussant: Sienna Greener-Wooten (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Sienna Greener-Wooten, Ph.D.
Abstract:

While there is a strong consensus that applied behavior analysis (ABA) is an effective treatment for autism spectrum disorder (ASD), evidence also indicates variation in individual response to treatment. Several factors have been suggested to have an effect on ABA treatment outcomes. Some factors are specific to the child at the start of treatment (e.g., age, IQ, symptom severity, and skill level), while other factors are treatment specific (e.g., treatment intensity and treatment duration). The present studies evaluate the effects of treatment specific factors on outcomes in large and geographically diverse samples of children with ASD receiving ABA services in community-based settings. These studies investigate the relationship between treatment intensity and skill acquisition, the effects of treatment hours on outcomes across all areas of a comprehensive treatment program, and the impact of features of supervision (i.e., supervision intensity, supervisor credentials, years of experience, and caseload) on skill acquisition. The findings of these studies have significant implications on treatment delivery practices and the optimization of treatment response.

Keyword(s): Behavior Analysis, Supervision, Treatment Intensity/Domains, Treatment Outcomes
 

An Evaluation of Effects of Intensity and Duration on Outcomes Across Treatment Domains for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

ERIK LINSTEAD (Chapman University), Esther Hong (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
Abstract:

Ample research has revealed that high intensity applied behavior analysis (ABA) treatment (i.e., 30-40 hours per week) significantly improves outcomes of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, relatively few studies have directly compared higher with lower intensity treatment or investigated these effects across all domains. Two studies were conducted with groups of children receiving behavioral intervention in community-based settings. The first study evaluated the relationship between treatment intensity and learning. A regression analysis was conducted with 810 children between 1.5 and 12 years of age. Results indicated a strong linear relationship between treatment intensity and skill acquisition, where a greater number of treatment hours consistently predicted greater progress over time. The second study examined the relationship between treatment intensity and outcomes within eight treatment domains. A multiple regression analysis was conducted with 599 children. While positive effects were observed across all treatment domains, the greatest effects based on treatment intensity were seen for language, play, and academic skills, and the weakest effects seen for adaptive skills, executive function, and cognition. Treatment duration showed a relatively week impact on outcomes. These findings support existing evidence of the benefits of high intensity ABA treatment programs for children with ASD.

 

An Evaluation of the Impact of Supervision Intensity, Supervisor Qualifications, and Caseload on Outcomes in the Treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder

DENNIS DIXON (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is a well-established treatment for autism spectrum disorder (ASD). While ample research has shown the benefits of high treatment intensity, very little research has investigated the role of supervision intensity or other elements of supervision in treatment outcomes. The present study examined the relationship between ABA treatment response and supervision intensity, supervisor credentials, years of experience, and caseload in a large and geographically diverse sample of children receiving ABA services in community-based settings. The present analysis included 663 children with ASD. A multiple linear regression analysis was performed to evaluate the impact of supervision and treatment intensity on learning outcomes. When analyzed together, supervision and treatment intensity accounted for slightly more of the observed variance than therapy hours alone. Additional regression analyses were conducted to evaluate the effect of supervisor credentials, years of experience, and caseload. Supervisor credentials were found to have a significant impact on treatment outcome. Supervisor years of experience and caseload were unexpectedly not found to have a meaningful relationship to skill acquisition. These findings provide guidance for best practice recommendations.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #217
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

The Role of Nutrition in Medicine: Dietary and Other Behavioral Interventions for the Management of Significant Health Conditions

Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: John M. Guercio, Ph.D.
Chair: John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services)
TOM CAMPBELL (University of Rochester Program for Nutrition in Medicine)
Thomas M. Campbell II, MD is the co-founder and clinical director of the University of Rochester Program for Nutrition in Medicine. A board certified family physician, he has an active primary care practice in Rochester, NY. In addition, Dr. Campbell is medical director of the T. Colin Campbell Center for Nutrition Studies, a leading provider, in partnership with eCornell, of online education in plant-based nutrition. A graduate of Cornell University, Thomas is author of The Campbell Plan and co-author, with his father T. Colin Campbell, PhD, of The China Study, a worldwide bestseller. Dr. Campbell got his medical degree from the University at Buffalo School of Medicine and completed residency training in Family Medicine at the University of Rochester, Highland Hospital. He has published in the Israel Medical Association Journal and in CME publications Primary Care Reports and Integrative Medicine Alert. He has completed several marathons.
Abstract:

Dr. Campbell has conducted extensive research into the influence of dietary and other behavioral interventions as they relate to cardiovascular health, longevity, cancer and diabetes prevention, and a host of other medical benefits. He is a leading scholar and authority on the role of diet and lifestyle changes in the prevention and treatment of disease. He and his father published The China Study in 2005. The book details the groundbreaking work that he has completed with his father in the area of the prevalence of cancer and its relation to our dietary habits.

Target Audience:

Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) characterize a healthy, plant-based diet; (2) identify the most common diseases that are affected by nutrition; (3) understand the barriers and promises of integrating nutrition with behavior change in the traditional medical setting.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #218
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Should the FDA Reduce the Nicotine Content of Cigarettes? The Science and Potential Public Health Impact

Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Lucerne, Swissotel
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Christine E. Hughes, Ph.D.
Chair: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
ERIC C. DONNY (Univerisity of Pittsburgh)
Dr. Donny is a Professor of Psychology (primary), Psychiatry and Behavioral & Community Health Sciences at the University of Pittsburgh. His expertise includes behavioral pharmacology, biological and health psychology, addiction, and regulatory science. His research has included a wide range of topics and techniques including animal models of self-administration, human abuse liability of cocaine and heroin, functional neuroimaging, population-based surveys, and clinical trials of tobacco products. His current interests focus on regulatory approaches to reducing the health burden of tobacco. He co-directs the Center for the Evaluation of Nicotine in Cigarettes (CENIC), an NIDA/FDA-funded cooperative agreement involving 12 institutions that aims to increase understanding of how behavior and health might be affected in the vast majority of smokers who are either unable or unwilling to quit, if the nicotine content of combustible tobacco products is reduced.
Abstract:

In 2009, Congress gave the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) the authority to limit the nicotine content of combusted tobacco products. Decades of research suggest that nicotine is the primary cause of tobacco addiction and that reducing nicotine might reduce the rate and/or prevalence of smoking and have a dramatic impact on public health. This presentation will focus on recent clinical and preclinical data that addresses the potential benefits and risks of reducing nicotine as a regulatory approach. Clinical studies indicate that marked reduction in the nicotine content of cigarettes lead to fewer cigarettes smoked per day and reduced nicotine dependence with little evidence of compensatory smoking. Preclinical data from rat models of nicotine self-administration indicate that nicotine reduction would likely also decrease the initiation of use amongst nicotine na?ve adolescent users and that other non-nicotine constituents of tobacco smoke have little effect on behavior. The primary exception is MAO inhibition, which appears to shift the dose-response curve for self-administration to the left when the cost is low (i.e., low fixed ratio). Together, these data add to a growing literature that suggests that regulated reductions in nicotine may have a positive impact on behavior and health. Funding: Research reported in this publication was supported by the National Institute on Drug Abuse and FDA Center for Tobacco Products (CTP) (U54 DA031659). The content is solely the responsibility of the authors and does not necessarily represent the official views of the NIH or the Food and Drug Administration.

Target Audience:

Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) determine the evidence as to whether reducing the nicotine content of cigarettes is likely to lead to compensatory smoking; (2) determine the evidence as to whether reducing the nicotine content of cigarettes is likely to lead to significant nicotine withdrawal or other negative effects such as depression; (3) determine if altering the nicotine content of cigarettes impacts price elasticity.
 
 
Symposium #219
CE Offered: BACB
Instructional Practices for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Syntheses of the Literature
Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jennifer Ninci (Texas A&M University)
Discussant: Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Ninci, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Aggregations of single-case research studies are useful in assessing the external validity of evidence in a given area. Aggregations of the literature can provide behavior analysts with a cohesive understanding of a certain practice; they can also inform us of the most effective treatments demonstrated for a specific domain of behavior. This symposium includes quantitative syntheses and meta-analyses of single-case literature on specific interventions (i.e., errorless teaching and embedding preferences) as well as on certain domains of behavior (i.e., academic skills and functional living skills). All of these reviews are focused on learning in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Individuals with ASD face unique challenges in learning and development. A common purpose to each of the reviews here is to identify the current state of the evidence for individual practices. Standards for aggregating and analyzing single-case research have undergone much refinement in recent years. Meta-analytic reviews of single-case research are only recently becoming prevalent in the special education and applied behavior analytic literature. Thus, this symposium will be useful for attendees with interest in educational interventions for individuals with ASD as well as for those interested in advancements in methods for study aggregation.

Keyword(s): Generalization, Meta-analysis, Skill acquisition
 

A Review of Academic Interventions for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder in School Settings

FAHAD ALRESHEED (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

This review of single-case research is on interventions aiming to enhance academic/pre-academic skills and/or task completion and engagement during academic contexts for children with ASD in school settings. Forty-eight studies published between 1995 and 2014 were included. These articles were coded according to (a) design; (b) participant demographics; (c) setting type; (d) intervention type and implementer; (e) duration and dosage; (f) outcomes; (g) inter-rater reliability, social validity, treatment integrity, and (h) generalization and maintenance. Tau-U was used to determine overlap indices for each study and across intervention categories of literacy, math, science, social studies, engagement and task completion, and prerequisite skills. Findings showed that most studies included students in grades K-12. The mean Tau-U score across all studies was moderate to high (Tau-U = 0.74, range 0.15 - 1.00). All interventions were effective or very effective in improving targeted pre-academic or academic skills. Interventions targeting task engagement and completion had the lowest mean Tau-U (Tau-U = 0.59); approximately half of the interventions were not effective for improving task engagement and completion (Tau-U = 0.65). These results reveal the need for further research targeting academic skills for preschool students with ASD and interventions targeting on task engagement and completion.

 

Errorless Teaching Procedures on Learning Outcomes for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systematic Review

BETHANY P. CONTRERAS YOUNG (Utah State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Errorless learning, or errorless teaching, is a technology that has been developed as a way to teach individuals with autism a variety of skills. The purpose of this systematic review was to review the extant literature on errorless teaching procedures that have been used with individuals with autism. Our goal was to determine which forms of errorless teaching have been researched and what the effects of each form were in terms of learning outcomes. We conducted a comprehensive search using 7 databases and studies were included in the review if they included participants with autism, were primary research, were written in English, and directly tested the effects of errorless teaching procedures. Twenty studies met the inclusion criteria and we conducted an independent appraisal of the results and methodological quality of each study (based of the What Works Clearinghouse Procedures and Standards Handbook). We found that five different forms of errorless teaching have been researched and that, in general, errorless teaching procedures are effective at teaching discrete skills to individuals with autism. We also found that errorless procedures seem to produce learning slower than non-errorless procedures in terms of sessions to mastery. Implications for research and practice will be discussed.

 

Embedding Preferences in the Learning Environment for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Meta-Analysis

JENNIFER NINCI (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Leslie Neely (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

A body of research has explored how embedding interests into the learning environment by modifying aspects of the original activity may facilitate positive outcomes in an area of need for individuals with ASD. We reviewed this literature base to (a) determine the quality of the evidence and (b) evaluate potential moderators of results according to variations in participant characteristics and dependent variables. Studies were included that targeted participants with ASD, included quantitative data, and compared conditions with high- versus lesser-preferred objects/activities embedded into the environment. Studies were rated on quality and evidence using two rubrics. A total of 21 studies with 86 participants were included. Thirteen studies with 42 participants targeted children in early childhood, 12 of which were single-case studies with 28 participants and 74 effects/targeted dependent variables. In evaluating the quality of this initial sample of studies, findings were mixed. There was emerging support among studies targeting social-communication type skills (e.g., joint attention). It is possible that stereotyped or repetitive behaviors associated with restricted interests of children with ASD could deter the effects of this intervention at times, such as during instructor-led activities. Professionals should structure the environment to monitor added benefit when considering use of this intervention.

 

Generalization and Maintenance of Functional Living Skills for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Meta-Analysis

LESLIE NEELY (University of Texas at San Antonio), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University), John Davis (University of Utah), Margot Boles (Texas A&M University), Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba), Jennifer Ninci (Texas A&M University), Whitney Gilliland (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

This systematic review and meta-analysis analyzed peer-reviewed research concerning the generalization and maintenance of functional-living skills for individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Following the application of predetermined inclusion criteria, 31 articles (containing 32 studies) were reviewed and summarized in terms of: (a) generalization dimension, (b) generalization assessment design, (c) maintenance assessment design, (d) maintenance and generalization teaching strategy, and (e) latency to maintenance probes. Using Tau effect size and post-hoc analyses, the type of generalization and maintenance teaching strategies were analyzed as potential moderators. Outcomes identified strong effects for generalization strategies employed. Resulting maintenance effects demonstrated strong effects for baseline to maintenance contrasts. Negative effects for the train and hope method were identified using intervention to maintenance contrasts. Results indicated statistically significant findings supporting the use of training in a natural setting and training to a criterion as compared to the train and hope strategy. Implications for future research and practice are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #220
CE Offered: BACB
Assessing Treatment Integrity and Staff Training When Delivering Behavioral Services to Individuals With Disabilities
Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Denys Brand (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Layla Abby, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Treatment integrity is the extent to which interventionists implement treatment procedures as prescribed. Treatment integrity errors can adversely affect treatment effectiveness and impede learning for individuals with disabilities such as autism spectrum disorder. It is important to develop and refine methods of identifying treatment integrity errors and teaching staff to implement procedures consistent with their prescribed protocols. This symposium focuses on describing procedures for assessing treatment integrity, and for teaching staff to implement procedures as prescribed. Brand will present the results from a study in which a conditional probability analysis identified and quantified between-trials treatment integrity errors that occurred during discrete-trial teaching error-correction procedures. Abby will detail a study focused on the use of enhanced data sheets when assessing treatment integrity in conditional discrimination training. Luck will describe a study comparing the effectiveness of and preference for three different feedback strategies when training special education teachers (written, vocal, & video-feedback). Coln-Kwedor will present the results from two studies containing a comprehensive analysis of treatment integrity with response interruption and redirection in both naturalistic and experimental settings. These methods were effective in identifying treatment errors and teaching procedures to staff.

 

Assessing the Treatment Integrity of Discrete-Trial Teaching Error-Correction Procedures Using Conditional Probabilities

DENYS BRAND (University of Kansas), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Treatment integrity is the extent to which interventionists implement treatment procedures consistent with their prescribed protocol. Research shows that DTT is most effective when administered with high levels of treatment integrity. The majority of treatment integrity research involving discrete-trial teaching (DTT) focuses on treatment integrity on a within-trial basis. However, treatment integrity errors can also occur on a between-trials basis. The aim of the study was to use conditional probability matrices to identify and quantify between-trials treatment integrity errors occurring during error-correction procedures. We video-recorded therapy sessions for three therapist-learner dyads at the time and place where DTT sessions usually took place. The learners were children with autism spectrum disorders who received DTT as part of their regular teaching programs. The conditional probability matrices were effective in identifying and quantifying error-correction treatment integrity errors. Also, we found that high levels of within-trial treatment integrity did not correspond to high levels of treatment integrity for the error-correction procedures.

 

Effects of Standard and Enhanced Data Sheets on Implementation of Conditional Discrimination Training

LAYLA ABBY (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Green (2001) and Grow and LeBlanc (2012) described practice recommendations for conducting conditional discrimination training. Grow and LeBlanc provide an example of a data sheet with the preset target stimulus for each trial along with a counterbalanced three-item array of comparison stimuli to enhance the accuracy of implementation of the recommended practices. The current study evaluated the recommendation that the enhanced data sheet might lead to higher procedural integrity on these practice recommendations compared to a standard data sheet (i.e., targets and arrays are not pre-set). Behavior therapists from two provider agencies were randomly assigned to the standard data sheet or the enhanced data sheet (e.g., Grow & LeBlanc example) condition. Participants watched a short video on the practice recommendations for a matching task and an orientation to the data sheet for the assigned condition. He or she then used the assigned data sheet while implementing the matching task with a confederate serving in the role of the child with autism. Currently, 22 participants have completed the study (11 per condition) and the final sample will include 40 total participants. The enhanced data sheet produced higher procedural implementation on each of the four targeted practice recommendations.

 

A Comparison of Written, Vocal, and Video Feedback When Training Teachers

KALLY LUCK (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Danielle Dupuis (The University of Houston-Clear Lake), Wai-Ling Wu (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Louisa Hussein (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

This study compared the effectiveness of and preference for three different feedback strategies when training six special education teachers during a 5-day summer training program. In Study 1, teachers received written or vocal feedback while learning to implement two different types of preference assessments (paired-stimulus and multiple-stimulus-without-replacement). Written feedback was more effective than vocal feedback for three teachers and vocal feedback was more effective than written feedback for two teachers. In Study 2, we compared the most effective feedback strategy from Study 1 to video-assisted feedback while training the teachers to implement two forms of discrete trial training, one involving least-to-most prompting and the other involving most-to-least prompting. Video-assisted feedback was the most effective method for three teachers and vocal feedback was the most effective for one teacher. However, vocal feedback was the most preferred method for all of the teachers. Results have important implications for the use of feedback with teachers.

 
An Analysis of Treatment Integrity of Response Interruption and Redirection
CANDICE COLON-KWEDOR (Western New England University & The May Institute), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) has been shown to effectively decrease stereotypy but its application outside an experimental setting has not been well studied. In Experiment 1, decreases in automatically-maintained vocal stereotypy were obtained following RIRD treatment in a controlled setting for three participants diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Descriptive data on the consistency and accuracy of treatment implementation were then collected in the classroom setting. Results showed that treatment implementation varied across participants (i.e., Participant 1, M=60.0%; Participant 2, M=89.7%; Participant 3, M= 41.1%) and across staff members (range, 0-100%). Failure to implement the treatment was the most common error. However, when RIRD was implemented the components were carried out as prescribed with high integrity. In Experiment 2, three participants were exposed to a parametric analysis in a controlled setting. The results indicated that RIRD was effective at 50% treatment implementation or higher. Furthermore, when 25% implementation was interspersed with booster sessions at 100% treatment effects were also maintained. An evaluation of the RIRD procedure in the clinical setting is discussed.
 
 
Symposium #221
CE Offered: BACB
Conceptual and Applied Considerations in Staff Training Related to Complex Verbal Behavior and Children With Autism
Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Net)
Discussant: Francesca Degli Espinosa (Private Practice)
CE Instructor: Michael Miklos, M.S.
Abstract:

Training staff to teach skills beyond the basic verbal operants involves consideration of conceptual, social and training variables. Four papers will be presented that review considerations for training peer to peer interactions, conceptual considerations related to speech perception, and two papers describing large group competency based trainings for conceptual and procedural skills relevant to complex verbal behavior for teachers of students with autism. The first study includes a description of training systems relevant to peer to peer verbal interactions focused on a manding treatment package consisting of the use of differential reinforcement and time delay procedures to effect the rate of unprompted peer mands in individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities. A behavioral interpretation of the McGurk Effect will relate conceptual issues relevant to training staff in skills related to observational skills of vocal verbal behavior. The McGurk effect is an auditory and visual phenomena in which what is seen effects what is heard. The final two papers summarize outcome data from large scale trainings focused on having staff acquire implementation skills for procedures derived from advanced concepts in verbal behavior including joint control, extended tacts, and verbal conditional discriminations.

Keyword(s): verbal behavior
 
The Effects of Peer to Peer Mand Training on Unprompted Mand Frequency for Children With Autism and Intellectual/Developmental Disabilities
RACHEL KITTENBRINK (University of Pittsburgh)
Abstract: The current study used a peer manding treatment package, embedding the use of differential reinforcement, controls for motivation, and time delay procedures to assess the effects on peer manding and reinforcer delivery rates in elementary school students with autism and IDD. A multiple probe across dyads design (Horner & Baer, 1978) was used to evaluate effectiveness of the peer manding treatment package on unprompted peer mands and unprompted reinforcer deliveries during 12 min mand sessions. All participants were active in the baseline, intervention, withdrawal, generalization, and maintenance phases of the investigation. All participants demonstrated increased unprompted mands and unprompted reinforcer deliveries following exposure to the treatment package, demonstrating a functional relation between the treatment package and increased response levels. Participants' response levels in the phases following the intervention phase were more variable, but as a whole, response levels maintained throughout the investigation. Considerations for interpreting the results are included and recommendations for future research and practitioners are discussed.
 

A Behavioral Interpretation of the McGurk Effect

DAVID ROTH (Cal State Stanislaus)
Abstract:

The McGurk Effect is a perceptual phenomenon in which the combination of discrepant visual and auditory speech stimuli (e.g,. hear-ba/see-ga) produces the reports of hearing a completely novel response form (e.g., "a"). The present study attempted to explain the McGurk Effect and related phenomena in terms of principles of behavior. Skinner (1953) proposed that perception itself is behavior, and interpreting experimental results within the framework of experimentally validated behavioral principles may help to guide future research on perceptual phenomena. Additionally, the present study contributed to the analysis of the McGurk
Effect by comparing results from a discrepant isolated syllable condition (e.g., hear-ba/see-ga) with a second condition, in which the isolated syllables were presented to participants as the initial sounds of responses existing within their verbal repertoires (e.g., hear-BUST/see-GUST). The results supported the authors' hypothesis that the McGurk Effect would be stronger when syllables were presented in isolation than when they were presented in the context of whole words. Implications for training staff in observing vocal behavior will be discusse.

 

Competency-Based Staff Training for Implementation of Procedures Related to Instruction of Complex Verbal Behavior for Students With Autism

MICHAEL MIKLOS (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network), Amiris Dipuglia (PaTTAN/ Autism Initiative)
Abstract:

Outcomes of a large scale training effort for public school autism teachers in Pennsylvania include data on acquisition of conceptual skills and specific teaching programs will be presented. This session will review the structure and rationale for methods for teaching staff to implement protocols such as generative responding for tacts of actions and features, tacts of class of items and transfer to intraverbal responses. Includes description of training methods and outcomes for specific methods for developing participant conceptual competencies for extended tacts and concept development, joint control processes and issues related to verbal conditional discriminations. Training methods have included multiple formats for participant responding including choral responding, guided notes, and analogue demonstration of specific procedures. The training model has been implemented with public school teachers serving students with autism. The training represents efforts of the Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network Autism Initiative. Training participants have included a wide range of professionals employed in public schools including teachers, para-educators and various support staff including school psychologists and speech and language clinicians.

 

Transfer of Training Complex Verbal Behavior Concepts and Protocols for Autism Support Teachers to Classroom Settings

AMIRIS DIPUGLIA (PaTTAN/ Autism Initiative), Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network)
Abstract:

This session will review data and processes involved in the transfer of training competencies from large scale analogue training sessions to actual classroom practices. The role and function of on-site consultation from behavioral consultants involved in the Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network Applied Behavior Analysis Supports effort in supporting teams in implementing protocols related to complex verbal behavior will be presented. Consideration of the design of training includes structure of training content related to efficient data collection and analysis that can be adopted in school settings that typically do not include clinical practice staff to student ratios. Additionally, methods to insure treatment integrity for teaching protocols related to target skills such as generative responding for tacts of actions and features, tacts of class of items and transfer to intraverbal responses will be described. The data will be related to a process established to promote system-wide acceptance of behavior analytic processes for teaching complex skills.

 
 
Symposium #222
CE Offered: BACB
Addressing Restricted and Repetitive Behavior and Social Deficits in Individuals With Autism
Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
CE Instructor: Nicole M. Rodriguez, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Each paper represents a systematic approach to addressing types of behavioral excesses and deficits with individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first paper addresses a unique type of restricted and repetitive behavior that includes patterned initial-link (preference) selections during the free-choice phase of a concurrent-chains schedule. Smith et al. used a discovery-oriented approach to evaluate a method of disrupting patterned responding under arguably the most simple and salient of terminal-link contexts reinforcement versus extinction - across seven participants. The second and third papers address the common behavioral issue of perseverative speech, which is pertinent to improving social interactions. DeLisle et al. used a multiple schedule to decrease perseverative speech while maintaining manageable levels of appropriate speech with two participants. Sauter et al. evaluated the influence of, and client preference for, attention alone or combined with contingent access to preferred topics following on-topic speech with three participants. Finally, the fourth paper addresses sportsmanship, a skill relevant to social interactions with peers. Pisman et al. evaluated the effects of behavioral skills training on sportsmanship skills across different tabletop games (e.g., Candyland) with three participants. We are fortunate to have Dr. Tara Fahmie serve as the discussant.

Keyword(s): concurrent-chains schedules, perseverative speech, repetitive behavior, social skills
 

The Effects of Exposure on Selections During a Concurrent-Chains Preference Assessment

VICTORIA SMITH (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Researchers have argued the importance of incorporating the recipients of behavior-change procedures into the treatment selection process (e.g., Hanley, 2010). When an individual has limited language capabilities, concurrent-chain schedules offer a means of assessing preference among behavior interventions and teaching strategies (Hanley, 2010). Our initial purpose was to evaluate the preference for various contexts with children diagnosed with autism who were receiving early intervention services. However, the majority of participants engaged in patterned selections consisting of one selection of each initial link, similar to how exposure trials were arranged. Thus, using a discovery-oriented approach, we evaluated a method of disrupting patterned responding under arguably the most simple and salient of terminal link arrangements (i.e., one reinforcement context versus two extinction contexts). For five of seven participants who initially demonstrated patterned responding, manipulation of the number of exposures to the reinforcement context was sufficient to produce discriminated responding. For two participants, the academic task also needed to be removed. Once discriminated responding was observed under such manipulations, discriminated responding maintained when the initial exposure arrangement was reinstated. Results are discussed in terms of the potential effects of history of exposure to errorless teaching strategies on selections during concurrent-chain schedules.

 

Use of Multiple Schedules and Reinforcement Thinning in the Treatment of Perseverative Speech

DEWEY DELISLE (The New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children), Kara LaCroix (The Autism Community Therapists)
Abstract:

Perseverative speech, the repetition of phrases or topics, can be problematic when the responses occur at such high frequency that they interfere with instruction or typical social interactions. Previous studies have shown that perseverative speech maintained by attention can be treated through the use of a simple differential reinforcement of alternative behavior procedure, in which perseverative speech is ignored and appropriate speech results in attention (Rehfeldt & Chambers, 2003); however, this type of intervention may also result in impractically high levels of appropriate speech. In the current study, a multiple schedule was introduced to decrease problem behavior and maintain low levels of appropriate speech. First, a functional analysis was conducted on the perseverative speech of 2 participants diagnosed with developmental disabilities; results showed that their perseverative speech was maintained by attention. Next, treatment consisted of alternating between reinforcement components, during which appropriate speech was reinforced and perseverative behavior was ignored, and extinction components, during which all behavior was ignored. Schedules were gradually altered to increase the length of the extinction component.

 

Improving the On-Topic Conversation of Individuals With Autism

JESSICA SAUTER (Briar Cliff University), Corey S. Stocco (Briar Cliff University), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) may have difficulty maintaining conversation partners because of a tendency to dwell on certain topics in conversation. We evaluated the influence of, and client preference for, attention alone or combined with contingent access to preferred topics on the on-topic performance of three individuals with autism during 5-min conversations. Attention alone and combined with contingent access to preferred topics equally effective in improving participants on-topic conversation. However, participants preferred attention combined with contingent access to preferred topics. The results are discussed in the context of efficacious and socially valid interventions for improving on-topic conversation for people with autism.

 

Teaching Children With Autism Sportsmanship Skills to Reduce Problem Behavior During Tabletop Games

MAEGAN D. PISMAN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Melissa Bowen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ami J. Kaminski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) typically exhibit deficits in social interactions. One opportunity for these children to interact with typically developing peers includes tabletop games (e.g., Candyland), and reinforcing interactions during games may increase the future likelihood of these children playing together. We used a multiple baseline design across subjects, who were three children aged 6 to 8, to demonstrate the efficacy of behavioral skills training (BST), and we assessed stimulus generalization across games. BST consisted of trial-based teaching outside of the game context in which the skill was described and modeled and followed by the child practicing the skill. Next, within- or after-game feedback following an error was provided, which included conducting remedial teaching trials until the skill occurred. BST increased sportsmanship skills and decreased problem behavior for all three children, and after teaching was discontinued, maintenance of this performance was observed. Across one or two additional games, stimulus generalization of teaching on decreased levels of problem behavior, increased levels of appropriate behavior, or both was observed for each child. Future research should determine whether sportsmanship skills result in typically developing peers choosing to play more often with children with an ASD using a concurrent-chains schedule.

 
 
Symposium #223
CE Offered: BACB
Advancing the Sophistication of ABA Programs for Children With Autism
Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rebecca Barron (Southern Illinois University- Carbondale)
Discussant: Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids)
CE Instructor: Jacob H. Daar, M.S.
Abstract:

Traditional accounts of human language have focused on elementary and complex verbal operants discussed by Skinner as verbal behavior. Although this account has led to application in teaching fundamental language skills such as tacts and mands, the same empirical advances have not been shown for more sophisticated language skills that are pivotal in speaking with meaning and listening with understanding. Recently, a series of assessment and curricula have been developed in the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) that incorporate contemporary advances in a behavior analytic understanding of language and cognition that may have applications in teaching these more advanced language skills. The present set of studies will compare the PEAK assessment to existing behavior analytic verbal behavior assessments and demonstrate how, by incorporating advances in Stimulus Equivalence theory and Relational Frame Theory, practitioners can teach complex language skills across sensory modalities. In so doing, PEAK provides a comprehensive curriculum that may have application in use with a greater range of participants, populations, and target verbal behavior skills.

Keyword(s): Autism, Equivalence, PEAK, RFT
 

Incorporating Taste, Touch, and Smell Into ABA Programs Using the PEAK-Equivalence Module

JACOB H. DAAR (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Ryan C. Speelman (Southern Illinois University), Kyle E Rowsey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Sensations such as taste, smell, and texture are important features of the stimuli we encounter on a daily basis. Much attention in the literature on language instruction has been focused on the development of receptive and expressive responding to visual and auditory stimuli, however, few studies have sought to address deficits in responding to non-audio/visual sensations such as those found in gustatory, olfactory, and tactile stimuli. Furthermore, applied investigation of instructional methods designed to promote emergent relations between the various sensory features of stimuli and the arbitrary language functions we, as the verbal community, attribute to them has been lacking. The current presentation will review the applied literature on gustatory, olfactory, and tactile discriminations, and will provide discussion on the importance of promoting derived relational responding between various sensory features of stimuli and the arbitrary language functions used to refer to such features. Data will be presented on several applications of equivalence-based instruction, derived from the PEAK-Equivalence Module, which sought to teach language skills across several sensory modalities. Emphasis will be placed on the necessary procedures required to promote derived relations between sensory modalities and on program modification for when learners require extra support.

 

Utilizing PEAK Relational Training System: Equivalence to Demonstrate Equivalence Based Learning in Children With Low Verbal Language Skills

Autumn N. McKeel (Aurora University), MONICA SMILEY (Aurora University)
Abstract:

The present study evaluated the effectiveness of the implementation of multiple exemplar training using PEAK Relational Training System: Equivalence Module (PEAK-E), and its effects on teaching complex verbal relations in four children diagnosed with autism and displayed very low vocal language skills. A multiple probe design was implemented using programs from PEAK Relational Training System: Equivalence Module. Reflexivity, symmetry, and/or equivalence were trained while teaching Equivalence: Metonymical Tacts and Equivalence: Symbolism, separately. During training for Metonymical Tacts, children were taught through a series of training trials to match a sample related word to a picture, that was not previously directly trained. During training for Equivalence: Symbolism, children were taught to match a sample second written trait to a related picture item following training that previously did not directly train the relation. The results suggest that the participants were able to demonstrate mastery of all the trained and the corresponding untrained relations. The data extend previous research by demonstrating the effectiveness of stimulus equivalence in reducing the number of skills that need to be directly taught while still achieving skill mastery, as well as providing support for PEAK-E as an effective technology for promoting the emergence of equivalence class formation in clinical settings.

 

Applications of Derived Relational Responding to Train New Skills Using the PEAK Relational Training System

KYLE E ROWSEY (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Jacob H. Daar (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

While the technology of derived relational responding (DRR) has existed within the behavior analytic toolbox for over 45 years, the translation of this technology to applied usage has yet to take hold in a meaningful manner. Though prior research suggests that the utilization of DRR methods to train skills to individuals both with and without disabilities represents an effective and efficient mode of teaching, practitioners continue to primarily utilize discrete trial training of each skill they wish to increase in their clients repertoires. The PEAK Relational Training System is an assessment and curriculum tool designed to incorporate both traditional applied behavior analytic techniques as well as contemporary techniques using DRR as part of its instructional curriculum. The current talk describes several outcome studies on the effectiveness of programs within the PEAK curriculum which were designed to utilize DRR to train novel skills to individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. The results indicated that novel skills were acquired in each of the participants instructed with DRR techniques.

 
The Relationship Between the PEAK Direct Training Assessment and the VB-MAPP and ABLLs Assessments
BRIDGET MUNOZ (Autism Home Support Services), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Kyle E Rowsey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jacob H. Daar (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The increasing prevalence of Autism Spectrum Disorder and its resulting delays have produced a significant, longstanding relevance for continued progressive measures towards a systematic approach to the treatment of deficient language repertoires. Current behavior analytic language assessments, such as the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills-Revised (ABLLS-R) and Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP), have demonstrated utility in providing relative measures of an individual’s language and learner repertoire. The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) is an additional technology that serves as a means to assess and identify language skills that may be lacking from an individual’s repertoire. In order to advance the literature and, ultimately, support guided treatment decisions, a comparison was conducted. The purpose of the present investigation was to examine the treatment utility and produced measures of the ABBLS-R, VB-MAPP, and PEAK by evaluating the relationship of their assessment scores and identification of language repertoires in individuals with Autism.
 
 
Symposium #224
CE Offered: BACB
ABA Revisited: A Paradigm Shift for Understandingand Treating Psychopathology, Trauma, Anxiety, and Medical Issues
Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Discussant: Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University)
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Typically, applied behavior analysis has focused on individuals with developmental disabilities, including autism spectrum disorders. Often behavior analysts shy away from addressing areas such as psychopathology, trauma, anxiety and emotional aspects (e.g. depression) of medical issues. These diagnoses and their symptoms involve private events and are therefore difficult to operationally define, observe and measure. However, Friman and others have suggested that behavior analysts should not ignore these important areas because they will then be studied only by non-behaviorists. Unfortunately, non-behaviorists view aberrant behaviors in individuals with psychiatric disorders as symptoms of underlying constructs and use the diagnosis as a reason for these behaviors, proposing more global treatments such as therapies or medications. On the other hand, behaviorists view those behaviors as serving an environmental function that can be replaced with a more acceptable behavior serving the same function. The behavioral perspective would also include an analysis/understanding of establishing operations in the form of private events, physical sensations, bio-behavioral states, psychological feelings, and covert tacts/mands and learning history with particular discriminative stimuli for reinforcement or punishment. The presenters in this symposium will present their analyses of these areas from a behavioral perspective and provide treatment strategies or research methodologies that are based on these analyses.

 
Behavior Analysis and the Psychopath: Methodology for Investigating Behavioral Analogues of Traditional Psychoanalytic Conceptualizations
ANDRE V. MAHARAJ (Florida International University)
Abstract: While paradigm shifts have informed largely all areas of psychology, some spheres of research are still dominated by the perspectives of the schools within which they germinated. The presentation and analysis of psychopathy has long been the domain of psychoanalysis, and the trend of psychoanalytic interpretation exists even today, despite the incorporation of methodologies from other fields such as cognitivism and neuroscience. The diagnostic literature delineates Antisocial Personality Disorder (APD) as the adult representation of psychopathy, but many argue that there exists a qualitative distinction between the DSM-V conceptualization and the actual behavioral presentation of psychopaths. We propose that the behavior analytic framework offers a viable means for investigating corresponding analogues to dominant psychoanalytic and cognitive constructs used in the classification of psychopathy. Further, contributions at this level of analysis may aid in the reliable identification of traits, and increase the variance accounted for by established independent variables for predictive analysis.
 
Treating Children With Trauma and Attachment Difficulties: Redefining Trauma-Based Therapy in Behavioral Terms
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Many children who experienced early abuse/neglect, multiple placements and multiple caregivers have experienced trauma and attachment issues. The impact that this may have on the child’s behavior is likely to cause continued problems for the child and those providing care and treatment. Inappropriate behaviors may be related to learning histories and contingencies that are not observable in the immediate environment. Feelings may be establishing operations for the salience of particular reinforcers and punishers. Certain adult and peer behaviors may be discriminative stimuli for particular reinforcers and punishers in children’s learning histories. Negative peer models and naïve adults may provide inadvertent reinforcement for inappropriate behaviors such as lying, stealing and cheating. The presenter will discuss the impact that this learning history has the effectiveness of behavioral treatments as well as generalization of treatment effects. Alternate treatment approaches, such as trauma-based therapy, which are more likely to promote change that will generalize to the natural environment, will be presented in a behavioral framework.
 
Using FBAs to Select Coping and Self-Management Skills for Youth Exhibiting Anxiety-Related Behaviors
JESSE (WOODY) W. JOHNSON (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract: Instruction in coping and self-management strategies have been demonstrated as effective interventions for children and youth with anxiety disorders (Oswald, 2008). Coping strategies include: problem solving, self-instruction, deep breathing, and progressive muscle relaxation. An emerging body of research is demonstrating that the effectiveness of coping and self-management skills can be further enhanced by the use of functional behavior assessment. These strategies can serve as replacement behaviors in the presence of stressful situations (Kendall, 2010). Often, adolescents who are experiencing anxiety in school may exhibit noncompliant, oppositional, and even disruptive behavior. The presenter has worked with adolescents who exhibit anxiety-related behaviors in a school setting that have created problems for these students. The purpose of this presentation is to a) summarize recent research on developing function-based self-management skills, b) outline a series of steps for practitioners to use when developing function-based self-management programs, and c) demonstrate the process through case study examples.
 

Dealing With Medical Issues in Adolescence: Ensuing Anxious, Depressed, and Helpless Behaviors

JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Katy Scott (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Coping with medical diagnoses such as diabetes and asthma is particularly difficult during adolescence. Living in a rural community that is lacking in resources can make these diagnoses even more difficult, leading to behaviors that present as anxiety, depression and helplessness. Understanding how these behaviors can serve as establishing operations and have functions in the form of direct escape or socially mediated access is helpful in developing interventions that promote more positive behaviors such as treatment adherence, seeking support, and coping effectively. The presenter works with adolescents who are being treated at a school-based health clinic which serves high school students in a rural, impoverished area, some of whom are in families of migrant workers. The presenter will describe how to conduct a functional assessment and analysis of motivating operations in the treatment of behaviors related to medical disorders, using case examples of two adolescents who have been diagnosed with diabetes and asthma.

 
 
Symposium #226
CE Offered: BACB
New Quantitative Approaches to the Synthesis of Evidence in Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sarah Leadley (The University of Auckland)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Sarah Leadley, M.S.
Abstract:

The synthesis of evidence is central to the translation of scientific knowledge into practice. Most clinical sciences use meta-analysis methodology to aggregate the evidence from multiple individual studies. Meta-analyses are often used as the final scientific product preceding the transfer of evidence to health and education decision-makers and to the wider public. The use of meta-analysis in behavior analysis has been hampered by (a) the multiple metrics used across studies, (b) the limited use of randomized and non-randomized controlled studies, (c) the absence of purposely-developed effect size estimators for single-subject experimental designs, and (d) the lack of quantitative approaches to appropriately evaluate the idiosyncrasies of individual studies and individual participants within studies. Analytical developments over the last few years have helped to overcome some of these limitations. Some of these developments are illustrated in the current series of review studies. K. Hurl's meta-analysis compares the relative effectiveness of interventions for problem behavior that were and were not preceded by a functional assessment. R. Anderson's study features a quantitative synthesis of behavioral interventions for severe feeding disorders. J. McCormack will present a meta-analysis of the differential outcome effects in clinical and non-clinical population. Finally, A. Arnold-Saritepe will present a review of evidence-based practices for severe behavior in individuals with developmental disabilities and autism.

Keyword(s): feeding disorders, functional analysis, meta-analysis, review
 
The Differential Outcome Effect in Humans: A Quantitative Synthesis of Evidence
JESSICA CATHERINE MCCORMACK (The University of Auckland), Javier Virues-Ortega (The University of Auckland)
Abstract: In conditional discrimination learning, the differential outcome procedure can be used to enhance learning by providing reinforcement unique to each stimulus or response. The purpose of this study was to examine the effect of the differential outcomes procedure in humans. An electronic search of the literature recovered 33 papers comparing the differential outcomes procedure to a non-differential outcomes control, from which 23 were suitable for meta-analysis. Effect size estimators (Hedges g) were calculated for a total of six dependent variables: overall accuracy, test accuracy, transfer accuracy, latency, errors, and trials to mastery. A random-effects meta-analysis revealed significant medium-to-large effect sizes for all three accuracy measures, and a large effect of differential outcomes for clinical populations. Seven papers were analyzed as single-subject designs. They showed improved accuracy and sessions to mastery when aggregated, but individual results were variable. The results suggest that the differential outcomes procedure can be a useful addition to discrimination- and equivalence-based interventions, especially for individuals with cognitive impairments and intellectual disabilities.
 
A Meta-Analysis of Single-Subject Experiments of Function-Based and Non-Function-Based Interventions
KYLEE HURL (University of Manitoba), Javier Virues-Ortega (The University of Auckland), Jade Wightman (University of Manitoba), Stephen N. Haynes (University of Hawaii)
Abstract: This study examined the relative effectiveness of interventions based on a pre-intervention functional behavioral assessment (FBA), compared to common-practice interventions not based on a pre-intervention FBA. We examined 19 studies that included a direct comparison between the effects of FBA- and non-FBA-based interventions with the same participants. A random effects meta-analysis of effect sizes indicated that FBA-based interventions were associated with large reductions in problem behaviors when using non-FBA-based interventions as a reference intervention (Effect size = 0.85, 95% CI [0.42, 1.27], p < .001). In addition, non-FBA based interventions had no effect on problem behavior when compared to no intervention (0.06, 95% CI [-0.21, 0.33], p = .664). Interestingly, both FBA-based and non-FBA-based interventions had significant effects on appropriate behavior relative to no intervention, albeit the overall effect size was much larger for FBA-based interventions (FBA-based: 1.27, 95% CI [0.89, 1.66], p < .001 vs. non-FBA-based: 0.35, 95% CI [0.14, 0.56], p = .001). In spite of the evidence in favor of FBA-based interventions, the limited number of comparative studies with high methodological standards underlines the need for further comparisons of FBA-based versus non-FBA-based interventions.
 

A Quantitative Synthesis of Interventions for Pediatric Feeding Disorders (Tube Dependency)

Sarah Leadley (The University of Auckland), RACHEL ANDERSON (The University of Auckland), Javier Virues-Ortega (The University of Auckland)
Abstract:

There is a growing interest in treatments to transition children from tube feeding (e.g., nasogastric or gastrostomy tubes) to oral feeding. A number of literature reviews identify applied behaviour analysis as having the strongest evidence for the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. However, few studies have reviewed the nutritional outcomes for tube fed children. These outcomes include primarily the reduction or elimination of tube feeds and weight gain. In addition, the individual studies available do not allow a cogent comparison of behaviour-analytic intervention with other multidisciplinary treatment studies, such as tube weaning or hunger provocation programs. In the current investigation we conducted a meta-analysis of treatments for children dependent on tube feeding, combining datasets of different metrics (e.g., single-case and group designs). This presentation will cover our meta-analysis methods, results, and implications for future research and clinical practice.

 

Evidence-Based Practice for Severe Behavior in Individuals With Developmental Disabilities and Autism

ANGELA ARNOLD-SARITEPE (The University of Auckland), Katrina J. Phillips (The University of Auckland), Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland)
Abstract:

Severe behavior presents a significant challenge for both the individual and caregiver in terms of quality of life. Challenging behavior is commonly reported in individuals with intellectual disabilities, 10-15 %, however for those with autism and / or profound intellectual disabilities the prevalence is much higher, 39-65%. At least 10% of individuals in the latter category have challenging behavior that would be considered to be severe. Adolescent and young adult males make up two-thirds of this group. While the progression of severe behavior disorders has not been well documented, it would appear that the overall prognosis for this group of individuals is not good, with potentially 80% continuing to engage in these behaviors 20 years later. Many of the studies published contain complex multi-component interventions that do not always report long term follow up or generalization data. This paper aims to review the behavioral literature for the intervention of the most severe challenging behavior (e.g., aggression, property destruction and self-injurious behavior) using Reichow, Volkmar and Cicchetti?s (2008) method for evaluating and determining evidence-based practice. It is hoped that this review will support researchers and clinicians in developing effective long lasting interventions that allow those with severe behaviors to live a less restricted life in the community.

 
 
Symposium #227
CE Offered: BACB
Computers, Complexity, and Contingencies, Oh My!
Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: DEV/TPC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Alexandria Leidt (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Patrice Marie Miller (Salem State University)
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In this multi-domain symposium, the intersection of the use of computers and contingencies to address complex human behavior is addressed in various ways by each presentation. All of the talks focus on the assessment of either the tasks involved, the behavior emitted by humans, or both. The assessment of tasks is required for a clear task analysis of what is required in the various domains in which behavior change is desired. The assessment of behavior in terms of how well it matches, under-matches, or over-matches the tasks is an important part of the assessment involved in shaping behavior. In this symposium, high inter-observer reliability scores are reported by several presentations, along with effective strategies to change socially important behavior as a result of contingencies that are applied to human behavior. The use of these reliable and valid methods of assessment is important for the field of behavior analysis and beyond.

Keyword(s): complex behavior, computers, task analysis
 
Shaping Complex Repertoires in Undergraduate Courses
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University)
Abstract: Complex, higher-order thinking is expected of university students, and the complexity of the tasks increases as one completes different levels of higher education. Traditional methods of assessing the complexity of tasks and of student performance typically result in low inter-scorer reliability (ISR). However, a model of hierarchical complexity shows promise as a more reliable and valid measure of both academic tasks and performance. In this presentation, data will be presented related to educational interventions (i.e., inter-teaching methods) at the undergraduate and graduate levels that are related to developing complex behavioral repertoires. Specifically, pre- and post-test data, along with two exams are analyzed in terms of the levels at which questions are asked and the percentage of students who can answer questions at each of these levels. In addition, ISR was at, or above, 85%. This suggests that the model can be useful for academic assessment purposes, and that inter-teaching interventions can be used to increase complex thinking.
 
Slow Your Roll: Using Behavioral Principles to Decrease Response Speed in Speedy Survey Participants
YASH BHAMBHANI (University of Mississippi), Solomon Kurz (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: Most survey research in psychology relies on undergraduate student samples. Data obtained from these samples is often of poor quality and questionable validity. One of the issues is that up to one quarter of students participating in survey research complete instruments too quickly. The purpose of the present study is to examine the effectiveness of two interventions—a warning condition and a warning plus time penalty condition—for slowing down speedy responders compared to a no intervention condition. Participants will be a large sample of undergraduates from a public university who will be invited to complete a lengthy online battery survey for course credit. The survey is intentionally long so as to burden participants and occasion hasty responding. We will examine to what extent the intervention conditions slow down speedy responders. Our secondary analyses will assess how conditions differed with respect to straightlining (e.g., answering all questions with the same response, such as 1 1 1), missing data, answering correctly to attention-check items, and a number of multivariate outliers. We will also examine whether speedy responders differ by demographic variables. Finally, we will discuss future directions for using behavioral interventions to improve the validity of survey data
 
Effects of a Rubric on Inter-Observer Agreement in Narrative Task Analysis
ANA CAROLINA SELLA (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil), Daniela Mendonça Ribeiro (Universidade Federal de Alagoas)
Abstract: Since 2005 our group has conducted research involving the assessment and teaching of narrative skills. Narratives are complex verbal behavior units and several dependent variables can be targeted for analysis in any given task involving these repertoires. Usually, the data analysis process consists of reading a story transcription several times and transforming the target dependent variables into quantifiable data (e.g., presence of story categories, mean length of utterance, episode complexity). A recurrent problem we have been facing is achieving acceptable inter-observer agreement (IOA) when one of the observers is an undergraduate student (i.e., at least 80% agreement). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of reading a rubric on the percentage of IOA for four different dependent variables: presence of story categories, total number of words, number of different words, and number of conjunctions. No other procedures were used. Three undergraduate students took part in the study. Overall, the rubric alone was effective to increase IOA in the last three dependent variable measures. Other procedures, such as immediate feedback and discrimination activities, might be necessary to increase IOA regarding the presence or absence of story categories.
 
Creating a Measure that Measures Up: Exploring Self-Report, Experience Sampling, and Behavioral Measures of Body Image Flexibility
JESSICA AUZENNE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Nolan Williams (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Grayson Butcher (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Gina Quebedeaux Boullion (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Heather Chiasson (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Michael Bordieri (Murray State University), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Body image flexibility involves a pattern of responding where effective, values-consistent action can be taken, even in the presence of aversive experiences of one’s body. As body image flexibility is associated with more favorable clinical outcomes, the ability to assess this behavior in ways that accurately reflect behavior of the individual become important in research and practice. To date, the primary way of assessing this behavior is through the use of self-report measures, which are typically single-administration, retrospective reports. A tool with the ability to model the body image flexibility in a lab setting while also assessing the behavior might be of even greater utility if related to observations of individuals’ day-to-day behavior. This paper will examine the relationships among a developing computer-based-behavioral measure of body image flexibility, single-administration retrospective reports and samples of day-to-day experiences of body image flexibility. Reports of the unique contributions of each assessment along with data to the current validity and utility of this novel computer-based assessment will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #229
CE Offered: BACB
Basic and Applied Research on Response Dynamics: Implications for the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior
Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Zurich D, Swissotel
Area: EAB/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Laura L. Grow (University of British Columbia)
Discussant: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Laura L. Grow, Ph.D.
Abstract: The results of basic research on the dynamics of responses during reinforcement and extinction can inform applied studies related to the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior (Notterman & Mintz, 1965). Response force is a clinically and socially relevant dimension of behavior, although few applied studies have been conducted on the force of responses during the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. This symposium will include four studies that are a combination of basic and applied studies related to the force of responses and behavioral variability during reinforcement and extinction. The first study is a basic study on the force of responses during periods of extinction among college students. The second and third studies evaluated the force of button pressing during continuous and intermittent reinforcement and extinction among individuals with developmental disabilities. The final presentation is an applied study that examined the rate and variability of response topographies during functional analyses of problem behavior. We will discuss the implications of the results in terms of the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior and areas for future research.
Keyword(s): force, functional analysis, problem behavior
 

Effort-Related Processes Modulate Extinction Bursts

Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas), BRYANNA LILLY (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Previous research in the treatment of severe behavior problems has found the appearance of extinction bursts following the suspension of reinforcer delivery is less than common, and similar findings have been found in basic human operant research. In contrast, extinction bursts have been reported widely in animal research following suspension of reinforcer delivery, leading some to suggest a difference between humans and non-humans. We propose that extinction bursts, in fact, have not received a thorough functional analysis, and it may be premature to conclude lack of consistent findings with humans are due to species differences. The present study was designed to clarify the role response topography and stimulus modality may play in promoting extinction bursts. Twenty-five human participants watched a preferred video. Across groups, the audio or video stream was removed from playback, leaving the other stream intact. Participants could restore the video/audio stream by pressing a force-sensitive button, where either low (250 g) or high (750 g) forces were required to restore playback. At 20 and 30 minutes into the session, video/audio streams were removed, but participants could not restore playback for 20 s. The results showed that extinction bursting was more likely when baseline forces were lower and when audio streams were removed compared to the removal of video. The findings suggest that the wide variability in the observation of extinction bursts may be due to incidental differences in response topographies. Specifically, high-force topographies appear less likely to result in “bursting” during extinction. Also, reinforcer modality is shown to alter the likelihood and extent of extinction bursts.

 
Force and Frequency of Button Pressing During Progressive Ratio Schedules and Extinction in Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
NABIL MEZHOUDI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica Del Carmen Garcia (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Chris Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Research on operant behavior often focuses exclusively on response frequency because it is a convenient measure and easier to quantify than are changes in other dimensions such as topography (form) or force. However, basic and applied research have consistently demonstrated that contingencies on response frequency also affect response force. This finding is particularly relevant for individuals who engage in severe problem behavior (aggression, self-injury, etc.), where the force of the response is a defining feature of the behavior and varying schedules of reinforcement and extinction are common in treatment. This study evaluated changes in the frequency, and the collateral effects on force, of reinforcing button pressing (as an analogue) during a progressive ratio schedule and then the cessation of reinforcement (extinction) for seven individuals diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD), who also engaged in severe problem behavior. Results suggest several commonalities with the published research, as well as some differences, and shed new light on how contingencies on response force affect the force of responding within the IDD population.
 

The History of Reinforcement Affects the Force and Rate of Responses During Extinction

OFELIA M. FLORES (University of British Columbia), Laura L. Grow (University of British Columbia)
Abstract:

Previous basic studies have demonstrated how different schedules of reinforcement affect the rate and force of responses (Notterman & Mintz 1965). The results of basic studies on force are relevant for applied studies on the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. The present study evaluated the force and rate of button pressing during continuous and intermittent reinforcement and extinction. We conducted two experiments with three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. In Experiment 1, two conditions were compared using a reversal design (i.e., intermittent reinforcement and extinction). In Experiment 2, three conditions were compared in a sequence using a reversal design (i.e., intermittent reinforcement, continuous reinforcement, and extinction). In summary, the results across both experiments demonstrated how changes in the schedule of reinforcement affected the rate and force of responses. The results will be discussed in terms of future applied research on the force of problem behavior during assessment and function-based intervention.

 

Changes in Response Topographies During Sessions of Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior

VARSOVIA HERNANDEZ ESLAVA (University of Florida), Jonathan K Fernand (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Functional Analysis (FA) methodology has become the hallmark of behavioral assessment and plenty of studies have been conducted to refine its procedures (Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003). However, there is almost no research about changes in the variation of target responses as the assessment progresses. The purpose of the current study was to describe changes in the number and rate of aggression topographies observed during demand sessions of FA for four participants whose problem behavior maintained by escape. The results showed that for all participants the number of topographies decreased from the first to the last session. Also, the rate of responding for one particular topography either increased or remained at high levels after the first session while the remaining topographies of response decreased in rate. The implications of the decrease in variability in topographies of response when conducting FAs for problem behavior will be discussed as well as how this relates to research on modification of response classes.

 
 
Symposium #230
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Variations of the Good Behavior Game: Effects on Student Behavior and Integrity of Teacher Implementation
Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales)
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Austin, Ph.D.
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game is a classroom management strategy arranged around an interdependent group contingency for meeting classroom expectations. Despite the wealth of research demonstrating its powerful effects on improving student behavior, some teachers may be reluctant to implement the Game in their classrooms or fail to do so with integrity. Further, the effects of altering particular components of the game have not been fully evaluated. This symposium will present four papers aimed at exploring different aspects of the Good Behavior Game, in terms of effects on student behavior and integrity of teacher implementation. The papers also will examine the preferences of children and their teachers for various alternatives for playing the game. The first study will evaluate the effects of teacher- versus student-led versions of the Game. The second study will evaluate the effects of known and unknown criteria for winning the Game. The third study will evaluate the effectiveness of a “low effort” version of the Game, and the fourth study will evaluate a system for increasing teacher integrity of implementation via a faded feedback procedure.
Keyword(s): classroom management, group contingencies, schools, treatment integrity
 

Effects of and Preference for Teacher- Versus Student-Led Implementation of the Good Behavior Game

JEANNE M. DONALDSON (Texas Tech University), Ashley Matter (Texas Tech University), Katie Wiskow (Texas Tech University)
Abstract:

The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a classwide group contingency that has been shown to reduce disruptive student behavior. Previous research has shown that teachers can successfully implement the GBG in their classrooms. Although students have successfully implemented other classroom-based behavioral interventions (e.g., peer tutoring, self-management), previous research has not examined student implementation of the GBG. The current study examined the effectiveness of the GBG in 1 first-grade and 3 kindergarten classes when implemented by an experimenter, the classroom teacher, and a student. In the 3 kindergarten classes, we also examined teacher preference for teacher-led GBG, student-led GBG, or no GBG using a concurrent chains procedure. In all classes, the GBG effectively reduced disruptive behavior regardless of who implemented the GBG. We did not observe differences in the level of disruptive behavior across experimenter-, teacher-, and student-led GBG conditions. Preference for who implements the game varied across teachers. One teacher preferred student-led GBG, one teacher preferred teacher-led GBG, and one teacher did not show a consistent preference. Results of this study suggest that students as young as kindergarten-age can effectively implement the GBG and that teacher preferences should be taken into account when determining how classwide interventions are implemented.

 
Effects of Known and Unknown Criteria for Winning the Good Behavior Game
EMILY GROVES (University of South Wales), Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales)
Abstract: The good behavior game (GBG) is a classroom management intervention whereby children work toward meeting a particular criterion to “win” the game. Usually, the criterion for winning the game is communicated to the children at the outset. However, this may have a negative impact on children’s behaviour, particularly if they do not behave well at the start of the game (and therefore believe there is no way to still win the game). In the current study, we investigated the effects of stating the criterion for winning the game at the start of the game (i.e., known criterion) with announcing the criterion at the end of the game (i.e., unknown criterion), within an alternating treatments design. Results indicated that both the known criterion and unknown criterion conditions reduced target children’s disruption to levels within the range of their non-target peers. Teachers reported that they preferred playing the GBG with an unknown criterion, however the children’s preferences were mixed. Advantages and limitations to using unknown criteria are discussed, as well as areas for future research.
 

Evaluation of a Low-Effort Classroom Management Procedure in an Alternative School

P. RAYMOND JOSLYN (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a well-documented classroom management procedure that is effective in reducing disruptive classroom behavior. Although it has been demonstrated to be extremely effective, some teachers and educators have reported that the game can be too disruptive and effortful to implement consistently in their classroom. In this study, a multiple baseline across classrooms design was used to evaluate a modified, low-effort variation of the GBG at an alternative school for children who engage in delinquent behavior. In this procedure, the experimenter explained simple rules to the class (i.e., you have to raise your hand and receive permission to talk or leave your seat) and informed them that he would be in the back of the classroom marking when rules were broken. Students were told that if they got fewer than a certain number of marks, they would win the game and receive an edible reinforcer. The experimenter then sat in the back of the class and monitored behavior intermittently. Every 5 minutes, student behavior was recorded for 30 seconds. Whenever a student broke a rule during the 30 second window, a mark was placed by their name in a book. Unlike the typical GBG, students were not informed when they broke a rule or what the mark limit was. Sessions lasted approximately 25 minutes with a total monitoring time of approximately 2 minutes per session. Substantial reductions in disruptive behavior were seen in all classrooms. Implications and future directions will be discussed.

 
Impact of Faded Feedback on Implementation of the Good Behavior Game
APRAL FOREMAN (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective class-wide behavior management strategy. However, the extent to which the GBG is implemented correctly in naturalistic contexts is unclear. The purpose of our study was to investigate how instructors naturalistically implement GBG, if feedback improves GBG implementation, and if improved implementation maintains over time. Instructors (lead classroom teachers or classroom assistants) in a special-education classroom for students with chronic or severe problem behavior participated. To investigate how instructors naturalistically implemented the game, we observed instructors implement the game without intervention from the experimenters (baseline). Then, if performance was consistently lower than 100%, we evaluated effects of written feedback in a reversal design. Once implementation was consistently at 100%, we systematically faded feedback to examine the maintenance of implementation over time. These data add to the existing literature by evaluating if fading the frequency of feedback may help to maintain accurate implementation across time.
 
 
Symposium #231
CE Offered: BACB
Novel Applications of Precision Teaching and Other Evidence-Based Practices With Typical Learners I
Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Charles T. Merbitz (Behavior Development Solutions)
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The four presentations in this symposium illustrate how evidence-based practices in instructional design and Precision Teaching can be combined in new ways to teach core instructional objectives to typical learners of all ages, including elementary, middle school, high school, and college students. In the first presentation, Shiloh Isbell will describe her design of a web-based application to teach, reinforce, and build the fluency of organizational skills that are critical helping adolescents who are struggling in school. In the second presentation, Traci Cihon will describe the Teaching Science Lab (TSL), a teaching and research laboratory for designing and improving college teaching procedures at the University of North Texas (UNT). A core feature of the TSL process is using student data to inform subsequent revisions. In the third presentation, Andrew Kieta will describe the current procedures developed by the TSL for teaching a Behavior Principles course at UNT, including brief lectures with Active Student Responding (ASL), Thinking Aloud Problem Solving (TAPS), Precision Teaching, and an application of Goldiamonds Constructional Approach. In the fourth presentation, Sheila Habarad will describe the 3-Part Warm-Up, a synthesis of Direct Instruction and Precision Teaching to review and make fluent key prerequisite skills in learning elementary school mathematics.

 

Designing a Computer Application to Teach and Reinforce Organization Skills in Adolescents and Young Adult Learners

SHILOH ISBELL (Precision Learning Lab)
Abstract:

The standards-based education movement in the United States largely determines what will and will not be taught in our public schools. One area the Common Core State Standards do not address is the development of organizational skills, including how to study, take notes, manage time, schedule ahead, break assignments into parts, and keep materials organized. These are fundamental skills without which students cannot be successful, but which are assumed to be learned via osmosis. This presentation chronicles one year of development and implementation of a web-based application designed to teach and reinforce crucial organizational skills in adolescent and young adult students who are struggling in school. Aspects addressed include the rationale, collaborating with others outside the field of behavior analysis and education, the design process, problems with implementation and the debugging process, user feedback, scalability, and future goals. Eight months of learner data will be analyzed within a behavior analytic framework.

 

Using Behavioral Technologies to Teach Behavior Analysis I: The Teaching Sciences Lab at University of North Texas

TRACI M. CIHON (University of North Texas), Darren Bandy (University of North Texas), Erica Foss (University of North Texas), Andrew R. Kieta (University of North Texas), Rachel Metras (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Institutions of Higher Education have been increasingly encouraged to employ evidence-based practices in the classroom. However, many faculty members continue to rely on more traditional instructional methods, and even faculty members who are well versed in evidence-based teaching techniques often fall back on these traditional instructional methods. We will describe the Teaching Science Lab (TSL); a faculty-advised, course-based teaching and research laboratory consisting of undergraduate and graduate students in behavior analysis who study the application of behavior analytic approaches to college teaching, conducting research, and enhancing undergraduate and graduate student learning outcomes. The TSL is an example of how faculty members can integrate both teaching and research responsibilities while incorporating several behavioral technologies into undergraduate course design. This presentation will highlight the history, organization, current status, and future directions of the TSL with respect to the use of evidence-based practice in the college classroom, a pyramidal approach to staff training, and the current and future research agenda

 
Using Behavioral Technologies to Teach Behavior Analysis II: Deciding What Works and What Doesn’t Work
ANDREW R. KIETA (University of North Texas), Darren Bandy (University of North Texas), Erica Foss (University of North Texas), Rachel Metras (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas)
Abstract: As more and more students arrive to college unprepared for the transition from high school, arranging the contingencies for effective instruction in the college classroom are becoming increasingly difficult. The Teaching Science Lab (TSL) introduces behavior analytic technologies to the instruction of over 200 undergraduates enrolled in an Introduction to Behavior Principles course. The TSL introduced brief lectures with active student responding, Think/Talk Aloud Problem Solving, Precision Teaching (as applied to SAFMEDS), and the Individual Descriptive and Exploratory Analysis Project, (an extension of Goldiamond’s work to the college classroom setting to behavior change projects) in order to support students in achieving the course objectives and to develop effective tool skills for success in the college classroom. We will explain how a multi-level system of course objectives was used to design the first iteration of the Introduction to Behavior Principles course, and how student outcome data were collected and analyzed to inform subsequent course revisions.
 

New Math Procedures: Using Multiple Channels for Larger Classroom Setting

SHEILA M. CORNELIUS HABARAD (Simmons College/B. F. Skinner Foundation/Morningside Teachers Academy), Kristine F. Melroe (Morningside Academy), Kathy Fox (Haugland Learning Center)
Abstract:

Morningside introduced a new teaching procedure in the math block. This procedure is the 3-Part Warm-Up that begins prior to instruction. The series of warm-up requires the students to use a variety of channels to reinforce their learning Common Core math skills and concepts that are regularly encountered in their text books, curriculum based assessments, and state tests. The highly interactive warm-up utilizes multiple channels; see-say during board work, see/think-write/say while identifying non-examples from examples, and hear-write providing further practice with the same skill. The 3-Part Warm-up emphasizes the development of math language skills that are largely assumed or not taught. The procedure teaches critical discrimination skills that are often overlooked during instruction. We will further discuss how this warm-up has been introduced across a variety of classrooms, including both larger general education and special education. Video clips of classrooms in Ohio, Hawaii, North Carolina, and Morningside will be used.

 
 
Symposium #233
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis Approaches to Process Safety: A Response to an Industrys Call
Monday, May 30, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
St. Gallen, Swissotel
Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
Discussant: Von Meeks (Marathon Petroleum)
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Ludwig, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The efficacious impact of behavioral approaches to reduce injury in industrial settings has been well documented. In light of this success, industry leaders have called on the behavioral science community to provide the same rigor and expertise to understanding and impacting behaviors related to catastrophic incidents that kill, maim, and effect communities; an area called Process Safety (Bogart, Ludwig, Staats, & Kretshmer, 2015). Specifically behavior analytic community has been challenged to a) research the behavioral root causes leading to variation threatening process safety, b) create and evaluate behavioral interventions to mitigate this variation, and c) identify the system factors that would influence the behaviors necessary to promote process safety. This symposium presents four papers responding to this call. These papers consider behavior analytic principles within the Process Safety domain while offering both direction for behavioral research on the emerging topics and offering various programmatic interventions targeting the reduction of Process Safety incidents in heavy industries.

Keyword(s): Avoidance Behaviors, Behavioral Safety, Process Safety
 

Complacency in Process Safety: The Problem of Maintaining Avoidance Behavior

TIMOTHY D. LUDWIG (Appalachian State University), Cloyd Hyten (ADI)
Abstract:

This paper seeks to take a first step to identify the behavioral components active in process safety toward the ultimate goal of providing a scientific framework to generate applied efforts to build interventions and systems that contribute to process safety. Toward this effort we will first attempt to outline the different classes of behavior that contribute to process safety. We then will offer a behavioral definition of complacency by describing it as an operant problem akin to avoidance behavior. Behavioral variance related to complacency will then be discussed in the context of behavioral operations such as acquisition, training, rule governance and extinction. We will conclude with potential approaches to reduce complacency in process safety that consider pinpointing, competing contingencies, verbal behavior, and shaping situational awareness.

 

Integrating Human Factors and OBM to Improve Process Safety

MANUEL RODRIGUEZ (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
Abstract:

Behavior is involved in all aspects of work, from customer service, operating equipment, to leading the board of director. In the realm of safety, the importance of understanding human factors can aid in reducing and ultimately avoiding accidents and personal injury. According to the Health and Safety Executive of the United Kingdom, Human factors refers to environmental, organizational, and human factors which influence behavior at work in a way which can affect health and safety." In other words, human factors is concerned with what people are being asked to do (behavior), who is doing it (the individual and their role) and where they are working (the environmental conditions and under what organizational direction). This sounds like a job for OBM right? This presentation will provide a brief overview of human factors, the various topics that provide insight into the management of human factors in the area of process safety and conceptual and applied work integrating Organizational Behavior Management along the various topics.

 

Establishing "Safe and Reliable Operations" One Perfect Day at a Time

LAURA L. METHOT (CLG, Inc.), Amy Durgin (Continuous Learning Group), Brian J. Crowley-Koch (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Process Safety is a blend of engineering and management skills focused on preventing catastrophic accidents, particularly explosions, fires, and toxic releases, associated with the use of chemicals and petroleum products. Incidents are typically the result of multiple failures (e.g., single-point equipment failures, management inadequacies, knowledge deficiencies) and while process and technology contributes to failures, the biggest single root cause for failures is the human element. That is, behavior at the front and mid-lines, executive behaviors and decisions. At CLG weve done field research on the contributions of leadership behaviors to front-line safety performance and can demonstrate just how much leadership behavior matters. We havent teased apart the personal from process safety components, but we will make the argument that safety, both personal and process, to be most effectively managed as part of the safe reliable operations triptych. Furthermore, to pull safety out as a separate entity from operations fabricates a forced choice, often not consciously, by front line employees resulting in employees prioritizing behaviors that will maximize productivity while neglecting or inhibiting safety related performance. To support this position, we will present work from oil sands front-line supervisors through CLGs proprietary DCOM framework.

 

A Look Behind the Curtain of Behavior-Based Safety: A True Story About Observations, Behavior Change, and Incident Reductions

MARLIES HAGGE (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University), Kelsey Haverkamp (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Behavior Based Safety (BBS) applies various types of safety observation to improve occupational safety in business. The purpose of the following study is to examine and compare different observation foci: peer observation, self-monitoring and a combination of both options as well as supervisor information. In addition, data were collected by experimental observers to shed light on behavior change processes in applied settings. Participants were unionized employees of the facilities management department at a Midwestern University. Target behaviors included safe lifting and vacuuming. The dependent variables were incident numbers and safety performance percentages based on participant observations and objective observations. Discrepancies in reporting and relationships between the variables were investigated as well. The different observational methods were investigated via a multiple baseline design across groups. The results show that (a) regardless of checklist type the first condition after baseline and supervisor intervention were most effective at increasing safe behavior. (b) That participants over report their own safety performance in comparison to objective observations. (c) That the BBS process yielded incident decreases and modest safety improvements of 9%. Implications of these findings on importance of accuracy, training and culture

 
 
Invited Paper Session #237a
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

The Therapeutic Utility of Employment in Treating Drug Addiction

Monday, May 30, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Lucerne, Swissotel
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Kenneth Silverman, Ph.D.
Chair: Paul L. Soto (Texas Tech University)
KENNETH SILVERMAN (Johns Hopkins University)
Kenneth Silverman is a Professor of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences in the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. His research has focused on developing operant treatments to address the interrelated problems of poverty and drug addiction. His primary research has focused on the development and evaluation of abstinence reinforcement interventions for the treatment of heroin and cocaine addiction in low-income, inner city adults; the development of the therapeutic workplace intervention and the use of employment-based reinforcement in the long-term maintenance of drug abstinence and adherence to addiction treatment medications; and the development of computer-based training to establish critical academic and job skills that chronically unemployed adults need to gain and maintain employment and escape poverty.
Abstract:

Research on a model Therapeutic Workplace has allowed for the rigorous evaluation of the use of employment in the treatment of drug addiction. Under the Therapeutic Workplace, adults with histories of drug addiction are hired and paid to work. To promote drug abstinence or adherence to addiction medications, participants are required to provide drug-free urine samples or take prescribed addiction medications, respectively, to gain access to the workplace and/or to maintain their maximum rate of pay. Research has shown that this intervention is effective in promoting and maintaining abstinence from heroin, cocaine and alcohol and in promoting adherence to naltrexone in heroin-dependent adults. This presentation will review research on the Therapeutic Workplace and summarize major lessons that have been learned in conducting this research. In addition, the presentation will describe three models that could be used to maintain employment-based reinforcement in the treatment of drug addiction: A Social Business model, a Cooperative Employer model, and a Wage Supplement model. Overall, this program of research suggests that employment could be useful as a means of arranging and maintaining therapeutic reinforcement contingencies in the treatment of drug addiction.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in the application of operant conditioning to the long-term treatment of drug addiction.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the features and key parameters of abstinence reinforcement interventions used in the treatment of drug addiction; (2) describe the features the therapeutic workplace intervention and employment-based reinforcement; (3) describe the effects of employment-based reinforcement in promoting abstinence from heroin and cocaine and adherence to addiction medication.
 
 
Symposium #240
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Automatically Reinforced Self-Injurious Behavior
Monday, May 30, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Jennifer R. Zarcone, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The current symposium will discuss recent advances, and identify future directions with regard to the understanding and treatment of automatically reinforced SIB. The first presentation will summarize existing literature on automatically reinforced SIB, and describe a recently proposed model for subtyping this heterogeneous category. The second presentation will describe the results of a replication study applying the same subtyping criteria to published datasets of cases with automatically reinforced SIB, and discuss possible avenues for future research. The Discussant will comment on these findings as well as implications for clinical practice and research.

 
Subtypes of Automatically Reinforced Self-Injurious Behavior
GRIFFIN ROOKER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher Dillion (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Chloe J. McKay (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nabil Mezhoudi (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Review of behavioral literature on automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (SIB) reveals notable advances our ability to identify and sometimes treat this functional class of SIB. It has been suggested that automatically reinforced SIB involves biological variables, but our understanding of this is quite limited. Hagopian, Rooker, and Zarcone (2015) proposed and conducted a preliminary evaluation of a model for subtyping automatically reinforced SIB based on its sensitivity to changes in functional analysis conditions, and the presence of self-restraint. Subtypes differed with regard to the rate of SIB, presence of other problem behaviors and functions, competing stimulus assessment findings, and treatment outcomes. Differentiation in the functional analysis was highly correlated with response to first line treatments (r = 0.61), indicating that sensitivity of SIB evident in the functional assessment was also evident in the context of treatment. This model for subtyping will be discussed in the context of the larger literature on the assessment and treatment of automatically reinforced SIB, with specific regard to common assessment and treatment procedures.
 

Subtypes of Automatically Reinforced Self-Injurious Behavior: A Replication Study

LOUIS P. HAGOPIAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Andrew Bonner (Kennedy Krieger Institute  ), Alexander Arevalo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

The current study identified all cases of automatically reinforced SIB reported in the published literature since 1982. We identified 51 published datasets of automatically reinforced SIB that included sufficient data to enable us to apply the subtyping model described by Hagopian, Rooker, and Zarcone (2015). Findings from original study were largely replicated with published datasets. As reported in the original study, differentiation in the functional analysis was highly correlated with response to first line treatment (r = .71). Implications of these findings will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #241
CE Offered: BACB
Translational Research on Reinforcement and Related Phenomena
Monday, May 30, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Anna Garcia (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Anna Garcia, M.A.
Abstract:

The speakers in this symposium have taken translational approaches to answering applied questions regarding reinforcement and related phenomena. Although the populations or target behavior topographies addressed may not include immediate clinical targets in all three papers, all of the topics examined have important clinical applications. The following papers will be presented: Effects of Schedules of Reinforcement on Spontaneous Recovery, Sensitivity to Parameters of Positive Versus Negative Reinforcement, and Further Comparisons of Pairing Procedures Used to Condition Praise as a Reinforcer.

Keyword(s): Pairing Procedures, Praise, Reinforcement parameters, Spontaneous recovery
 
Effects of Schedules of Reinforcement on Spontaneous Recovery
RYAN KIMBALL (Florida Institute of Technology/The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Clare Liddon (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Extinction of operant behavior is frequently accompanied by various unwanted side effects. One example is spontaneous recovery, the re-emergence of a response after having been extinguished. Although spontaneous recovery of responding can be a considerable problem in clinical settings, this relapse phenomenon has rarely been investigated in applied formats. The present study examined the effects of dense and lean variable interval (VI) schedules of reinforcement on the occurrence of spontaneous recovery in a translational format. Results of the current study were consistent with past research on spontaneous recovery. That is, relatively dense schedules of reinforcement produced greater levels of spontaneous recovery.
 
Human Sensitivity to Parametric Manipulations of Positive and Negative Sound Reinforcement: Revisited
Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), ANNA GARCIA (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Rachel Mottern (Vanderbilt University), Chelsea Marie Jennings (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that reinforcement parameters (e.g., rate, magnitude, and delay) can interact to influence choice. Furthermore, preliminary evidence exists suggesting that the effect of these interactions can differ across reinforcement processes (i.e., positive or negative) for some individuals. However, this finding has only been shown in one study and more research on the matter is warranted. Thus, the purpose of this investigation was to determine whether identical manipulations of identical parameters of positive and negative reinforcement would influence human response allocation in different ways. In Study 1 we identified preferred and aversive sounds whose contingent presentation (or removal) had similar reinforcing values (as determined via progressive ratio reinforcer assessments). In Study 2, we conducted concurrent operant parameter sensitivity assessments for both positive and negative reinforcers to evaluate whether sensitivity differed across processes. Findings have implications for assessment of positive and negative reinforcement sensitivities.
 
Praise as a Conditioned Reinforcer: A Comparison of Two Pairing Procedures
JEANINE R TANZ (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida I), Stephanie Wathen (Florida Institute of Technology/The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Aurelia Ribeiro (Florida Institute of Technology/The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Typical practice includes using praise as a consequence for desirable behavior. An implicit assumption is that social praise and other forms of social interaction function as conditioned reinforcers. If praise actually functions as a reinforcer, the contingent delivery of praise should increase the probability of and maintain consistent responding. However, there are several unknown questions that suggest praise may not function as a reinforcer as reliably and readily as practice might imply. In addition, it is important to identify a procedure that will be effective in establishing praise as a conditioned reinforcer for populations commonly used in applied behavioral research and for individuals for whom additional modes of reinforcement are necessary. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to compare two pairing procedures, stimulus-stimulus and response-stimulus pairing, in establishing praise as a conditioned reinforcer for simple target responses demonstrated by individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The pairing procedure included pairing a neutral stimulus (praise statement) with an unconditioned reinforcer (highly preferred edible) to determine if the neutral stimulus would take on the reinforcing properties of the unconditioned reinforcer, thereby becoming a conditioned reinforcer.
 
 
Symposium #244
CE Offered: BACB
Reinforcement, Error Correction, and Generalization: Effective Instruction in Applied Settings
Monday, May 30, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Hazel Baker (Advances Learning Center and Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Hazel Baker, M.S.
Abstract:

Programming for effective behavior-analytic instruction requires practitioners to review research to make evidence-based decisions regarding implementation. This symposium will address three aspects of behavior-analytic instruction: selecting proper correction procedures, the effectiveness of varied reinforcer pools and programming for generalization of instructional materials. There is conflicting research guiding practitioners about choosing an effective error-correction procedure when instructing children with autism. This symposium will present research and provide a discussion of the possible reinforcing effects of different correction procedures to help further the research in this area. Assessing the effects of replenished versus unreplenished reinforcer pools has implications for applied settings with limited resources when working with adolescents with autism. Results showed that novel stimuli were preferred over stimuli available in the participants environment. These results have implications about how to allocate resources when considering purchasing new stimuli as potential reinforcers. The third symposium outlines clear recommendations for specific ways to promote generalization in taught skills and will evaluate the success of programming common stimuli to achieve generalization of social skills taught in a behavior-analytic clinic when working with children with autism. Data indicate that bringing stimuli into the teaching environment may not be sufficiently effective to generalize to a new environment.

Keyword(s): Error Correction, Generalization, Reinforcer Assessment, Social Skills
 
Error-Correction Procedures and Basic Principles of Behavior
HAZEL BAKER (Advances Learning Center and Endicott College)
Abstract: Error-correction procedures have been categorized into two categories. These categorizations of error-correction procedures examine if an active student response is necessary for efficient learning, or if the instructor modeling the correct response is sufficient. Results to date indicate that results are idiosyncratic, and specific to individual learner histories. This leads to a theoretical discussion of the maintaining function of error-correction procedures. Active student responding as described in the research requires a great deal of attention, and may be reinforcing the errors it attempts to correct. A teacher model of a correct response may result in removal of demands for a few moments, which could reinforce errors through escape. The literature on error-corrections will be reviewed with the purpose of analyzing the efficacy of error-correction procedures within the context of their potential reinforcing effects. This will guide future research by connecting error-corrections that are supported by literature to conceptually systematic principles of behavior.
 
Assessment of Unreplenished vs. Replenished Reinforcer Pools
MONICA SPEAR (Advances Learning Center)
Abstract: Researchers have yet to identify the conditions under which people with autism spectrum disorders demonstrate restricted interests. This study will extend past research on preferences of children with autism by 1) examining participants’ preferences for unreplenished (familiar) play or leisure items versus items that are replenished frequently, 2) assessing whether participants who prefer replenished items select items with properties that are matched or unmatched to their most preferred unreplenished item, and 3) assessing whether participants who show an exclusive preference for unreplenished items will select replenished items during response-restriction and enhanced-replenished pool manipulations. Participants were four adolescents with autism spectrum disorders and a history of restricted interests. One participant selected both unreplenished (familiar) items and replenished (novel) items without further manipulations. The remaining three participants only selected replenished-matched leisure items after additional manipulations. Results are discussed in terms of the ethical and practical importance of assessing a range of potential reinforcers, particularly with clients who demonstrate restricted interests.
 
Promoting Generalization of Social Skills Taught in a Small-Group Clinic Setting by Programming Common Stimuli
ASHLEY RODMAN (Advances Learning Center)
Abstract: Skills taught in a controlled setting with contrived reinforcement may not generalize to a natural setting without specific programming to achieve that goal. School-aged children with autism participated in this study during their enrollment in behavior analytic social skills groups. These social skills groups use the principles of applied behavior analysis to teach skills in a controlled setting that have not emerged in less-intrusive teaching environments. A generalization assessment in the participant’s natural environment was conducted following at least one semester of small-group clinic-based social skills instruction. Without explicit programming, participants demonstrated generalization of very few of the taught skills. Additional programming for generalization will be provided to promote generalization across the skills that were not demonstrated in the natural environment. The results will reveal if specific programming for generalization implemented in a structured teaching setting successfully promotes generalization in the natural setting. Future research could compare generalization strategies to assess which one is likely to be most efficient at promoting generalization.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #245
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Don Baer Invited Presentation: Taking EIBI to School: A Review of School-Based Early Intensive Behavioral Interventions

Monday, May 30, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Ilene S. Schwartz, Ph.D.
Chair: Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington)
Dr. Ilene Schwartz is a professor in the Area of Special Education at the University of Washington and the Director of the Haring Center for Research and Training in Education at UW.  She earned her Ph.D. in child and developmental psychology from the University of Kansas and is a board certified behavior analyst (BCBA-D).  Dr. Schwartz has an active research and professional training agenda with primary interests in the area of autism, inclusive education, and the sustainability of educational interventions.  She has had consistent research funding from the U.S. Department of Education since 1990 and serves on a number of editorial review boards including the Topics in Early Childhood Special Education and the Journal of Early Intervention.  Dr. Schwartz is the director of Project DATA, a model preschool program for children with autism that has been in operation since 1997; and is currently involved in research projects examining the efficacy of the Project DATA model with toddlers and preschoolers with autism. 
Abstract:

It is well documented that children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) benefit from early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI). The majority of programs for toddlers with ASD have been conducted in children's homes. Although there are some benefits to working in homes, there are a number of drawbacks such as isolation, cost, and lack of appropriate social and communicative models. The purpose of this presentation is describe the current state of knowledge about early intervention for children with ASD, including the results of two recently completed randomized clinical trials on school-based services. Implications of these results will be discussed as they apply to the basic dimensions of applied behavior analysis.

Target Audience:

Students, family members, researchers, school administrators, private practitioners providing EIBI to children with ASD.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the benefits of school based EIBI services; (2) describe characteristics of high quality EIBI services; (3) discuss how the concept of social validity can be used to evaluate the effectiveness and sustainability of behavioral programming for young children with ASD and their families.
 
 
Symposium #247
CE Offered: BACB
Roots of Behavior Analysis and the Road Not Taken
Monday, May 30, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Alpine, Swissotel
Area: TPC/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Travis Thompson, Ph.D.
Abstract: Basic and applied behavior analysts often wonder how it happened that the field adopted one or another strategy and rejected others. Why do we hold some theoretical assumptions early with great tenacity without giving them much thought in our daily pursuits, but are reluctant to let them go, nonetheless. We treat some as fundamentally important, without considering where they came from, and asking whether they may possibly be misguided shiboleths. Understanding how those positions came to be, is fundamentally important in our decisions about the field's future. Which traditions and associated assumptions do we believe are essential to the corpus of the meaning of behavior analysis, and which are ephiphenomenal. This symposium examines those questions beginning with late 19th century physiology and early 20th century behaviorism. The speakers, all well known in their fields, examine what might have happened had the field led by young Fred Skinner taken a different road at the fork in the 1930s, and pursued one guided more by his physiology mentors, Crozier and Henderson.
Keyword(s): behaviorism, philosophy, physiology, theory
 
Conceptions of Behavior From Dewey to Skinner
(Theory)
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
Abstract: This presentation reviews historical conceptions of behavior beginning with John Dewey's (1896) "The concept of the reflex in the description of behavior" and extending to Skinner's conception of operant behavior. Dewey argued that psychologists needed to take how reflex mechanisms contributed to the adaptation of an organism to its environment. Classical S-R behaviorism, such as found in Watson (1913), sought to be objective by rendering temporally extended sequences of behavior in terms of concatenated chains of S-R reflexes. E. B. Holt (1914) argued that classical behaviorism ignored that behavior was organized around achieving some terminal outcome. E. C. Tolman (1932), Holt's student in the Harvard Department, took Holt's message to heart and argued for a purposive orientation to behavior and a molar, rather than molecular level of analysis. However, Tolman continued the sense of antecedent causation that others had begun, inserting various intervening variables between stimulus and response in an effort to account for the richness and flexibility of behavior. B. F. Skinner, also a graduate of the Harvard Department, formally distinguished between respondent and operant processes. Respondent processes did indeed entail antecedent causation. In contrast, operant processes entailed selection by consequences. Intervening variables played no role in either case.
 
John B. Watson's Influence on B. F. Skinner: Science, Philosophy, and Behavioral Interpretations
(Theory)
EDWARD K. MORRIS (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: In Psychology from the Standpoint of a Behaviorist, John B. Watson (1913) founded classical behaviorism as a system of psychology. In The Behavior of Organisms, B. F. Skinner (1936) founded a science of behavior and, nine years later, its philosophy radical behaviorism (Skinner, 1945). To date, the influence of Skinner’s predecessors in science and philosophy (e.g., Pavlov, Loeb, Bacon, Mach) on his science and philosophy is well documented, whereas the influence of Skinner’s predecessor in behaviorism (Watson) is not. Based on a systematic review of Skinner’s published works and citation practices, as well as relevant secondary and tertiary literatures, this presentation addresses Watson’s influence on Skinner. Specifically, it integrates a history of Watson’s influence with Watson’s influence on Skinner’s science (e.g., subject matter, research methods), philosophy (e.g., behaviorism, positivism), and behavioral interpretations (e.g., verbal behavior, emotion, private events), that is, collectively, on Skinner’s system. These findings are discussed in the context of Watson’s influence on Skinner relative to (a) Skinner’s predecessors in science and philosophy, (b) what might be surmised from the behavior-analytic literature, and (c) what is related in the secondary and tertiary literatures.
 
An Alternative History of Behavior Analysis Evolving From Crozier and Henderson's Influence
(Service Delivery)
TRAVIS THOMPSON (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Inspired by Harry Turtledove and H. G. Wells this presentation will discuss what might have happened had B. F. Skinner remained strongly influenced by his primary Harvard physiologist mentors, William J. Crozier and Lawrence J. Henderson. Skinners primary mentor, W. J. Crozier had two strengths; the first was strategies for investigating organ systems influencing important behavior of the whole organism. Crozier was especially interested in vision and discriminative behavior; his reasoning was guided by Darwinian premises, similar to later ethologists, namely that behavioral dispositions should be consistent with evolutionary function. His second strength was his canny, highly technical device-building skills, which he passed on to Skinner. Crozier designed and fabricated remarkable devices to solve complex behavioral measurement problems, such as invertebrate visual discriminations. Lawrence Henderson was both a molecular and a molar theoretical physiologist. He was especially interested in understanding how molecular variables and components, like blood cells, could be used to elucidate how groups of individual components functioned together to produce social actions. He created a Harvard discussion group of faculty members devoted to the Italian sociologist, Pareto. Hendersons nomogram for expressing relations among gases was influenced by Paretos chart from sociology and groups of people. This presentation will explore what might have occurred had Skinner more strongly pursued collaborations with these two important figures in early 20th century general physiology.
 
 
Panel #248
CE Offered: BACB
A Call for Translational Research in Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 30, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Zurich E, Swissotel
Area: TPC/EAB; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Marlene J. Cohen, Ed.D.
Chair: Marlene J. Cohen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
KIMBALLEE CHEUNG (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CYNTHIA BOYD (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CONNY M. RAAYMAKERS (Evidence Based Consultants)
Abstract:

The debate between basic and applied researchers has existed since the inception of our field. There are many valid arguments that address the strengths of both basic and applied research. However, debate does not yield outcomes other than the products of the discussions themselves. The panelists are doctoral students in the Applied Behavior Analysis Online Department of The Chicago School of Professional Psychology. They will present a brief review of translational research conducted across four different topic areas that have solved important problems. Their presentations will be followed by open discussion, which will be moderated by a discussant. As the field of behavior analysis continues to grow, so will the number of problems we need to solve. Collaboration among basic and applied researchers as well as interdisciplinary research can provide an avenue for a wider array of solutions in an increasingly complex world. This panel presentation hopes to motivate the development of additional translational research in behavior analysis.

Keyword(s): translational research
 
 
Symposium #258
CE Offered: BACB
Sensory and Social Reinforcers in Infants and Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder, Learning Delays, and Typical Development
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Discussant: Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
CE Instructor: Svein Eikeseth, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Recent research has shown that infants who later develop ASD have a strong preference for sensory stimuli in contrast to typically developing children, who have a strong preference for social stimuli. For infants with a preference for sensory stimuli, geometric patterns and non-speech sounds in the environment select their attention and these sensory stimuli likely function as powerful reinforcers for the behavior of the infant. As the infant grows older, they will not only attend to sensory stimuli, they will also exhibit repetitive and stereotyped behaviors to produce additional sensory reinforcement. The affinity for sensory stimuli at the cost of social stimuli may result in a negative spiral of acquiring social reinforcers and social behaviors. Consequently, the infants fail to learn by imitation and to achieve developmental milestones such as joint attention, verbal skills, and theory of mind. Typically developing infants, in contrast, will attend to the eyes and the voices of the caregivers, because these stimuli function as powerful reinforcers. These social reinforcers select additional social and verbal skills such as social smiling, imitation, joint attention and pragmatic language.

Keyword(s): ASD, Autism, Sensory Reinforcement
 

Assessing Sensory and Social Reinforcers in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder, Typically Developing Children and Children With Intellectual Disabilities

CATHERINE GALE (UK Young Autism Project), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

An application for a tablet to assess responding to social stimuli and geometric stimuli was developed. Two blurred visual stimuli, one social and one geometric, were presented simultaneously on the tablet screen. Whenever one of the stimuli was touched, it becomes complete for 2 seconds before getting blurred again. Dependent variable was number of touches on each type of stimuli, to determine the reinforcing property of the social stimuli and the geometric stimuli. Results showed that children with autism, on average, responded most frequently to the geometric stimuli and less frequently to the social stimuli, as compared to typically developing children and children with intellectual disabilities. We hypothesize that if social stimuli function as reinforcers for the behavior of an infant, the social reinforcers will select social- and verbal behavior, such as looking at adults, imitation, joint attention, social communication and theory of mind behavior. If sensory stimuli (such as geometric forms) function as a more potent reinforcer for an infants behavior as compared to social stimuli, the sensory reinforcers will select stereotyped and repetitive behavior rather than social and communicative behavior. Indeed, the presence of stereotyped behavior and the lack of social skills and communication define autism.

 

A Sensory Reinforcement Hypothesis of Autism Spectrum Disorder

SVEIN EIKESETH (Oslo and Akershus University College), Catherine Gale (UK Young Autism Project)
Abstract:

This presentation begins by reviewing recent studies examining infants preference for social stimuli and sensory stimuli. Using eye-tracking technology, studies have shown that infants who later develop ASD spend less time looking at eyes and listening to the voice of caregivers, as compared to typically developing infants. Moreover, research has shown that infants who later develop ASD show preference for geometric forms, as compared to typically developing infants and infants with learning delays. Research from our lab shows that children with ASD will not only prefer looking at geometric stimuli, but will also show increased responding when the consequence for responding is viewing geometric stimuli as compared to social stimuli, as compared to typically developing children and children with learning delays. Hence, sensory stimuli seem to function as a more powerful reinforcer for the behavior of infants developing ASD as compared to social stimuli. Sensory reinforcers will likely select a different behavioral repertoire in an infant as compared to social reinforcers. Sensory reinforcers will select stereotype behavior and other non-nonsocial behavior consistent with ASD, whereas social reinforcer will likely select attention to faces and human voices, imitation, joint attention, communication and other more advanced social skills.

 
 
Symposium #259
CE Offered: BACB
A Thorough Description and Outcome Analysis of Insurance-Funded Applied Behavior Analysis Services
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization)
CE Instructor: Valerie R. Rogers, Ph.D.
Abstract: Since the enactment of legistlation in California in 2012, children and young adults diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder have been able to access applied behavior analysis (ABA) services as covered by their health insurance provider given its proven effectiveness in treating undesirable behavior and promoting skill acquisition. Treatment is now considered medically necessary for these patients. Moreover, a recommendation of treatment hours necessary for optimal treatment is now prescribed by the assessing clinician, based on the client’s skill deficits and behavioral excesses in relation to the research literature, rather than the mandates imposed by the funding source. Though insurance-funded ABA services are more common within California, there remain few program descriptions of these services in relation to patient outcomes. With this in mind, a description of insurance-funded treatment programs and an outcome analysis will be presented for those patients in both focused and intensive ABA programs. Data with respect to cumulative skill acquisition within and across developmental domains will be analyzed and samples of developmental follow-up assessments will be presented. Additionally, participant variables will be highlighted in relation to outcome data.
Keyword(s): autism, insurance, outcome analysis, program description
 

A Description and Evaluation of Insurance-Funded Services Provided by an Applied Behavior Analytic Intervention Program

JANICE DONEY FREDERICK (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Wilson (The ABRITE Organization), Rebecca S Raas (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

The current literature lacks descriptions and program evaluations of the ever-growing number of applied behavior analytic (ABA) organizations that are providing these insurance-funded services. The degree to which organizations are adhering to the specific recommendations outlined in the empirical literature related to intervention procedures, treatment hours, qualifications of those overseeing treatment, as well as the frequency of supervision directed to the individual learner and to those providing the treatment is unclear. Furthermore, in relation to the number of organizations providing ABA services, few outcome analyses are presented in the literature. This program description provides information related to an organization providing behavior analytic services funded by insurance. Among other particulars, details related to the number of learners served, assessment and intervention procedures, level and type of supervision provided, training and oversight provided at all levels within the organization, and methods for evaluating outcomes will be shared.

 
An Examination of Outcomes for Various Types of Learners Enrolled in Insurance-Funded Behavior Analytic Programs
Ginger R. Wilson (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization), SAMUEL GARCIA (The ABRITE Organization), Rebecca S Raas (The ABRITE Organization), Kinga Wolos-Zachmeier (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: With insurance-based funding and the medical necessity model, learners can now access comprehensive behavior analytic programming and service hours in accordance with the research literature. Despite the availability of the service and the service hours, logistics have come into play presenting more challenges for service delivery. Many of the learners cannot logistically have full, or intensive, Applied Behavior Analysis programs while still attending their full educational placements. Therefore, many learners are receiving fewer hours than recommended by assessing clinicians due to patient availability. This presentation will examine the outcome data for these learners that we have categorized as receiving either intensive or focused intervention services. An analysis of the skills acquired across developmental domains and cumulative skill acquisition will be presented. In addition, the discussion will focus on the percentage of hours received versus hours recommended, in accordance with the specific learner’s gains.
 

Learner Specific Outcome Data: An Analysis of Individual Learner Variables, Skill Acquisition Data, and Standardized Assessment and Reassessment Results

VALERIE R. ROGERS (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Wilson (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), Rebecca S Raas (The ABRITE Organization), Samuel Garcia (The ABRITE Organization), Kinga Wolos-Zachmeier (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

The utility of the empirically validated treatment practice of Applied Behavior Analysis in the treatment of children with autism has led to funding for such treatment by health insurance carriers in many states, including California. With the description of such insurance-funded programs along with a more global analysis of outcome data presented thus far, the current paper will provide a more refined analysis of particular learner outcome data. Specifically, outcome data for a representative sample of different learners enrolled in either a focused or comprehensive applied behavior analysis insurance-funded treatment program will be presented and discussed in relation to learner specific variables. Such variables will include duration enrolled in the applied behavior analysis program, treatment hours received per week and month, treatment hours recommended weekly or monthly, standardized assessment results at intake, and standardized follow-up assessments. The need for additional outcome data will also be discussed as well as roadblocks to such analyses.

 
 
Symposium #260
CE Offered: BACB
Brief Training Programs for Parents of and Staff Servicing Children With Autism
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Berenice de la Cruz (Autism Community Network)
Discussant: Tracy Raulston (University of Oregon)
CE Instructor: Berenice de la Cruz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

As the prevalence of autism increases, the need for certified behavior analyst who provide Applied Behavior Analysis therapy to individuals with autism increases as well. Many cities across the United States have few to no certified behavior analysts to provide these much needed services. This has lead behavior analyst to develop and implement innovative procedures for the dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis, including the use of telemedicine. Even with these efforts, there are still many families throughout the nation that are unable to obtain Applied Behavior Analysis therapy for their children due to several constraints, including cost. In this symposium, two programs that were developed to address this issue will be presented. Both programs aimed at training parents to utilize behavior analytic strategies with their children in their daily lives. Results on the efficacy of these programs will be presented, including the impact on parent and child behavior and social validity. Implications of these results as they relate to the dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis will be discussed.

 

Short-Term Hands-On ABA Trainings for Caregivers of Children With Autism: Structure, Trends, and Outcomes

BERENICE DE LA CRUZ (Autism Community Network)
Abstract:

Around the United States, access to Applied Behavior Analysis therapy for children with autism is limited by various factors including a shortage of certified behavior analysts to provide services and lack of insurance/Medicaid coverage. As such, many children who would benefit from Applied Behavior Analysis do not have access to this therapy. A short-term hands-on training was developed to teach caregivers of children with autism to implement Applied Behavior Analytic strategies with their children throughout the day. Twenty nine families were taught how to implement strategies to decrease problem behavior and increase appropriate skills in their children. Data was taken on the caregivers ability to appropriately implement the strategies; on average, caregivers increased their ability by 25 points. Most families who participated were unable to obtain Applied Behavior Analysis therapy for their children due to lack of insurance/Medicaid funding and lack of financial resources. The format of the caregiver training, outcomes of caregiver and child behavior, and social validity results will be presented. The results of this study indicate that caregivers can learn to implement behavior analytic strategies with short-term coaching and feedback. And, this has a positive impact on their childs behavior. This implicates the importance of training caregivers.

 

A Multi-Modal Training Package to Improve Parent and Staff Instruction in an Outpatient Setting

ROXANNE MICHEL BRISTOL (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis is associated with varying methods to aid staff and parents in delivering strategies with high fidelity, resulting in desirable outcomes for consumers (i.e. increased pro-social skills such as making appropriate requests, reduced problem behavior or reduced parent stress).Various means and measures have been used to assess the effectiveness of staff and parent-training methodologies (Baker-Ericzen, M.J., Brookman-Frazee, L, & Stahmer, A., 2005). The current study assessed a multimodal training package utilizing an on-line course of study and in-situ coaching using two different fidelity measures (The Instructional Session Performance Checklist and the CLM Coaching Checklist). Social validity was assessed via a parent questionnaire (Parent Stress Index, 4th edition). Participants were five parents of children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and five staff employed in an outpatient facility providing behavioral services for children with ASD in central Virginia. Parents were taught to implement strategies to increase prosocial behaviors such as making requests and following directions. Fidelity measures indicated that parents implementation of effective instructional methods increased from 95 to 97% for parent-trainers, 71 to 95%. Parent stress measures indicated a decrease of nearly 10%. Implications for delivering brief, effective and efficacious training packages will be considered.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #261
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Sleep Problems of Children With Autism: Prevalent, Relevant, and Treatable by Behavior Analysts

Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi, Ph.D.
Chair: Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children)
GREGORY P. HANLEY (Western New England University)
Gregory P. Hanley, Ph.D., has been applying the principles of learning to improve socially important behaviors of children and adults with and without disabilities for more than 20 years. He worked and trained at the Spurwink School, the Groden Center, and the Kennedy Krieger Institute; earned his Ph.D. at the University of Florida; and was tenured at the University of Kansas. He is currently a professor of psychology and director of the Behavior Analysis Doctoral Program at Western New England University and an adjunct professor of psychiatry at the University of Massachusetts Medical School. Dr. Hanley has published more than 80 articles in peer-reviewed journals in areas such as the assessment and prevention of problem behavior, teaching tactics for young children, and evidence-based values. Dr. Hanley is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association (Division 25), past editor of Behavior Analysis in Practice (BAP), and a past associate editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Behavior Analyst, and BAP.
Abstract:

Sleep problems are prevalent among children, especially children with autism. Sleep problems negatively impact the wellbeing of both the child and their family. The good news is that most sleep problems of children are treatable by applied behavior analysts. Critical features of empirically supported behavioral intervention for sleep problems will be described along with ideas for teaching consumers about the prevalence and relevance of applied behavior analysts for addressing children's sleep problems.

Target Audience:

Applied Behavior Analysts, BCBAs, intermediate

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the assessment process that allows for the identification of likely causes of persistent delayed sleep onset and night awakenings in young children; (2) describe aspects of nighttime routines, schedules, and dependencies that promote or inhibit healthy sleep; (3) describe the various function-based treatments for nighttime problem behavior that interferes with sleep onset or the resumption of sleep.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #261a
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Unraveling Brain Circuits for Drug Seeking and Demand

Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Matthew W. Johnson, Ph.D.
Chair: Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
GARY ASTON-JONES (Rutgers University)
Gary Aston-Jones is the Inaugural Director of the Brain Health Institute at Rutgers University and Rutgers Biomedical and Health Sciences, and the Murray and Charlotte Strongwater Endowed Chair in Neuroscience and Brain Health. He earned his Ph.D. in Neurobiology from the California Institute of Technology with James Olds and Floyd Bloom, and was a Postdoctoral Fellow with Bloom at the Salk Institute. Dr. Aston-Jones’s research focuses on the neural mechanisms of reward-motivated behavior, and examines the roles of ascending brain monoamine and peptide systems in addiction and cognitive processes. His studies use neurophysiology, neuroanatomy and behavioral neuropharmacology techniques in anesthetized and behaving rats. Recently his lab has also implemented optogenetics, DREADD synthetic designer receptors, and behavioral economics methods to advance the study of these systems in behavior. He and his colleagues have described a role for the brain noradrenergic locus coeruleus system in arousal, decision and behavioral flexibility, as well as a key role for the neuropeptides orexin/hypocretins in motivation and addiction. Dr. Aston-Jones has directed a well-funded lab for more than 25 years, chaired the Neurobiology of Motivated Behavior study section at NIH, and received a MERIT award for his addiction research from NIDA. He has been a keynote speaker at many national and international meetings, and was recently a Presidential Lecturer at the American College of Neuropsychopharmacology (ACNP) meeting. He serves as the Deputy Editor-in-Chief for the journal Brain Research, and co-organized (with Karl Deisseroth) the annual Brain Research Conference in October 2013 on Optogenetics and Pharmacogenetics in Mental Health and Disease as a satellite meeting before the annual Society for Neuroscience meeting. He has published more than 240 journal and review articles, and has trained 45 postdoctoral fellows and graduated 17 Ph.D. students, many of whom now hold faculty positions including department and endowed chairs.
Abstract:

Drug addiction is a pernicious and prevalent problem with little available for clinical treatment. This presentation will review the presenter's recent studies that show roles for the ventral pallidum (VP), ventral tegmental area (VTA) dopamine (DA), and orexin/hypocretin brain systems in cocaine seeking and demand. A within-session behavioral economic paradigm revealed potent contributions of the VTA DA system to demand for cocaine. The presenter used designer receptors exclusively activated by designer drugs (DREADDs) to show that the projection from VP to VTA DA neurons is critical for cocaine seeking. Additional pharmacologic studies reveal that orexin inputs to VTA interact with glutamate inputs and those from VP to augment cocaine seeking elicited by cocaine-associated cues. The presentation concludes that DREADDs are a promising avenue for novel therapies to treat drug abuse.

Target Audience:

Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe within-session behavioral economics procedures for measuring drug demand in animals; (2) describe roles of orexin, dopamine, and ventral palladium brain systems in cocaine addiction; (3) describe potential use of DREADD designer receptors to treat human addiction.
 
 
Symposium #262
CE Offered: BACB
We're Not Always Screaming for Attention: Considerations for Suicidal Behaviors and Bizarre Vocalizations
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Shannon Shea McDonald Shea (WCI-Work, Community, Independence)
Discussant: David B. Lennox (QBS Inc.)
CE Instructor: Shannon Shea McDonald Shea, M.S.
Abstract:

Practitioners working with developmentally disabled populations frequently contact dually diagnosed individuals that present with less common, but clinically relevant behavioral concerns such as bizarre speech and suicidal behaviors. Behavior analysts generally are not trained to evaluate or treat the specific topographies presented in these less common behaviors. However they may be the only treatment team member available to help or provide guidance to staff members. While assessment and treatment for these behaviors is theoretically the same, there are some less common factors to keep in mind when intervening functionally in complex and dangerous behaviors. Treating bizarre speech as simply attention maintained, or suicidal behaviors as simple self injury could have extreme consequences. Even when suicidal behaviors are maintained by attention, extinction or NCR may be too high risk to consider for implementation. Factors the behavior analyst should consider when evaluating and treating complex behaviors will be discussed. Possible assessment and treatment options for further investigation will be reviewed. Special consideration when responding to these behaviors may prevent injury or death, as well as improve the individual's quality of life. We will also suggest important areas for future research.

Keyword(s): bizarre speech, self injury, suicide
 

Managing Risk in Suicidal Individuals With Intellectual/Developmental Disabilities

SHANNON SHEA MCDONALD SHEA (WCI-Work, Community, Independence)
Abstract:

Behavior Analysts are often the only sole Mental Health Professionals in organizations supporting Individuals with Intellectual and/or Developmental Disabilities. Suicidal statements and attempts (suicidal behaviors) would certainly be classified as maladaptive behaviors, and it is common for support staff to ask a Behavior Analyst for guidance when these behaviors are exhibited. However, many Behavior Analysts have little or no background in Mental Health or Social Work. This leaves us woefully unprepared to confidently respond to suicidal behaviors. This session will address simple screening and prevention methods by identifying Setting Events and Establishing Operations that may increase the likelihood of a suicide attempt. Common misconceptions about suicide in general and specific to the ID/DD population will be clarified. Finally, we will suggest some possible responses to suicidal behavior for each functional behavior class. There is little awareness of suicide risk in the ID/DD population, although Individuals with ID/DD attempt and have completed suicide. Increasing awareness of Suicide Risk and promoting future research is essential to address one of the most preventable causes of death across the lifespan.

 
Complex Behaviors, Complex Solutions: What is the Behavior Analysts Role in Treating Less Common Behaviors
COURTNEY BUCKLEY (Vinfen Corporation)
Abstract: Bizarre, non-contextual speech or erratic behaviors presumed to be exhibited in response to covert stimuli are often left unattended in Functional Analysis and treatment. However, this class of behavior is not extraordinarily different from other behaviors, and are certainly within the realm of study for the Behavior Analyst. With an estimated 30-35% of intellectually disabled individuals carrying comorbid mental health diagnoses, Behavior Analysis has a foundation upon which to start taking a closer look at treatment of these complex behaviors impacting one of our most common treatment populations. Some initial attempts to evaluate and treat the complex contingencies mediating bizarre speech and other unusual behaviors have identified attention as a function of behavior, while these results are promising in a conventional sense they present some misconceptions that can be conveyed in present research. These and other studies will be reviewed with a focus on major factors to consider when attempting to evaluate and treat bizarre speech patterns and other complex behaviors.
 
 
Symposium #264
CE Offered: BACB
Go Big [Data] or Go Home: Using Behavioral Science for Policy-Level Issues
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gideon Naude (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Patrick C. Friman (Boys Town)
CE Instructor: Jessica Juanico, M.A.
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is the wing of behavioral science that explicitly addresses issues of societal importance. While ABA has featured much success in applying within-subject methodology to vulnerable populations, its application to large-scale and/or population-level issues remains relatively under-investigated. One major barrier to large-scale application of ABA is data collection. However, recent advances in “big data” and related technologies have rendered data more accessible (often publicly and for free) and readily cleansed for analysis. Such datasets can subsequently be analyzed using time-series, cross-sectional, and/or naturalistic baseline approaches to remain conceptually systematic with the analytic dimension of ABA. This symposium showcases two exemplary approaches to examining big data within ABA. Both presentations in this symposium will describe how population-level data can be collected and analyzed while maintaining conformance to the dimensions of ABA. Each presentation concludes with a discussion on how large-scale and population-level analyses such as these can inform public policy. These initial forays into big data complement the existing literature on community-level ABA. Implications for translating such population-level research to practice will be discussed.
Keyword(s): policy evaluation, public health, skin cancer, vehicular collisions
 

An Evaluation of the Effects of State Legislation on Motor Vehicle Collisions of Young Drivers

JESSICA JUANICO (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Rachel Jess (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas), Rachel Jackson (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Katherine Griffith (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Motor vehicle collisions are the leading cause of death for young drivers ages 15-20. Young drivers are more likely to engage in risky behavior such as speeding. Studies have shown that young drivers are two to three times more likely to send a text while driving (NCSL, 2015). In 2012, more than half of the young drivers who were involved in fatal collisions failed to wear a seat belt (GHSA, 2014). All states have passed graduated driver's licensing legislation (e.g., 30 hours supervised driving) in an attempt to reduce the number of young drivers involved in collisions. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of graduated driver's licensing, seat belt, and cell phone legislation on young driver collisions across states using single-subject design methodology. Additionally, this study evaluated the effects of safety features of cars (e.g., airbags) and technology advances (e.g., iPhone) on the number of collisions. Results thus far have demonstrated that seat belt legislation and texting bans have been associated with decreases in collisions. The majority of car safety advances have been associated with decreases in fatal collisions, whereas the introduction of texting was associated with an increase in total collisions.

 
Current Trends in Ultra-Violet Indoor Tanning: Using Behavioral Economics to Explore Policy-Level Interventions
AMEL BECIREVIC (University of Kansas), Cassidy Goodman (University of Kansas), William Gormley (University of Kansas), Devin Orlando (University of Kansas), Shelby Slater (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: A decade ago, the ultra-violet indoor tanning industry was estimated to be a $5,000,000 industry. Despite the well documented risks associated with indoor tanning, it is estimated that about 30 million Americans tan each year. Of these users, 70% are Caucasian females between 16 and 29. Recent studies have reported that tanning salons and their advertisements have and are continuing to become more prevalent in areas close to high schools and college/university campuses. The current study investigated temporal patterns of online searches for tanning services, and explored the proximity of tanning salons in relation to the five largest high schools in the seven states with no indoor tanning restrictions for minors. Results obtained from Google Trends suggest overall increased searches for tanning salons and reveal cyclical patterns of searches based on the time of year. Results regarding travel distance and travel time from high schools to tanning salons are interpreted via the behavioral economic demand framework. For example, of the five largest high schools (in terms of student population) in Kansas, the average travel time from the high schools to the tanning salons ranges between 7.5 min to 13.5 min. Policy level implications are further discussed.
 
 
Symposium #265
CE Offered: BACB
Enhancing Discriminations by Youth and Caregivers to Maintain Reductions in Problem Behavior
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Jonathan Dean Schmidt, Ph.D.
Abstract: Although the field of applied behavior analysis has revolutionized how we target behaviors of social significance for individuals with developmental disabilities, there is always room to enhance the feasibility and efficaciousness of assessment and treatment. The first study, “Teaching Tolerance for Delay to Reinforcement to Young Children with Autism and Language Delays,” emphasizes methods for enhancing discriminated responding in manding, and teaching participants to allocate their behaviors to alternative activities when their mands are not reinforced. The second study, “Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Access to Specific Verbal Responses from Peers,” involves a unique application of functional analysis procedures to assess the contingency between participant problem behavior and desired specific verbal responses from others, after the occurrence of perseverative speech. Treatment focuses on increasing tolerance for and preventing problem behavior from occurring when specific verbal requests to perseverative speech are not honored. The third study, “Teaching Caregivers to Identify Treatment Integrity Errors Using Behavioral Skills Training,” addresses an issue many parents encounter, which is how to supervise and monitor the implementation of their child’s treatment to ensure high levels of integrity. Each of these studies offers solutions for enhancing discrimination at multiple levels to address common treatment barriers.
Keyword(s): developmental disability, treatment integrity, verbal behavior
 

Teaching Tolerance for Delay to Reinforcement to Young Children With Autism and Language Delays

LAURA C. CHEZAN (Old Dominion University), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina), Joseph Legg (Autism Consulting Therapies), Alanna Hollborn (Peninsula School for Autism)
Abstract:

Our primary purpose in this study was to examine the effectiveness of teaching discriminated responding and tolerance for delay to reinforcement to two young children with autism and language delays. Our secondary purpose was to examine the childrens allocation of choices when multiple alternative activities were provided during the delay. First, we used a visual stimulus to teach each child to emit a mand to obtain access to a preferred item only when reinforcement was available (timer indicating green light; reinforcement condition) and to refrain from manding for a preferred item when reinforcement was not available (timer indicating red light; extinction condition). Next, we taught the children to tolerate delays to reinforcement by gradually increasing the duration of the extinction condition by embedding choices for alternative activities. Finally, we examined maintenance of the newly acquired delay for reinforcement skills. Data indicate that our intervention was effective in producing discriminated responding and in increasing tolerance to reinforcement. One child maintained the acquired skill 8 weeks after the intervention was discontinued. Data on choice allocation indicate both children showed a preference for a leisure activity when offered the opportunity to select an alternative activity during extinction from preferred items.

 

Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Access to Specific Verbal Responses From Peers

AMANDA GOETZEL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sara Deinlein (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley Robinson (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

When problem behavior and verbal behavior co-occur, a listeners response to the verbal behavior may provide information on the function of problem behavior. The current study included a 16-year-old male and a 10-year-old female, both diagnosed with developmental disabilities, admitted to an inpatient unit for the treatment of problem behavior. Informal observations of the patients suggested problem behavior occurred when an adult failed to comply with requests for a specific verbal response (SVR). We initiated a functional analysis (FA) to confirm the relation between verbal behavior and problem behavior. During the test condition a therapist a) responded to requests for an SVR with a topographically incongruent verbal response, and b) complied with requests for an SVR when problem behavior occurred after the request was denied. In the control condition, the therapist complied with each request for an SVR. For both participants, results suggested problem behavior functioned to increase therapists compliance with a request for an SVR. Treatment for both participants involved a multiple schedule that rotated between intervals of differential reinforcement and extinction to reduce problem behavior and gain stimulus control over requests for SVRs. Methods for generalizing treatment procedures to similar idiosyncratic events and behaviors will be discussed.

 
Teaching Caregivers to Identify Treatment Integrity Errors Using Behavioral Skills Training
JESSICA DEL CARMEN GARCIA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Natalie Rolider (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mandy M. Park (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Treatment integrity refers to the degree to which interventions are implemented as prescribed and can determine the success of a behavioral intervention. High levels of treatment integrity have been linked to high levels of intervention success (e.g., increase in appropriate behaviors, decrease in inappropriate behaviors). Caregivers are in an optimal position to regularly monitor the level of integrity others exercise when implementing their child’s treatment components. In the present study, a behavioral skills training package was used to train 4 caregivers to identify treatment integrity errors of staff working with their children. Results indicate that the behavioral skills training packet is a viable strategy to teach caregivers complex skills like identifying treatment integrity errors. The identification of treatment integrity levels improved significantly (i.e., 51% or better improvement from pre-test to post test scores) for all participants recruited in this study. Furthermore, in a post-study survey, all caregivers indicated that these skills were helpful and that they would likely utilize these skills once their participation in the study was completed. Training procedures and directions for future research are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #267
CE Offered: BACB
Effectiveness of Video-Based Instruction to Support Parents, Teachers, and Learners With Disabilities in Applied Settings
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jesse (Woody) W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Jesse (Woody) W. Johnson, Ed.D.
Abstract:

Video-Based Instruction (VBI) is emerging as an evidence-based practice for improving skill acquisition of individuals with and without disabilities across a broad range of environments and skill sets. It has many applications for improving behavioral outcomes not only for individuals with disabilities, but also for caregivers and teachers who deliver instruction for these learners. The purpose of this symposium is to present research on various strategies for implementing VBI across providers (teachers and parents), devices (iPad, Google Glass), instructional formats (video feedback, video prompting, and simultaneous video modeling), and skill sets (daily living skills, vocational skills, and effective teacher praise). The first study presents results of a study that involved presenting simultaneous video models on Google Glass to improve vocational skills of individuals with ASD and/or IDD; the second study presents results of a study that used video feedback to improve teachers use of praise in classroom settings; and the third study presents results of a study that involved teaching parents to implement video prompting strategies presented on iPads to increase daily living skills of learners with ASD. Presenters will offer practical strategies for using VBI effectively across devices, participants, and instructional formats.

Keyword(s): Autism, Google Glass, Video-Based Instruction, Vocational Skills
 

Effectiveness of Using Google Glass to Teach Vocational Skills to Students With Intellectual Disabilities and/or Autism Spectrum Disorder

TONI R. VAN LAARHOVEN (Northern Illinois University), Jesse (Woody) W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University), Caylee Irving (Northern Illinois University), Daina Hunt (Indian Prairie School District #204), Michael Ackerman (Indian Prairie School District #204)
Abstract:

A multiple probe across participants design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of using Google Glass to teach vocational skills to three young men with autism and/or intellectual disabilities. Instructional trials involved a simultaneous video model presented on the Glass device to teach participants to pack a first aid kit. The video model had an embedded demonstration of how to use a visual checklist to prompt task completion and the generalized skill of using a visual checklist was also measured with another task (stocking a coffee station). Results indicated that all three participants demonstrated an immediate increase with independent correct responding for packing the first aid kit when simultaneous video models were presented on Google Glass. In addition two of the three participants demonstrated generalization of visual checklist usage following intervention. All students indicated that they liked using Google Glass and stated they would like to use it again in the future. The practical utility of using Google Glass as a prompting system will be discussed.

 
Effects of a Video-Feedback Intervention on Teachers’ Use of Praise
ERIKA PINTER (Northern Illinois University), Allison East (Northern Illinois University), Nicole Thrush (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of a video-feedback intervention on the frequency of teachers’ use of a) general group praise, b) general individual praise, c) specific group praise, d) specific individual praise, e) negative comments directed toward the entire class, and f) negative comments directed toward an individual student. The video-feedback intervention involved teachers watching video-recordings of their own teaching and self-evaluating their use of praise. A multiple-baseline across subjects single-case design was used across four secondary-level teachers to examine the effect of a video feedback intervention on teacher’s use of praise. Frequency data were collected for all types of praise and negative teacher comments. While further study is warranted, results indicate that video-feedback may be an effective method for increasing teacher’s use of praise in classroom settings.
 

Teaching Parents to Deliver Video Prompts via iPads to Teach Individuals With Autism Daily Living Skills

ELISA M. CRUZ-TORRES (Florida Atlantic University)
Abstract:

Utilizing visual resources presented on various technological devices to support individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) has yielded?positive outcomes and promoted independence across a variety of skills. Parents and caregivers have not only attained these advanced?technological devices, but often actively seek to become more competent in using them. While there is?ample research to support the use of portable devices to promote daily living skills for individuals?with autism, relatively few studies have examined whether parents can be trained effectively to?deliver evidence-based practices, such as video prompts, using portable, mainstream devices. The?current study sought to evaluate parent fidelity in the implementation of behavior skills training procedures aimed at delivering video prompts to their child using an iPad. A multiple baseline across participants' design was used to determine if child participants with ASD, between the ages of 12 and 17, were able to acquire and master the steps of a targeted daily living skill. Results indicated that parents were successful in their delivery of the training procedures. Results also demonstrated that their children were able to correctly and independently complete the steps of their daily living skills with high accuracy.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #269
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Science Needs Experiments, but Experiments Are Not Enough to Get People and Institutions' Consensus About Science: How to Spread Behavior Analysis in Italy

Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Montreux, Swissotel
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Douglas A. Johnson, Ph.D.
Chair: Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University)
FABIO TOSOLIN (Italian Scientific Society of Behavior Analysis (AARBA))
Since the 1980s, Fabio Tosolin has been introducing and spreading organizational behavior management (OBM) and performance management (PM) in Italy. In the 1990s, he applied Lindsley's precision teaching (PT) and fluency building approach to the rapidly growing e-learning applications: developing PT in a software application for the first time in Italy. From 2009 to 2012, he has been the leader of the Italian Cluster in the European ManuVAR Consortium that adopted Precision Teaching method in the operators' training through Virtual and Augmented Reality learning machines. Further, he led many Italian and European industries in their implementation of behavior-based Safety (B-BS) processes. He is currently professor of health, safety, environment, and quality at the Milan Polytechnic, Faculty of Engineering of the Industrial Processes. He has been the chair of the last seven editions of the European Behavior-Based Safety Conference and led the scientific committee for the certification of B-BS process and professionals. He is author of more than 100 scientific communications, experimental studies, articles and books on psychology of learning, didactic communication, learning technologies, behavior management and B-BS. He is the president of the Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis, the Italian Chapter of ABAI, and adviser of the Cambridge Center for Behavior Studies.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis expiates unfair preconceptions in Italy because of the lack of scientific culture and the psychoanalytic approach, both well spread in several clinical, educational, institutional, political and academic environments. Further, there are common misconceptions of our principles themselves and their applications. ABA Chapter of Italy (AARBA) has been committed to disseminating our science since its founding in 2001 and we have challenged all those prejudices. As professionals and members of the ABA community, we tried many ways before getting partially successful: AARBA tried to influence institutions and academics first, but the evidence provided by our experiments was not enough to move them forward their conflicts of interests. So, we changed the direction of our efforts, from top-down (from institutions to clients) to bottom-up (from clients to institutions). The efficacy of our application, especially in organizational settings, developed a community that got benefit from behavior analysis and that yearly have been gathering in our annual conference, since 2004. Invited institutions to our conference could not ignore the audience and have been obliged to endorse us, sometimes under negative reinforcement. It has been a hard work but worth it. This presentation will show the results of our successful applications and experiments and the impact they had on clients in terms of benefits and on institutions, in terms of consensus.

Target Audience:

Students and practitioners interested in reviewing a possible application of behavior analysis to business and e-learning, and in understanding how to nurture and value OBM in the civil society.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) avoid common errors in disseminations of science; (2) list the marketing activities to promote and sell behavior analysis to clients and institutions; (3) list the variety of business results and environments which behavior analysis may apply to, from sales to safety, from hospitals to industries.
 
 
Symposium #270
CE Offered: BACB
Attention, Escape, and Tangible: Critical Analysis of Problem Behavior and Its Controlling Variables
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University)
CE Instructor: Joseph Michael Lambert, Ph.D.
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) is a dynamic assessment that allows practitioners to produce empirical evidence of the relationship between problem behavior and its controlling variables. Furthermore, standard test conditions (i.e., attention, escape, and tangible) have demonstrable utility and provide practitioners with obvious starting points when tasked with the organization and analysis of the unique learning histories of strangers who engage in chronic problem behavior. However, positive test outcomes are a function of more than the mere arrangement of contingencies between problem behavior and known reinforcers (talk 1). Often, nuanced analysis of idiosyncratic behavioral and/or environmental events is required to identify functional relationships between response classes and their controlling variables (talks 2 and 3). The primary purpose of this symposium is to highlight factors that might contribute to successful functional analysis outcomes when traditional test conditions are contraindicated. A secondary purpose is to dispel myths of the counter-therapeutic qualities of the FA and to highlight the complexity of positive function identification.
 
Prompts, Probes, and Correspondence Between Reinforcer Assessments and Functional Analysis Outcomes
RACHEL MOTTERN (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Lillian Stiff (Vanderbilt University), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: One concern with functional analysis (FA) is that practitioners evoke and reinforce problem behavior, with the potential of facilitating its acquisition of new functional classes. If arranging contingencies between known reinforcers and problem behavior (in the absence of additional instruction) can confound FA results, then reinforcer assessment outcomes should be predictive of FA outcomes. In the current investigation we conducted a series of preference assessments to identify high-preferred tangible items, high-preferred social interactions, and low-probability demands. We then evaluated the reinforcing effects of contingent access to (or escape from) these stimuli/events during subsequent reinforcer assessments. Finally, we conducted FAs of each participant’s problem behavior and arranged consequences identical to those manipulated during previous reinforcer assessments. Correspondence between reinforcer assessments and FA outcomes was low, with reinforcer assessments implicating both false positive and false negative behavior functions. Our results suggest that the threat of new learning during FAs is likely minimal.
 

Functional Analysis and Treatment of Aggression Maintained by Access to Physical Play

ELIZABETH DAYTON (Melmark), Jim Chok (Melmark), Lauren Davison (Hogan Learning Academy), Amanda Gill (Melmark), Arthur Dowdy (Melmark)
Abstract:

In the case of severe challenging behavior there are instances that require physical restraint in order to maintain safety for the individual served as well as others. There are many concerns with the use of physical restraint, including the possibility that restraint may serve as a reinforcer. One possible way to compete with the reinforcing effects of restraint is to find an alternative activity that the individual can access. We discuss a case in which a childs aggression often necessitated the use of physical restraint. During a functional analysis, physical play was used as reinforcer for aggression during test conditions and applied noncontingently during control sessions. Differentiated results were obtained during the functional analysis. Subsequently, the individual was taught a functional communication response that provided access to physical play. The intervention resulted in a decrease in aggression and an increase in the functional alternative response. The results of the study highlight a possible intervention for individuals with severe aggression who often require physical restraint to maintain safety, but whose aggression is also maintained by the stimulus properties associated with restraint.

 
Assessing Physical Aggression and Physiological Reaction to Environmental Noise
SAMANTHA RUSSO (Melmark), Samantha Smith (Melmark), Jennifer Croner (Melmark), Kady Gahman (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Forty percent of children with Autism have hypersensitivity to noise (Rimland & Edelson, 1995). Few studies have evaluated aversive noise in correlation with challenging behavior, even less show treatment interventions following assessment. Results in the current published literature evaluating noise have found that various types of noises may serve as an establishing operation for challenging behavior (McCord, Iwata, Galensky, Ellingson, & Thompson, 2013). The purpose of this study was to evaluate heart rate as a reliable measure of agitation and to identify the correlation between increased heart rate and aggression when presented with an aversive noise. This hypothesis was evaluated using a pair-wise functional analysis with a multi element design testing various aversive noises which were found in the participant’s natural environment. The participant engaged in relatively low levels of challenging behavior across all test conditions, however there was a significant correlation between instances of aggression and maximum heart rate.
 
 
Symposium #273
CE Offered: BACB
Reviews and Research on Perspective Taking and Problem Solving With Children With Autism and Related Disabilities
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

There is an abundance of research on behavior analytic strategies for teaching simple skills to children with autism and related disabilities. These relatively simple skills include manding, tacting, imitating, matching, sorting, and tooth brushing. There is less research on teaching more complex skills such as engaging in conversation, initiating joint attention, and solving difficult math problems. The analysis of verbal behavior has much to contribute to the analysis of complex repertoires. This symposium centers on two complex repertoires often limited in children with autism and related disabilities: perspective taking and problem solving. The first paper, by Taylor-Santa and colleagues, is a theoretical paper and literature review paper on perspective taking. The authors offer an account of the controlling variables of perspective taking and suggest problem solving is involved in the repertoire. The second paper by Phelan and colleagues offers a conceptual analysis of problem solving and reviews applied studies examining the teaching of problem solving skills to establish complex social, communicative, and academic skills. The third paper is a study by Frampton and colleagues who taught two children with autism the problem solving strategy of sorting, sequencing, and tacting pictures to establish explanations for how to complete familiar activities.

Keyword(s): perspective taking, problem solving
 
Perspective Taking: A Functional Account and Review of the Literature
CATHERINE TAYLOR-SANTA (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is characterized by deficits in social interactions including more complex social behavior such as perspective taking (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Individuals with ASD might continue to show deficits in perspective taking as they age due to insufficient learning opportunities and insubstantial teaching methods. It is possible that programs designed to teach perspective taking fail to teach some component behaviors needed for success (e.g., listener behavior). This failure could be attributed to a lack of a complete account of the behaviors involved in perspective taking as well as their controlling variables. The purpose of this paper is to provide a functional assessment of perspective taking in which relevant behaviors (i.e., self-speaker and self-listener) are identified and defined according to their controlling relations. To aid in this analysis, relevant behavior analytic literature on perspective taking was reviewed and analyzed. Suggestions for future research on perspective taking are provided.
 

Problem Solving: A Conceptual Analysis and Review of Applied Research

STEPHANIE PHELAN (ABACS, LLC), Caitlin Irwin (Newton Public), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
Abstract:

The field of Applied Behavior Analysis is commonly criticized for teaching rote responding. However, teaching problem-solving skills to children with disabilities has produced novel responses to novel stimuli. Problem solving has been defined as manipulating stimuli to increase the probability of arriving at a solution to a problem (Palmer, 1991; Skinner, 1953). When given a problem, such as a question that involves recalling a past event, an individual problem solves and arrives at a solution by emitting “self-probes,” such as asking questions, drawing out possible solutions, and visualizing. Although people problem-solve on a daily basis, there is limited empirical guidance on teaching problem-solving strategies to individuals with disabilities. A challenge of analyzing problem solving is it often occurs covertly. In this paper, we provide a conceptual analysis of problem solving and a review of six applied, behavior analytic studies in which participants were taught to use problem-solving to improve math, communication, and social skills. The review highlights the procedures for teaching problem solving skills. The review ends with recommendations for research, as well as recommendations for incorporating the instruction of problem solving into behavior analytic programming for students with disabilities.

 

Teaching Children With Autism to Explain "How" Using a Problem Solving Strategy

SARAH FRAMPTON (Marcus Autism Center), Stacy A. Cleveland (Marcus Autism Center), Kelly Schleismann (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

The current study evaluated whether children with autism could learn to use a problem solving strategy (PSS) to explain how to complete familiar activities. A multiple probe across sets (paired activities) was used to isolate the effects of tact training and the PSS. During baseline neither participant could explain how to complete familiar activities. Both participants were first taught to tact pictures that corresponded to the steps of two familiar activities (e.g., bowling and making juice) in set 1. Following tact training alone, the participants remained unable to successfully explain how to complete the tasks. A PSS consisting of sorting the pictures by activity, sequencing them in order, then tacting the position of the pictures in the sequence (e.g., "First... next... then... last") was trained. Following training of the PSS, the participants explained how to complete the first set of tasks in several contexts. For sets 2 and 3, tact training alone was sufficient to teach the children to explain how, as the use of the PSS generalized across sets. These results extend the problem solving literature through the inclusion of combined visual and verbal PSS and demonstration of generalization of the strategy to untrained sets.

 
 
Symposium #274
CE Offered: BACB
Procedural Advances for Teaching Tacts and Intraverbals to Children With an Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee)
CE Instructor: Regina A. Carroll, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes a collection of studies exploring procedures for promoting the emergence of untrained tacts and intraverbals for children with an autism spectrum disorders. First, Casey Nottingham will present a study evaluating different arrangements for incorporating secondary targets into learning trials during tact training for children with autism. Second, Tina Dass will present a study evaluating procedures to teach children with autism to tact olfactory stimuli. Third, Jessica Cheatham will present a study examining the effects of instructive feedback on promoting variability in intraverbal responses for children with autism. Fourth, Alice Shillingsburg will present a study evaluating the effects of interspersing mastered tact and listener skills into a teaching session, on the emergence of intraverbals for children with autism. Finally, Tiffany Kodak will discuss interesting components of each study, and describe future areas of research related to skill acquisition training for children with an autism spectrum disorder.

Keyword(s): Instructive feedback, Intraverbals, Skill acquisition, Tacts
 

Various Arrangements for Incorporating Additional Targets Into Learning Trials for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

CASEY NOTTINGHAM (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell College)
Abstract:

The current study examined the effectiveness and efficiency of presenting additional targets in learning trials for individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Specifically, we compared conditions in which (a) an additional target was presented in the antecedent and consequence portion of the same learning trial, (b) two additional targets were presented in the consequence portion of the same learning trial, (c) a single additional target was presented within the consequence portion of a trial, and (d) no additional targets were presented in a trial. The results demonstrate that participants acquired the majority of additional targets that were presented in the absence of prompts and reinforcement. These findings replicate and extend the previous research in this area by demonstrating that the presentation of additional targets within learning trials may result in more efficient skill acquisition than a typical discrete trial instruction format for individuals with autism spectrum disorder.

 

Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Tact Olfactory Stimuli

ASHLEY SILBERMAN (Caldwell College), Tina Dass (Caldwell College), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College)
Abstract:

Research on tact acquisition by children with autism spectrum disorder has focused on teaching the identification of visual stimuli. It is also important to evaluate procedures for teaching tacts of stimuli in other modalities (e.g., olfactory, tactile). The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate the effects of an echoic-to-tact transfer of stimulus control procedure, multiple exemplar training, and the addition of secondary targets on the acquisition of item and category tacts of olfactory stimuli with three children with autism spectrum disorder. An adapted alternating treatments design (Sindelar, Rosenberg, & Wilson, 1985) was used to evaluate the effects of the intervention. All participants learned the item and category tacts following intervention and some generalization of the category tacts was demonstrated with each participant.

 

Using Instructive Feedback to Increase Response Variability During Intraverbal Training for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

JESSICA CHEATHAM (West Virginia University), Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee)
Abstract:

Instructive feedback is a teaching procedure that involves presenting a secondary target during the learning trial. Previous research has shown that learners will acquire the secondary targets in the absence of direct reinforcement. We used an adapted alternating-treatments design to compare variability in intraverbal responses across a condition with and without instructive feedback for four children with autism spectrum disorder. In both conditions, the therapist provided an instruction for the child to list items from a category, and in the condition with instructive feedback, the therapist modeled response variability during the consequence portion of the trial. Three of four participants provided more novel response combinations in the condition with instructive feedback. Findings suggest that instructive feedback may be useful for increasing variability in intraverbal responses for children with autism spectrum disorder.

 

The Effects of the Interspersal of Related Skills on the Emergence of Intraverbal Responses for Children With Autism

M. ALICE SHILLINGSBURG (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Wymer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

The present study evaluated the emergence of intraverbal responses for two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Prior to Experiment 1, both children could tact the name and function of 12 different picture stimuli and select the pictures by name and function; yet, they failed to demonstrate intraverbals related to the function of the items (e.g., "What do you do with item?" and "What do you use to function?"). Following Baseline, Interspersal Treatment was provided which consisted of the presentation of the previously mastered tact, tact function, listener, and listener by function prior to a probe trial for the target intraverbals. Results showed that Interspersal Treatment led to the emergence of all the intraverbals not emitted in Baseline for both participants. In Experiment 2, the emergence of intraverbals was evaluated for one participant as tact function and listener by function responses were trained. Results of Experiment 2 showed that now tact function and listener by function training was sufficient to establish the emergence of both intraverbal responses in the absence of Interspersal Treatment. These results are discussed in relation to the growing literature suggesting that establishing bi-direction speaker and listener relations facilitates the emergence of untrained skills.

 
 
Symposium #275
CE Offered: BACB
Refining Instructional Procedures for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University)
Discussant: Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
CE Instructor: Sacha T. Pence, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Practitioners make decisions about skill-acquisition programming for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) based on best-practice recommendations in the literature. However, there is still much we do not know when providing recommendations on how to best develop and implement skill-acquisition programming. This symposium is a group of presentations that look to refine instructional procedures when teaching skills to individuals with ASD. The first presentation will evaluate the types of prompts used during discrete-trial instruction. The second presentation will compare the materials used (flashcards compared to tablets) used during discrete-trial instruction. The third presentation will examine the level of instruction necessary for preschool children to learn social skills. Finally, the fourth presentation will compare chaining procedures to teach cooking skills. The presentations will include implications for clinical practice. A discussant will review the presentations and provide suggestions for future research and clinical considerations.

Keyword(s): chaining, discrete-trial teaching, prompting procedures, skill acquisition
 

Evaluating Efficacy and Preference for Prompt Type During Discrete-Trial Teaching

VICTORIA MARKHAM (University of South Wales), Aimee Giles (University of South Wales), Richard James May (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Discrete-trial teaching is an evidence-based teaching strategy that may be individualized to each learner. One way to individualize discrete-trial teaching is the type of prompts which are used. Prompts may include: modelling the correct response, gesturing, providing verbal cues, and physical guidance. There is limited research on the relative efficiency and effectiveness of these different prompt types making it difficult to identify which prompt will be best for each learner (Seaver & Bourret, 2014). In addition, the learners preference for how they are taught is not always considered. The present study compared the relative effectiveness of three different prompt types to teach a receptive identification task for three boys with autism. An adapted alternating treatments design was used to compare a gesture, modeling, physical guidance, and a no-prompt control condition. For one participant, the physical prompt was the most effective. For a second participant, the model prompt was the most effective. Following mastery, a concurrent chains preference assessment was conducted to assess individual preference for prompt type. Both efficacy and client preference may be used to determine prompt selection during discrete-trial teaching.

 
A Comparison Between Presenting Receptive Language Stimuli on a Tablet vs. Flashcards
AZURE PELLEGRINO (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Kristina Gerencser (Utah State University), Lorraine Becerra (Utah State University)
Abstract: Discrete trial teaching is often a component of behavior analytic services for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Typical materials used in receptive labeling programs using discrete trial teaching include flashcards. Recent advances in technology, including the use of tablets, have been implemented in the area of skill acquisition for children with ASD. The current study extends these findings to examine if children with ASD acquire receptive labeling skills when the stimuli are presented on a tablet as quickly as when the stimuli are presented on flashcards. The results for the first participant show that most stimuli sets were acquired quicker using a tablet than using flashcards.
 

Preschool Life Skills Training Using the Response to Intervention Model With Preschoolers With Developmental Disabilities

JOHN FALLIGANT (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Children with developmental disabilities are at increased risk to develop problem behavior in the absence of appropriate social and communication skills. Hanley, Heal, Tiger, and Ingvarsson (2007) created a classwide preschool life skills (PLS) program that taught young children to request teacher assistance, tolerate delays or denials in the delivery of materials, friendship skills, and functional communication skills. The purpose of the current study was to assess the effectiveness of the PLS program when implemented with children with developmental disabilities and at risk for developing classroom problem behavior. A multiple-baseline across-behaviors design was used to demonstrate the effects of instruction, differential reinforcement, and error-correction procedures that systematically increased as necessary for participants to acquire the target skills. Probes were also conducted in the classroom with adults and peers following acquisition to test for generalization. The level of instruction varied across participants. Four participants acquired the skills with least-to-most prompting and praise. Three participants required individualized instruction and reinforcers. Overall, there was little generalization of the acquired skills to peers and adults in the participants classrooms.

 

Clustered Forward Chaining as a Strategy for Teaching an Adult With Autism to Follow Written Recipes

KATE CHAZIN (Vanderbilt University), Danielle Bartelmay (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the utility of a clustered forward chaining (CFC) procedure for teaching a 23-year-old male with autism to follow written recipes. CFC incorporated elements of forward chaining and total task chaining by teaching a small number of steps (i.e., clusters) using total task chaining, and introducing new clusters sequentially, contingent upon sustained mastery of previous clusters. For each of three recipes targeted in a multiple probe design, we organized 45 total steps into 15 functional triads (i.e., read, do, record). We then organized the triads into three clusters (five triads each). We used a 5-s constant time delay to prompt responses for every step within a training cluster and immediately prompted responding for all untrained clusters. We probed for mastery of the entire response chain after demonstrations of mastery of each individual cluster (and before initiating training for a new cluster). Results showed that CFC successfully established independence of all three response chains and required considerably fewer training trials than what would have been required had we implemented a traditional forward chaining procedure. Maintenance probes 3-5 weeks after training demonstrated continued independence of all three cooking recipes.

 
 
Symposium #276
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in Teaching Language Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Daniel R. Mitteer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: April N. Kisamore, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In early intensive behavioral interventions for children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD), teaching language skills (verbal operants) is a fundamental educational goal (Love, Carr, Almason, & Petursdottir, 2009). The outcomes from comparisons of teaching strategies may identify how to teach these skills more effectively and efficiently and create more preferred instructional contexts. This symposium presents advancements in how best to teach language skills (e.g., intraverbals, tacts) to children with an ASD. Majdalany et al. compared the efficacy of tact prompts and textual prompts during intraverbal teaching. Mitteer et al. evaluated the effects of including or omitting background stimuli when teaching expressive-identification of images, with an emphasis on efficiency and stimulus generalization to novel images, videos, and figurines. Lorca et al. taught children to engage in reciprocal conversational skills (e.g., asking a question following a partners statement) and assessed the emergence of intraverbal responding with novel topics. Haygood and Pence compared the efficacy, efficiency, and childrens preference for least-to-most, most-to-least with a delay, and progressive-time delay prompting hierarchies during discrete-trial training, and analyzed the correspondence between efficiency and preference. Taken together, recommendations based on these studies may assist clinicians in selecting teaching procedures that are more efficient, efficacious, and preferred.

Keyword(s): early intervention, intraverbal, prompting strategies, tact
 

A Comparison of Textual and Tact Prompts on the Acquisition of Intraverbal Behavior in Children With Autism

BROOKE TOMPKINS (Florida Institute of Technology), Randi Margarian (Florida Institute of Technology), Lina M. Majdalany (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Prompts are supplemental stimuli used to facilitate the development of novel skills. Textual prompts are written cues, while tact prompts are pictorial cues. Both textual and tact prompting techniques have been shown to be effective in the acquisition, maintenance, and generalization of intraverbal behavior in children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. However, the direct comparison of the textual and tact prompts has yet to be conducted. In the current study, we taught one young child to engage in intraverbal behavior using tact and textual prompting techniques. Tact prompts resulted in quicker acquisition and fewer trials to criterion when compared to textual prompts. Responding maintained one week later in both textual and tact conditions. The participant scored 100% on generalization probes across people in both conditions. The participant scored 80% on generalization probes across stimuli in the tact condition, and 100% on the generalization probes across stimuli in the text condition.

 

Effects of Background Stimuli on Acquisition and Generalization of Tacts Across Pictures, Videos, and Figurines

DANIEL R. MITTEER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Victoria Smith (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Teaching children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to name (tact) images is a common skill area. Teaching with backgrounds may increase the difficulty of discriminating the target stimulus and may lead to faulty stimulus control (e.g., background images evoke the target response). However, including backgrounds may enhance stimulus generalization to additional exemplars of the category (stimulus class) with backgrounds. To date, no study has examined the effects of including or omitting backgrounds. We used an adapted alternating treatments design to evaluate the effects of teaching with and without backgrounds on acquisition and stimulus generalization to novel images, videos, and figurines. Across four participants, ages 3-4 with an ASD, we observed minimal differences in the number of sessions to mastery when teaching with backgrounds (M = 6) or without backgrounds (M = 4). Stimulus generalization occurred more often in the condition taught with backgrounds (33%) than without backgrounds (0%). When differential reinforcement was programmed during generalization tests, mastery was observed in 64% of targets taught with backgrounds and in 50% of targets taught without backgrounds. Teaching with backgrounds may produce slower acquisition of pictures but enhance generalization to images and videos exemplars containing backgrounds as compared to teaching without backgrounds .

 

The Emergence of Generative Intraverbal Responding in Children With Autism

JOHANNA F. LORCA (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Hoang T. Nguyen (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Junelyn Lazo (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current study was to investigate if novel conversation responses would generate after teaching specific conversational styles and minimal components of intraverbal responses to children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Intraverbal responses involved making general statements, asking questions, and developing conversation styles. Statement/Question and Question/Statement style of conversation were taught to three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The participants in the study ranged in age from 6 to 9 years. During the statement/question and question/statement, the participants discussed topics of their own interest. Then specific topics of conversation were used in these conversation styles. Finally, they were taught to ask about the interests of various conversation partners. In the generalization testing phase, the participants were able to begin conversations with others using similar conversational styles, but with novel topics (topics of various conversation partners interests) and components of each topic. Results showed that novel intraverbal responses can generate after training of minimal number of discrete stimulus-responses relationships.

 
Evaluation of the Efficiency of and Preference for Three Prompting Procedures
SARAH BROOKE HAYGOOD (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract: Discrete-trial teaching (DTT) is frequently used to teach new skills to individuals with developmental disabilities and can include a variety of prompting procedures. Currently, little research exists to help guide best-practice recommendations for practitioners. During Experiment 1, least-to-most (LTM), most-to-least with a delay (MTL-D), and progressive-time delay (PTD) prompting hierarchies were compared. Acquisition during DTT was evaluated with seven preschool children with a developmental disability. Least-to-most prompting was most effective for 2 participants, MTL-D was most effective for 2 participants, and PTD was most effective for 1 participant. In general, the most efficient prompting hierarchy was idiosyncratic across participants. During Experiment 2, a modified concurrent-chains preference assessment was used to evaluate participants’ preferences for the different prompting procedures. Four of five participants preferred the prompting strategy that was most efficient in Experiment 1. These data replicate previous studies suggesting that there are individual differences in prompting effectiveness and efficiency. Similar to previous research, LTM was consistently associated with the highest number of errors across participants.
 
 
Symposium #276a
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Medicine SIG Presents: A Sampling of Current Research in Behavioral Medicine and Health Promotion
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College)
Discussant: Richard K. Fleming (University of Massachusetts Boston)
CE Instructor: Gretchen A. Dittrich, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral medicine is an interdisciplinary field that utilizes behavior analytic principles and methodology to identify behaviors associated with health and disease states, identify the controlling variables, and increase behaviors associated with improved health outcomes and decrease behaviors associated with illness and disease states. There are myriad studies investigating behavioral interventions to improve behaviors associated with health and disease, including blood glucose monitoring in diabetes, substance use, dietary intake, feeding disorders and food selectivity, disordered eating, sedentary and physical activity, sleeping challenges, dental hygiene, and chronic pain management. Furthermore, behavioral medicine research also targets preventative techniques to avoid health-related issues, such as early screening and self-screening for cancer, following specific recommendations for dietary consumption and physical activity to prevent obesity and other related illnesses, and accident prevention in elderly, pediatric, and work populations. Treatment adherence may also be targeted during routine medical procedures, in continued care for health conditions, such as diabetes, and following injury (e.g., compliance with physical therapy). Behavior analysts are well-equipped to address these problems of public health, yet many studies in behavioral medicine are published outside of behavior analytic journals. The purpose of this symposium is to highlight current and diverse research in the area of behavioral medicine, and to provide attendees an opportunity to hear from established researchers in the field.

Keyword(s): Behavioral dentistry, Behavioral Medicine, Obstetrics, Sleep problems
 

Assessment and Treatment of Sleep Problems of Young Children: Application of Behavioral Medicine

SANDY JIN (Eastern Connecticut State University), Melanie Byrne (Eastern Connecticut State University), Royce Manifold (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Abstract:

Sleep problems are prevalent in typically-developing children and children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders. These problems negatively impact the health and development of youths and present challenges to parents, caregivers, and clinicians. Pharmacological interventions are commonly recommended despite limited research on their efficacy and social acceptability. Behavioral interventions shows merit as a promising alternative but has yet to draw to focus of mainstream treatment providers. We will discuss the assessment and treatment of sleep problems as an area of application of Behavioral Medicine. Efficacy data of behavioral intervention with and without pharmacological intervention on the sleep problems (i.e., sleep onset delay, night and early wakings, and problem behaviors that interfere with sleep) of children diagnosed with and without autism are presented.

 
Momentary Prompting and Modeling of Behavior-Based Labor Strategies
ASHLEY EDEN GREENWALD (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The Cesarean Epidemic is categorized by the increasing cesarean section rate in the U.S., currently 30.8% (Boyle et al., 2013), which is in stark contrast to the 5% cesarean rate during the early 1970’s (Goer & Romano, 2012). The “cascade of interventions” resulting from an otherwise healthy women utilizing non-medically-necessary but often routine pain medications during labor contribute to the U.S.’s poor outcomes in maternal and infant health. A troubling statistic released by the United Nations in September of 2010 placed the U.S. 50th in the world for maternal mortality, higher than almost all European countries (WHO, 2010; Coeytaux, Bingham & Langer, 2011). In a report summarizing the World Health Organization’s principles of perinatal care, appropriate methods for pain relief are all suggested to be behavioral (Chalmers, Mangiaterra & Porter, 2001). However, skills learned during childbirth education are difficult to generalize and the unavailability of ongoing labor support are major contributing factors in high requests for pain medication (Goer & Ramano, 2012). This talk addresses these concerns using a contingency analysis as well as results from an empirical study utilizing a behavior analytic software program for labor support during unmedicated labor.
 

A Review of a Program of Research in Behavioral Dentistry

KEITH D. ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Compliance with medical/dental routines is an important part of basic health care for everyone. Many diseases and illnesses are preventable or treatable, but the benefits only accrue if patients cooperate with the procedures involved in the delivery of care. Unfortunately, many children do not cooperate. This presentation will review both the respondent and operant components of medical/dental noncompliance and the common treatments for promoting compliance. The presentation will then review a program of research in applied behavior analysis (both small n and RCT) that follows the development and empirical validation of applications based on negative reinforcement in treatment of noncompliance with routine dental care in every day practice.

 

Current Publication Trends in Behavioral Medicine Research

GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons College), Richard K. Fleming (University of Massachusetts Boston)
Abstract:

The field of behavioral medicine focuses on identifying the variables associated with health and disease states, and manipulating those variables to facilitate change in the behaviors relatedto improved health status. The variety of research within the behavioral medicine field is extensive. However, trends in current publication data suggest much of the research within the field is published outside of behavior analytic fora. The current presentation will review the state of behavioral medicine research in the field of behavior analysis and in other related fields. Data reviewed will focus onpublication trends in behavioral medicine research, provide an overview of health behaviors of interest, offer suggestions for future publications, and emphasize theneed to continue disseminating research both in behavior analyticjournals and conferences.

 
 
Symposium #277
CE Offered: BACB
Refinements of Established Preference Assessment Procedures
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Emily White (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Discussant: Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Emily White, M.S.
Abstract:

The identification of reinforcers is critical to maximize skill acquisition for individuals with autism. This symposium presents four studies detailing refinements of preference assessment procedures. In Study 1, single-operant preference assessments (SOA) effectively identified preferences (and subsequent reinforcer efficacy) for edibles, tangibles, and social stimuli for 4 individuals with autism. In Study 2, response restriction (RR) and brief response restriction (BRR) assessments were conducted with 12 individuals with autism. There was strong correlation between the RR and BRR results, but the BRR took 79% less time to complete. Study 3 evaluated whether edible, tangible, and social stimuli presented in a single-class MSWO were displaced when presented in a combined-class MSWO. Results indicated that displaced stimuli functioned as reinforcers for three children with autism. Study 4 evaluated the effects of lag schedules of reinforcement on variability in play material selection using a preference assessment format, with 5 children with autism. Lag schedules were found to be effective at increasing variability of selections for only one participant. In all studies, interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected in a minimum of 30% of sessions, and was above 90% for all participants. These studies highlight the importance of continuing to refine preference assessment procedures.

 

An Evaluation of a Single-Operant Preference Assessment With Children With Autism

Nicole Adamo (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Megan Borlase (Caldwell University), JESSICA MILLER (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

There are many preference assessment methodologies available for identifying preference across a range of stimuli. To date, one study has used a single-operant assessment (SOA) to assess preference for social interactions. The purpose of the study was to extend previous research by evaluating a SOA to identify preference for edibles, tangibles, and social stimuli with four individuals with autism. Outcomes of the SOA were compared to outcomes from an MSWO. The SOA identified highly-preferred stimuli and correlations with the MSWO were found for some participants. The effects of top-ranked stimuli identified from SOA were then evaluated on a novel skill. Results support the use of a SOA to identify preferred edibles, tangibles, and social interactions and found that participants successfully acquired targets using stimuli identified from the SOA. Three of the four participants maintained the targets acquired and that the SOA identified an effective and efficient reinforcer. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected in a minimum of 30% of sessions, and was above 90% for all participants. The procedures of the single-operant assessment were reported to be socially valid. Results support the use of an SOA to identify preference across a range of stimuli.

 

Evaluation of a Brief Response Restriction Preference Assessment

Allan Kinsella (New England center for Children), Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children/Western New England University), STEPHANIE MUSE (New England Center for Children), Kelly Gallagher (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

The response restriction (RR) preference assessment (Hanley et al., 2003) combines elements of existing preference assessments, utilizes free operant responding, and restricts items while reducing the likelihood of aberrant behavior that may occur due to denied access or insufficient duration to access reinforcers. However, the RR criteria to restrict items can be difficult to implement and the assessment can last multiple hours. In the current study, Phase 1 evaluated the validity and total duration of a brief response restriction (BRR) preference assessment. A RR, BRR, and 80-min free operant assessment were conducted twice each with 12 participants with autism. Validity results indicated a mean .69 correlation between the RR and BRR results, but the BRR took 79% less time to complete. Phase 2 evaluated that procedural integrity and implementer preference of the RR and BRR. We used enhanced training materials (Graff & Karsten, 2012) to train 10 special educators to conduct both a RR and BRR assessment. Procedural integrity scores were higher for the BRR, specifically for restriction criteria, and implementer surveys indicated preference for the BRR. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected in a minimum of 30% of sessions and agreement was above 90% for all sessions

 

Evaluating Displacement Within MSWO Preference Assessments in Children With Autism

DANIELLE CICALESE (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Megan Borlase (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Preference assessments yield valuable clinical information important for skill acquisition and behavior reduction programs. Research has demonstrated that combining edibles and leisure items within a MSWO stimulus array can displace preference for leisure items among individuals diagnosed with profound intellectual disability. To date, no study has evaluated the potential displacement of edible, leisure, and social stimuli when combined in a single-class multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment with children who have an autism spectrum disorder. The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether stimuli that are highly preferred when presented in a single-class MSWO array are displaced when presented in a combined-class MSWO array. The reinforcing effectiveness of displaced stimuli was evaluated in a single-operant reinforcer assessment. Results from this study indicate that stimuli that were displaced in rank order by two or more places when presented in a combined array MSWO functioned as reinforcers for three children with autism spectrum disorder. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected in a minimum of 30% of sessions and agreement was above 90% for all sessions.

 

Behavioral Variability in Selection of Play Materials: Assessment and Treatment

THOMAS FARNSWORTH (New England Center for Children), Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University)
Abstract:

Repetitive behavior is a defining feature of autism-spectrum disorder (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Children with autism tend to make invariable selections of play materials relative to their typically developing peers (Bancroft et al., in press). Lag schedules have been shown to increase behavioral variability (e.g., Cammilleri & Hanley, 2005), but they are not always effective alone (e.g., Napolitano et al., 2010). The purpose of the present study was to examine the effectiveness of a treatment hierarchy consisting of lag schedules combined with other techniques for increasing variable responding in play contexts for five children with autism aged 4 to 8 years. Across 4 activities, participants were instructed to choose an item from an array and prompted to engage in the activity associated with that item. Items were replaced between trials to allow opportunities for invariable selections. Experimental control was demonstrated using a multiple-baseline design across activities. Lag schedules alone were effective at increasing variability of selections for one participant, with generalization across activities. Variability of selections for the remaining participants did not increase until modifications were included. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected in a minimum of 30% of sessions for all participants; IOA was above 90% for all participants

 
 
Symposium #278
CE Offered: BACB
New Developments in Preference and Reinforcer Assessment Research
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ruth DeBar (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Richard B. Graff, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have developed a rich technology to identify reinforcers for individuals with developmental disabilities; the studies in this symposium seek to add to this knowledge base. In Study 1, reinforcer assessments for tangible and social stimuli were conducted with 3 individuals with autism. High-preference tangible items were the most potent reinforcers for all participants, but some individuals responded more to access low-preference social interactions. In Study 2, two participants with autism participated in MSWO assessments under different schedules of reinforcement (CRF, VR2, No access). Preference hierarchies were broadly consistent across reinforcement schedules; the no access condition required the least amount of time to complete. In Study 3, the outcomes of engagement-based assessments with varied access to selected items were compared to MSWO assessments. The engagement-based and MSWO assessments identified the same highest-preferred activity for three of four individuals with autism. In Study 4, 12 individuals with no previous knowledge of preference assessments accurately implemented free operant preference assessments when provided with an antecedent-only self-instructional packet. In all studies, interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected in at least 30% of sessions, and IOA was above 95%. The results of these studies may help clinicians better identify reinforcers for their clients

Keyword(s): preference assessment, reinforcer assessment
 

A Comparison of Reinforcer Assessments With Social and Tangible Reinforcers With Individuals With Autism

MEGAN BORLASE (Caldwell Universsity), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Danielle Gureghian (Garden Academy), Ruth DeBar (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

There is a wealth of research on preference assessments, but to date, no studies have been conducted to identify optimal procedures for conducting reinforcer assessments or to determine the most appropriate reinforcer assessment for tangible or social stimuli. This information is important to validate new preference assessments, to evaluate stimuli that are being established as conditioned reinforcers, and to provide evidence that the stimuli being used function as reinforcers. To address the above limitations the current study compared three reinforcer assessments with social and tangible stimuli with three individuals with autism. The items included were identified through paired-stimulus preference assessments. The tangible reinforcer assessments supported the current research as the high-preference items were the most potent reinforcers for all participants. There was more variability with the social reinforcer assessments and the concurrent-operants reinforcer assessment did not support the current research for any of the participants as findings were undifferentiated or showed higher rates of responding for the low-preference interaction than the high-preference interaction. Interobserver agreement data were obtained across 50% of sessions; mean agreement was 99%. Further research is needed to determine the best procedures to use in the reinforcer assessments and the most appropriate procedures based on participant characteristics.

 
Evaluating the Results of Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessments Using Different Schedules of Reinforcement
ERICA J BAUER (University of Saint Joseph, West Hartford, CT), John D. Molteni (University of Saint Joseph)
Abstract: Preference and reinforcer assessments are central to the development of effective reinforcement-based systems. Two participants with an Autism Spectrum Disorder, ages 9 and 13, participated in three multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments under different schedules of reinforcement (CRF, VR2, No access). Experimenters used the percentage of stimulus selection to establish preference hierarchies (High-, moderate-, and low-preferred stimuli). Participants engaged in reinforcer assessments under a progressive ratio schedule using a free operant response to evaluate the reinforcing efficacy stimuli selected from each level of the hierarchy. Preference assessment results were broadly consistent across reinforcement schedules with the no access condition requiring the least amount of time to complete. Results of the reinforcer assessment suggest that, for one participant, only one of the two highest ranked stimuli served as an effective reinforcer. For the second participant, both high preference items and one moderate preference item were effective. Interobserver agreement data were collected in at least 30% of sessions for all participants; mean IOA was above 95%. The researchers discuss these outcomes in terms of the efficiency of preference assessments and the correspondence of preference assessment results to reinforcer assessment outcomes.
 

Comparing Outcomes of Engagement- and Approach-Based Preference Assessments

Nicole Adamo (Caldwell College), Ruth DeBar (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), KAITLYN DONOVAN (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Identifying preferred stimuli may be challenging for those who work with individuals with developmental disabilities, such as autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Preference assessments have been empirically supported and can generally be categorized as approach-based (e.g., MSWO; multiple-stimulus without replacement) described as presenting stimuli to an individual for brief periods of time and recording approach (i.e., selection) or engagement-based (e.g., SSE; single-stimulus engagement) which measures engagement with a particular item. Few studies have directly compared outcomes produced by engagement-based as compared to approach-based preference assessments. The purpose of the proposed study was to compare the outcomes of a SSE preference assessment across a 30 s, 2 min, 5 min, and a duration based on the typical trade-in time per participant to a MSWO preference assessment across open-and closed-ended activities with four young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected for 50% of sessions across participants and mean agreement was 99% (range, 97%-100%) across sessions and participants. The SSE assessments indicated that some individuals may be more sensitive to access duration than others. Results from the MSWO assessments and SSE assessments identified the same activity as highest-preferred for three of the four participants.

 
Training Staff, Parents, and Special Educators to Conduct Free Operant Preference Assessments
SHANNON WARD (New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Research has suggested that training staff to conduct stimulus preference assessments requires a trainer to provide performance feedback. Although expert-facilitated training is desirable, it is not widely accessible. In this study, the efficacy of an antecedent training tool to implement a free operant preference assessment was evaluated. In Experiment 1, eight newly hired staff members participated. When provided with written instructions alone (the methods section from the published study), accuracy was below criterion levels (90% accuracy) for all participants. When access to enhanced written instructions was provided (i.e., technical jargon was minimized; instructions included pictures, diagrams, and step-by-step examples), 3 of 8 participants accurately implemented the assessment. When the enhanced instructions were modified slightly, accuracy for 4 additional participants increased to criterion levels. In Experiment 2, four parents and special education teachers participated. Accuracy was low for all participants in baseline. When provided with the modified enhanced written instructions, accuracy quickly increased to criterion levels for all participants. Interobserver agreement in both studies was collected in a minimum of 33% of sessions, and was above 96%. Self-instruction packets provide opportunities to disseminate behavior-analytic technology and serve as a training tool that is both accessible and cost effective.
 
 
Symposium #280
CE Offered: BACB
Out of the Organism and Into the Lab: Contemporary Basic Research on Motivating Operations
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Zurich D, Swissotel
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Matthew Lewon, M.A.
Abstract: There has been much recent interest in motivating operations (MOs) in the applied wing of behavior analysis, and this is likely due to the fact that MOs exert a ubiquitous influence on behavior in real-world circumstances. Within the laboratory, motivational variables are more easily controlled and are therefore sometimes overlooked as independent variables in their own right. Perhaps because of this, contemporary basic behavior analytic research on MOs has lagged somewhat behind applied research on the topic. Nevertheless, important basic research on MOs is currently being conducted, and the purpose of this symposium is to highlight some of this research. The presentations in this symposium will describe recent developments in the experimental analysis of motivation, including investigations pertaining to the relationship between MOs and stimulus discrimination and generalization, the relevance of Pavlovian conditioning to the study of motivation, and the importance of MOs in the evaluation of the behavioral characteristics of transgenic mouse models of human disease.
Keyword(s): basic research, establishing operations, motivating operations, motivation
 
The Effects of Establishing and Abolishing Operations on Stimulus Control
AMIN LOTFIZADEH (Easter Seals Southern California/Western Michigan)
Abstract: Studies have found that stimulus control, as evident in generalization gradients, changes when the organism is deprived more or less of the relevant reinforcers. Drug-discrimination studies, however, have not revealed such an effect consistently. A procedural detail that may account for this inconsistency is that deprivation was reduced relative to the training condition in most drug-discrimination studies. Recently, we examined how substantially increasing deprivation affects d-amphetamine discrimination in non-humans. Rats initially were trained to discriminate d-amphetamine (1.0 mg/kg) from vehicle (0 mg/kg) injections under 22-h food deprivation conditions. Dose–response gradients were then obtained under 22-h and 46-h deprivation levels. The ED50 was significantly higher with greater deprivation. This finding suggests that increasing motivation relative to the training condition may reduce stimulus control by drugs, while decreasing it may improve discrimination. This phenomenon was subsequently examined in an observational study to see if the results generalize to human performance, particularly batters' performance in professional baseball as a function of specific establishing operations (EOs).
 
Pavlovian-Instrumental Transfer and Establishing Operations
TIMOTHY EDWARDS (University of Waikato)
Abstract: Conditioned stimulus presentations can function as establishing operations in that they often result in a momentary increase in the efficacy of relevant reinforcers and an increase in the strength of responses that previously produced those reinforcers. The relevance of respondent conditioning to establishing operations has been noted in much of the literature dealing with establishing operations on the conceptual level. However, little relevant experimental research has been carried out. Data from two experimental arrangements designed to study the effects of conditioned stimulus presentations on response strength and reinforcer efficacy with rats will be presented. Because discriminative stimuli are likely to have respondent functions, presentations of discriminative stimuli are also likely to function as establishing operations. On a conceptual level, the distinction between discriminative stimulus functions and establishing operations remains. In practice, however, the respondent functions of discriminative stimuli have important implications. These implications and examples of the relevance of this analysis to applied settings will be discussed.
 
Motivational Characteristics of the mdx Mouse Model of Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy
CHRISTINA M. PETERS (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Pam Van Ry (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Dean Burkin (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Kenneth W. Hunter (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Geneticists have engineered a variety of transgenic knockout mice to serve as animal models for human diseases. One such model, the mdx mouse, is used extensively for Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD) research. While the mdx mouse has been utilized effectively to research various cellular and muscular deficits associated with DMD, attempts to identify behavioral differences between mdx and wild-type (WT) control mice using behavioral neuroscience methods have been unsuccessful. The identification of such differences is important for the evaluation of the effects of preclinical treatments for DMD. The present paper will describe an attempt to evaluate the behavior of the mdx mouse through operant conditioning procedures including but not limited to a delayed non-matching to position task (DNMTP) and escape/avoidance of loud noise. The main finding of this research was that food deprivation and aversive stimulation appeared to have differential motivational effects on mdx relative to WT mice. We will describe these differences and discuss the implications of such findings for behavioral research using nonhuman models of human disease. Potential benefits of this type of interdisciplinary collaboration will also be discussed.
 
Reassessing the Value-Altering Function: Motivating Operations, Extinction, and Stimulus Discrimination
MATTHEW LEWON (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Two classes of antecedent conditions affect the probability of response at any given moment: discriminative stimuli and motivating operations (MOs). While a conceptual distinction between these two classes of events has been maintained, they are both always concurrently operating and function together to evoke behavior. Nevertheless, relatively little is known about the interaction of these two types of events in the development of stimulus control. We will present a combination of data obtained from experimentation we have conducted as well as conceptual analyses drawing from data appearing in the literature to suggest that MOs contribute to the development of discriminated responding by differentially affecting stimuli correlated with either the availability or unavailability of reinforcement. Specifically, greater motivational levels appear to increase the evocative efficacy of stimuli correlated with the availability of reinforcement while simultaneously increasing the extent to which responding is suppressed in the presence of stimuli correlated with the unavailability of reinforcement. This suggests that motivational level during extinction is particularly important in bringing responding under discriminative control. The implications of this analysis will be discussed with regard to the putative value-altering function of MOs.
 
 
Symposium #281
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Innovations in the Use of Equivalence-Based Instruction
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Regency Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Discussant: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Jaime DeQuinzio, Ph.D.
Abstract: Equivalence-based instruction (EBI)provides leaners with the opportunity to go beyond what was explicitly taught and acquire responses that were not directly targeted, thus greatly expanding repertoires and improving the efficiency of instruction. This symposium includes four studies that have used EBI to teach various relations to different types of learners- from challenged learners to advanced learners. Additionally, all participants in all four studies demonstrated the emergence of various untaught relations and responses. The first study was a case study in which an adolescent girl with autism, who had struggled for years with learning to orally label double-digit numerals, learned to do so as an emergent response after learning relations among four types of stimuli representing numbers. The second study found that EBI produced not only novel untrained relations among musical stimuli but sequenced generalization in the form of playing songs on the piano by both children with autism and children of typical development. The third study used EBI to teach graduate students to estimate portion sizes. In the fourth study, graduate students who learned classes of time sampling methods (PIR, MTS, and WIR) via equivalence based instruction showed overall improved responding in written and computerized pretest to posttest scores; whereas, the control group showed little to no improvement in pretest to posttest scores.
Keyword(s): emergent relations, equivalence-based instruction
 

The Emergence of Oral Labeling Following Equivalence-Based Instruction: A Case Study

KELLY DELLA ROSA (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Following years of traditional, direct instruction to orally label numerals, an adolescent girl with autism could not orally label double-digit numbers. Despite this deficit, she could read any written word (e.g., the word thirteen) and had an intense interest in baseball and the names and team affiliations of baseball players. Past research has demonstrated that oral labeling can emerge following equivalence-based instruction (Groskreutz et al., 2010) so we designed an equivalence-based protocol to determine if oral labeling would emerge following training. We used a pretest/posttest experimental design to examine the effects of teaching specific conditional relations among complex auditory visual stimuli (i.e., Class A is the written digit and the auditory word), the written word (Class B), and the corresponding written names of baseball players (Class C) on the emergence of untaught relations and the oral labeling of digits. The format used for training and testing sessions is a match-to-sample protocol using a one-to-many training structure. Stimuli are presented on PowerPoint slides on a touch screen computer that require the participant to engage in an observing response (i.e., touch the screen) to reveal the sample stimulus and to then select the correct comparison stimulus. Prior to equivalence based instruction, pretests were conducted for all relations and for oral labeling of numerals with each set of numbers. Following pretests, A-B and B-C relations were trained. After each training session, a probe was conducted for oral labeling of numerals. Oral labeling of numerals was near zero levels on pretest measures with the exception of one target. Following EBI, the participant learned to label a total of 4 of the 6 target numerals. Post-tests for all relations were also at criterion levels. These data support past research that has found the emergence of untaught repertoires following EBI.

 
Using Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach Piano Skills to Children
Kelli Kent (California State University, Sacramento), KRISTIN GRIFFITH (California State University Sacramento), Emily Darcey (California State University Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of using equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to teach individual note playing and playing a song on the piano. Participants included both typically developing children and children with autism. Six children ranging in age from seven to eleven were exposed to an auditory-visual matching-to-sample procedure using musical stimuli. Following training, researchers tested for the emergence of novel untrained relations and sequenced generalization in the form of playing two songs on the keyboard. Results suggest that the EBI procedure was effective in producing emergent relations and teaching piano playing skills, a leisure activity long associated with collateral benefits such as improving socialization, language, listening and motor skills. The success of this procedure is indicative of the wide-ranging application of EBI to novel and creative domains.
 
Improving Portion-Size Estimation Using Equivalence-Based Instruction
Lisa Trucil (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College), LAUREN K. SCHNELL (Caldwell College)
Abstract: Obesity has become a major health concern in the United States. Obesity can be caused by genetics, socioeconomic status, sedentary lifestyle, and overconsumption. However, the underlying cause for obesity tends to be overconsumption. Interventions are needed that will teach individuals to accurately estimate portion sizes. The current study evaluated the use of equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to teach graduate students to accurately estimate portion sizes. The participants were directed to estimate ¼, ½, and 1 cup portions of various foods. EBI was implemented to teach the participants the portion sizes in a measuring cup, on a plate, and what aids represent each portion. The results demonstrated that EBI is an effective and efficient training procedure. These findings extend the current literature on teaching individuals to accurately estimate portion sizes.
 
Teaching Time-Sampling Procedures to College Students Using Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction
Briana Tingler (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), LEIF ALBRIGHT (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Jessica Day-Watkins (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College), Denise Kerth (Bancroft, Rowan University)
Abstract: Time sampling is a procedure that involves systematically estimating the percentage of time a person engages in a behavior (Saudargas & Zanolli, 1990). Three commonly used time sampling methods are partial interval recording (PIR), momentary time sampling (MTS), and whole interval recording (WIR). Although rules vary for each method, each involves dividing time into blocks of time units, recording the occurrence or nonoccurrence of a target behavior, and calculating the percentage of intervals of engagement/non-engagement in the behavior (Saudargas & Zanolli, 1990). Few studies have investigated how to teach these data collection methods. Stimulus equivalence refers to training relations among stimuli and then testing for emergent untrained relations to determine whether all stimuli occasion the selection of all others. The purpose of the present study was to assess whether different time sampling data collection methods can be taught using a computer-based stimulus-equivalence training model. There were 3 classes of stimuli taught which were momentary time sampling, partial interval recording, and whole interval recording. The members of each class were A (the term), B (definition), C (recommended use), and D (multiple exemplars of vignettes). Undergraduate students at a Northeastern-based private liberal arts university served as participants. A pretest-training- posttest design was used with a control group comparison. The dependent variable was the percentage of correct responses. Generalization of class-consistent responding was also assessed across written tests and sorting tasks. The results increased from an average score of 61% to 98% as a result of training across all training, emergent relations and generalization probes for only the experimental group.
 
 
Symposium #282
CE Offered: BACB
Novel Applications of Behavior Analysis to Teach Typical Learners II
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Vicci Tucci (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium addresses three challenges in teaching typical learners. The first challenge is increasing feedback to individual learners in large classrooms contingent on their specific performances. Two presentations address this challenge. In the first presentation, Erickson will describe an adaptation of Morningside Academy’s teacher-led delayed prompting procedures for students to use as an intervention in paired work with each other. In the second presentation, Reilly and Bohnen will describe a generalized peer coaching procedure for students to give feedback to each other, after both timed practice in reading and math, and paragraph writing. A second challenge in teaching typical learners is implementing evidence-based procedures with fidelity, given the relative novelty of implementing specific protocols in general education, as well as the complex environment of a large classroom. In the third presentation, Lewis will describe one school district’s journey to apply Implementation Science to improve procedural fidelity in reading instruction. A third challenge is teaching learners to cope with the conditioned aversive stimuli that arise from their individual histories of academic failure and challenges. In the last presentation, the Newsomes will describe an ACT-based strategy that they teach to learners to support flexible behaviors and reduce avoidance behaviors.
 
Teaching Children to Use Delayed Prompting Procedures to Coach a Peer’s Performance During Reading, Writing, and Math
NICOLE ERICKSON (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: We use a Delayed Prompting procedure to help our students answer questions that require them to apply reading, math and writing principles we have taught them, in new contexts. During instruction, the teacher asks questions and uses prompts to help the student give the correct answer. When a student makes an error, we do not call on another student to answer, we help the student identify correct their original answer to our question. We use a series of organizational, language, content, and definition prompts to improve their answers. Recently, the first author has taught students how to use delayed prompting to help one another. She will present a student-friendly delayed prompting procedure and recording tool that allows peers to identify the error being made, identify the correct answer, and determine what prompts will work to help their partner correct their errors. Students are able to identify and correct another student’s errors easier when they are partnered with a peer who performs similarly to them. We partner middle level performers with other middle performers, or middle performers with high performers. Videos of teacher-led and student-led delayed prompting procedures will also be presented.
 
Peer Coaching: Increasing Active Behaviors in Reading and Writing Fluency and Composition Writing Tasks
JENNIFER REILLY (Morningside Academy), Bryon Bohnen (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Well meaning educators often overuse prompts with their learners and decrease both the learner’s opportunity and the learner’s responsibility to engage in the learning process. Transferring the responsibility from an adult to the child is the main premise in Solving Behavior and Learning Problems of Children (Ozer, 1980). Ozer defines responsibility in part, as continuing a dialogue between adult and child. Ozer’s principle of Degrees of Responsibilities is an underlying concept used to operationally define target behaviors included in the Levels of Active Behaviors Tracking Sheet (LAB Sheet) designed by Jenni Reilly at Morningside Academy, 2007. Underlying components for the different phases of learning from acquisition to adduction are placed on a continuum and include the degree or level a child initiates and gives a correct unprompted response. This presentation, will describe how Morningside Academy uses the LAB sheet as a tool for guiding peer coaching transactions in precision teaching and composition editing sessions. Students engage in taking turns being a performer and monitor and apply the repertoires of Problem Solver and Active listener defined in Learn to Reason with TAPS: A Talk Aloud Problem Solving Approach (Robbins, 2014).
 

Utilizing Implementation Science Within an MTSS Framework to Improve Teacher Instruction and Learner Reading Outcomes

SONIA M. LEWIS (Michigan's Integrated Behavior and Learning Support Initiative)
Abstract:

Reading research indicates that 90-95% of all students can achieve literacy levels at or approaching grade level. Furthermore, we have research that tells us what evidence-based practices will produce better reading outcomes for learners. Yet, nearly half of American fourth graders have not achieved a minimal level of reading fluency. Knowing what works does not guarantee improved student learning outcomes. The gap from research to practice needs to be filled by high quality implementation, or a specified set of activities designed to put into practice an activity or program. The goal of implementation is to have teachers use innovations effectively. To accomplish this, high-fidelity practitioner behavior must be created and supported. The field of Implementation Science, which is based on the concepts and principles of Applied Behavior Analysis, is the how to create hospitable environments in districts and schools where strong leadership, solid organizational structures, and educators with the necessary competencies to deliver evidenced-based practices becomes routine practice. This presentation will describe one school districts journey to improve teacher instruction, and thus learner reading outcomes utilizing Implementation Science within a Multi-Tier System of Supports (MTSS) framework.

 

"I Hate School, My Brain Is Broken, and My Teachers Are Jerks": Strategies for Undermining Language-Based Barriers to Academic Progress

DONNY NEWSOME (Fit Learning), Kendra B. Newsome (Fit Learning), Staheli Meyer (University of Nevada, Reno & Fit Learning)
Abstract:

For struggling learners, features of the academic context may come to function as conditioned aversives. The environment is smattered with letters, words, numbers and symbols, requiring sufficient academic skills to navigate successfully. When these skills are lacking, the resulting avoidance behavior has considerably different manifestations in verbal learners when compared to animal learning-based avoidance paradigms; there is no lever press to terminate aversive stimulation, and physical escape is often unavailable. Whereas physical or mechanical escape is futile, psychological escape is possible. Behaviors like arguing, giving up, changing the subject, cheating, procrastinating and �checking out�, emerge as the dominant forms of avoidance. Verbally mediated avoidance can persist even when conditions under which the repertoire was established are gone. A student whose reading skills have vastly improved may still resist reading. Exercises informed by Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and Relational Frame Theory (RFT) can help students overcome language-based barriers to progress. Applying Precision Teaching's (PT) measurement and pinpointing, we can produce accelerations of academic skills while producing decelerations of avoidance behaviors. In this presentation we will demonstrate how PT can be integrated with these approaches, and curricula can be developed to support mindful and flexible behaviors in academic settings.

 
 
Symposium #283
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
The Use of a ShaperSpace to Support the Development of Behavior-Analytic Identity
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Regency Ballroom D, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: TBA/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Lee L. Mason (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Alicia Bravo (Victoria University at Wellington)
CE Instructor: Lee L. Mason, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In this symposium, we extend the use of the term makerspace to environments that allow for the contingency-shaping of behavior-analytic interventions and verbal repertoires. A makerspace is an informal establishments where makers gather to create science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) projects of their own devising. Concomitantly, an increasing number of educational researchers are dedicating substantive time to examining the affordances of makerspaces for supporting interest, engagement, and participation in STEM learning. A defining feature of a makerspace is the informal approach in which instructions are minimized to allow for maximal contingency-shaping. Extended to the science of behavior, we propose the term "shaperspace" to describe an environment in which ABA students are challenged with behavioral excesses and deficits, and learn to employ behavior-analytic interventions primarily through successive approximations. Additionally, shaperspaces offer a verbal behavior community to differentially reinforce tractable, pragmatic descriptions over explanatory fictions. The current state of shaperspace and project-based learning community research should not obfuscate the potential benefits of such environments for facilitating the acquisition of a behavior-analytic repertoire. Nor should the current state of shaperspace research, presented here, impede rigorous behavioral research into the educational affordances of such environments.

Keyword(s): behavioral phenomenology, makerspace, supervision, verbal community
 
Novice Behaviors in a MakerSpace: A Behavioral-Phenomenological Investigation
DON DAVIS (North East Independent School District)
Abstract: Given the substantive recent attention given to makerspaces and their potential for supporting learning, this researcher conducted a behavioral-phenomenological investigation of novice behaviors in a makerspace. The results presented here provide a behavioral-phenomenological analysis, similar to a “pre-treatment” functional analysis (Groden, 1989), in the style of Day (1977) and McCorkle (1978) among others (e.g., Dougher, 1989; Leigland, 1989) intended to inform future makerspace / maker research and design. Moreover, the methodology represents a reconciliation between past approaches (e.g., Lahren, 1978; McCorkle, 1978), methodological concerns, such as interrater reliability, and modern development in behavioral research such as derived relational responding (Hayes et al., 2001; Leigland, 1997). Similarly, the research focus on makerspaces and computer science participation highlights research areas of great contemporary interest commonly ignored by the community of behavioral researchers. The researcher will discuss discriminated relationships among participant-articulated relationships to computer science (CS) and related topics, researcher-discriminated participant relationships to CS and related topics, and behaviors observed in situ at the makerspace as well as in interviews.
 
The Effects of Fluency Building on Intraverbal Equivalence Formations
LEE L. MASON (University of Texas at San Antonio), Katherine Tyler (North East Independent School District), Victoria Escobedo (TEAM Autism Center), Rebecca Martinez (Northside Independent School District)
Abstract: The results of three interventions to address deficits in derived responding are presented here. Project-based learning was incorporated within the context of an intensive practicum for graduate students accruing supervised field experience hours. Three pre-service behavior analysts were charged with addressing the verbal behavior deficits of three children with autism spectrum disorder. Each behavior analyst employed a stimulus control ratio equation (SCoRE) to identify individual deficits in derived responding emitted from their assigned child. The results of the derived operant SCoRE served as a "judgmental aid" to more effectively control the behavior of the novice analyst throughout the duration field experience. Based on the results of their child's SCoRE, the behavior analysts then developed specific interventions that were conceptually-systematic with the behavior-analytic literature to address their child's deficits, and then experimentally-evaluated the effects of these interventions. The distinct behavioral deficits of the three children led to three different research questions that provided the context for each pre-service behavior analysts' field experience. One student evaluated different error correction techniques to address deficits in derived responding. Another examined the extent to which teaching reflexive sequelic responses to fluency led to increased transitive sequelic responding. The third researched the effects of transitive response training by assessing the concomitant outcomes of novel transitive responses and structurally-similar symmetrical responses.
 
Conditioning the Control of Reflexive Stimuli Over Derived Responses to Wh- Questions
ALONZO ANDREWS (University of Texas at San Antonio), Laura Joann (TEAM Autism Center), Melissa Kaplan (San Antonio State Supported Living Center)
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder often have difficulty responding to Wh- questions. This may be due to a deficit in relational responding that prevents the individual from producing a response based on the class memberships of stimuli found in the question (Daar, Negrelli, & Dixon, 2015). Hall and Chase (1991) described how intraverbal responding may be analyzed within an equivalence framework. The present study attempted to apply this framework through an intervention designed to increase the responses to "who," "what," and "where" questions. A 6-year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder, who displayed deficits in responding to rotating wh- questions, served as the participant in this idiographic research. A concurrent mulitple-baseline across behaviors design was used to demonstrate a functional relationship between the explicit reinforcement of fill-in-the-blank symmetry relations and stimulus generalization to corresponding wh- questions. Additionally, the emergence of untrained responses to transitive Wh- questions were also assessed. Results indicate that correct responding to Wh- questions was functionally related to the reinforcement contingencies applied specifically to each type of Wh- question. Additionally, our data support the functional independence of symmetrical and transitive control over intraverbal relations.
 

Behavioral Hermeneutics: The Effects of Written Feedback on Special Educator's Use of Behavior-Analytic Terminology

Ernesto Salinas (University of Texas at San Antonio), Caleb Hood (North East Independent School District), Mariana De Los Santos (Bloom Childrens Center), LEE L. MASON (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

A significant obstacle towards developing the behavior-analytic perspective is penchants for using tautological "explanatory fictions" or "mentalisms,"which obfuscate the behavioral conceptualization necessary to effectively address clinical concerns. At a university-based center serving as a field-experience site, pre-service behavior analyst participating in verbal operant training with children with Autism Spectrum Disorders were trained to write a technical description of their interactions with their client subsequent to composing a daily therapy notes. The daily therapy notes were prepared to review with the children's caregivers, and so were specifically composed in common parlance. For the technical description, however, the pre-service behavior analysts were asked to precisely describe how their manipulation of the environment supported their clients' performance and contributed to reducing challenging behavior using the concepts and principles of applied behavior analysis. Specifically, the technical description asked:(a) Which of the childs behavior are you strengthening/weakening? (b) Under what circumstances are the childs behavior excesses/deficits present? And (c) How do you manipulate the childs environment? How does your behavior affect childs responding?The supervising BCBA reviewed this documentation tallying behavior-analytic terms for cumulative examination. This paper presents the results of a multiple-baseline across participants design employed to evaluate the contingent effects of written feedback on supervisees use of behavior-analytic terminology.

 
 
Symposium #284
CE Offered: BACB
Doing Gender: Behavioral Assessment of Implicit and Explicit Gender(ing)
Monday, May 30, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Alpine, Swissotel
Area: TPC/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College)
Discussant: Anthony O'Reilly (University of Essex )
CE Instructor: Maria R. Ruiz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The past dozen years has seen an increased interest by behavior analysts in assessing what cognitivists refer to as implicit cognitions. In response to The Implicit Association Test (IAT) by Greenwald and colleagues behavior analysts have developed and published studies focusing on verbal histories as a core process (e.g. Roche, Ruiz, O'Riordan & Hand, 2005; Gavin, Roche & Ruiz, 2008; Gavin, Roche, Ruiz, Hogan & O'Reilly, 2012; O'Reilly, Roche, Ruiz & Champion, 2013). The most recent iteration is the Function Acquisition Speed Test (FAST) developed by O'Reilly and colleagues. This symposium focuses on Gender related issues and extending the behavioral analysis of doing gender (Ruiz, 1995, 2003) and applying the FAST to assess verbal histories that the authors have demonstrated are related to implicit attitudes.An application to the gaming community is included and implications of negative gendering practices are examined.

 

Developing the Function Acquisition Speed Test: Methodological Improvements and Conceptual Challenges for Attitude Measurement From a Behavioural Perspective

ANTHONY O'REILLY (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Aoife Cartwright (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract:

The Function Acquisition Speed Test (FAST) is a novel implicit attitude measure that applies behavioural principles and methodology to the assessment of subjects' histories of verbal behaviour with regard to particular natural stimulus relations in the vernacular - or, more commonly, their "implicit attitudes". The implicit attitude construct is ubiquitous in social cognitive psychology, but how are "implicit attitudes" best discussed in behavioural terms? This paper will discuss the developing FAST methodology and the conceptual questions surrounding "implicit attitudes", and consider the implications for applying a functional approach to attitude measurement for intervention.

 
Using a Modified Function Acquisition Speed Test (FAST) for Assessing Gender Stereotypes
AOIFE CARTWRIGHT (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Michelle Gogarty (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Anthony O'Reilly (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: The current study was an application of the Function Acquisition Speed Test (FAST) procedure to the assessment of natural stimulus relations in the vernacular. Specifically, this experiment assessed the sensitivity of the FAST to common gender stereotypes of men as “masculine” (i.e., dominant or competitive) and women as “feminine” (i.e., nurturing or gentle). Thirty participants completed a FAST procedure consisting of two testing blocks. In one block, functional response classes were established between classes of stimuli assumed to be stereotype-consistent (i.e., men-agentic and women-communal), and in the other between classes of stimuli assumed to be stereotype-inconsistent (i.e., men-communal and women-agentic). Differences in the rate of class acquisition across the two blocks were quantified using cumulative record-type learning curves plotting correct responses as a function of time. Acquisition rates were significantly faster (i.e., steeper learning curve) for the stereotype-consistent relative to the stereotype-inconsistent block. Corroborating agency/communality stereotypes were observed on an Implicit Association Test containing identical stimuli.
 
Gendering Practices in Video Games: A FAST Assessment
MARIA R. RUIZ (Rollins College), Kevin M. Miraglia (Rollins College), Rachel Vlahov (Rollins College), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: The gaming industry has built itself as a male-dominated space, despite relatively recent efforts to become more inclusive. These efforts have met with backlash against the perceived intrusion of women into gaming recently manifested as Gamergate. We examined the portrayal of women and gamers’ reactions using the Function Acquisition Speed Test (FAST). The FAST yields behavioral measures of so-called implicit attitudes, or as behaviorists understand them, verbal histories. Seven college undergraduates responded to colors directly related to images of a sexualized and a non-sexualized female video game character and to nonsense syllables indirectly (transitively) related to a neutral word / derogatory word used to describe women. In general, participants found it easier to respond to the sexualized character combined with the derogatory word, which may have implications for the way female characters are portrayed in the gaming industry.
 
Sex as a Discriminative Stimulus for Gendered Practices: A Case for an Operational Definition of Gender
MARK RZESZUTEK (St Cloud State University), Elizabeth Harri-Dennis (MNABA), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Radical behaviorism generally rejects dualistic interpretations of natural phenomena, but our culture often imposes dualisms that require our continued analysis (cf. Skinner, 1953). Ruiz (2003) noted that gender as a subject of analysis is mired in dualistic interpretations such as; individual versus environmental control of behavior, male and female as distinct biological categories, and cultural practices that divide into masculine and feminine categories. The purpose of this paper is to extend Ruiz’s (2003) analysis of sex as a discriminative stimulus of gendered practices. For behavior analysts, the object of concern is that gender is dualistically interpreted as a stimulus class and a response class. When gender is defined as a stimulus, a person becomes a discriminative stimulus for how to act in their presence. This is useful in some ways, and helps us to align our behavior with cultural norms. The difficulty becomes when we impose gender as a stimulus on people whose behavior does not align with cultural norms. The purpose of this paper is to demonstrate that a definition of gender that includes such an imposition is not in alignment with radical behaviorism by including a pragmatist-feminist interpretation of gender to inform an operational definition of gender.
 
 
Symposium #285
CE Offered: BACB
Joint Attention, Social Referencing, and Empathy in Children With Autism
Monday, May 30, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald, Ph.D.
Abstract:

It is well established that individuals with autism spectrum disorders have deficits in joint attention and social referencing. Efforts to remediate these deficits have proven to be challenging as the source of difficulty has much to do the failure of social behaviors to function as motivation operations. In the current symposium we will present data from three lines of work in this area. In the first paper, Mary Roberts, explores the effects of using multiple exemplars to increase generalization and maintenance of joint attention. Using 36 different toys, many with a surprise element, children generalized these skills both within and across toy classes. In the second paper, Pamela Peterson, compares social orienting and social referencing performance between children with autism and typical peers in an attention to distress assessment. These data reveal that typical children orient and reference immediately while children with autism do not. In the third paper Elena Carcia-Albea examines procedures to teach children with autism to use appropriate empathetic responding. Using video priming, behavior rehearsal, and socially mediated consequences they successfully taught empathetic responding under the conditions of happiness, frustration, scared and sadness. In addition, empathetic responding generalized across novel stimuli.

 

Multiple Exemplar Training: Effects on Acquisition, Maintenance, and Generalization of Joint Attention Initiation

MARY ROBERTS (New England Center for Children), Elizabeth Sloan (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

The purpose of the present study was to examine the effects of multiple exemplar training on the acquisition, maintenance and generalization of initiating joint attention (IJA). Participants were 3 typically developing children and 4 children with autism spectrum disorder. A composite score was developed based on the performance of the typical samples and used to evaluate IJA of the children with autism. Gaze shifting and commenting were taught using social reinforcement in a multiple exemplar format where training sessions were followed by probes of untrained stimuli both within and across toy classes. Results showed that the children with autism learned to initiate joint attention using social reinforcers. Multiple exemplar training was also effective in facilitating acquisition within and across toy classes and the maintenance of IJA for 3 of the 4 participants. Additionally, stimulus control generalized to a second setting and a second experimenter for all participants. IOA was collected in 31% of all sessions and agreement across all sessions was 95.6%. These results demonstrate the efficacy of using multiple exemplar training on generalization and maintenance of joint attention.

 

Assessment and Treatment of Social Orienting and Social Referencing in Children With Autism

PAMELA PETERSON (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Children with autism show a marked deficit in social skills, including both social orienting and social referencing responses. The purpose of this study was two-fold. First, to evaluate the differences across social orienting and social referencing responses between typically-developing toddlers and children with autism, and secondly to evaluate a treatment protocol for teaching orienting and referencing. An adaptation of the Sigman attention to distress assessment was used which included three conditions: hurt, choke, and spill. Results showed that typical peers had higher percent of both orienting and referencing compared to children with autism. Further analysis revealed differences in the quality of these responses including latency, duration, frequency, and affective behavior. One participant was taught to orient to an adult under a condition of distress (e.g., hurt) and then to reference a familiar adult following the orienting response. Findings indicated that the use of visual prompts and social reinforcers were effective in establishing social orienting and social referencing. Interobserver agreement were collected on30% of the sessions and ranged from 80% and 100% across all training and assessment conditions. Considerations for the generalization and maintenance of these skills are discussed.

 

Establishing a Generalized Repertoire of Empathetic Responding With Children With Autism

ELENA GARCIA-ALBEA (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Abstract:

Children who display appropriate concern and interest when others are sad, happy, scared, or frustrated will likely increase their opportunities for future interactions with peers. Some individuals with autism, however, exhibit severe deficits in empathy. In the current study, a video modeling priming procedure with audio and manual prompts, behavior rehearsals, and socially mediated consequences were used to teach four children with autism a generalized repertoire of empathetic responding. Four experimenter-defined categories (happiness, frustration, scared, and sadness) were used to program for generalization of empathetic responding from trained to novel compound discriminative stimuli. A multiple-probe across participants design was used to assess the effectiveness of the treatment package. Results indicated that the treatment package was effective in the rapid acquisition of empathetic responding. Empathetic responding generalized from trained stimuli to novel stimuli within categories used for teaching and across novel categories of empathy. Empathetic responding also maintained in the absence of the video model. Inter-observer agreement and procedural integrity data were collected on 50% of the sessions and ranged from 98%-100% across all conditions and participants. Results of this study demonstrate that behavior-analytic techniques are effective in improving complex social skills, such as empathy, in children with autism.

 
 
Panel #286
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Licensure of Behavior Analysts: Ethical Considerations, Lessons Learned, and Next Steps
Monday, May 30, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Montreux, Swissotel
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Amanda N. Kelly, Ph.D.
Chair: Amanda N. Kelly (Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis)
KRISTEN E. KOBA-BURDT (Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis)
CHARNA MINTZ (Imagine)
KAREN KELLUM (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Requests for the regulation of the practice of behavior analysis is ever increasing with the adoption of insurance coverage for ABA services. Developing licensure for practitioners of behavior analysis might be possible and could produce benefits for consumers as well as practitioners. In certain cases however, pursuing licensure can be a risky undertaking. This panel consists of individuals from three states in the US, that have recently adopted Licensure laws. Our panelists will describe the pitfalls and pivotal moments along the way. Finally, the panelists will discuss and suggest strategies that may be helpful for other states also seeking to regulate (or redefine) behavior analytic practices.

Keyword(s): ABA Licensure, Hawaii Licensure, Mississippi Licensure, Washington Licensure
 
 
Symposium #288
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Components and Variables Associated With the Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Negative Reinforcement
Monday, May 30, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Mindy Christine Scheithauer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Problem behaviors (PB), such as aggression and disruption, are prevalent among individuals with developmental delays. These behaviors negatively impact development and create a stressor for caregivers. PB is often maintained by negative reinforcement (i.e., escape from demands or aversive situations). The current symposium discusses the effects of specific treatment components and variables associated with the treatment of PB maintained by negative reinforcement exhibited by individuals with developmental delays. The first presentation evaluates diaphragmatic breathing (DB), an intervention commonly recommended, which lacks quantitative evidence for reducing PB. The experimenter prompted DB contingent on precursor behaviors in a demand context and observed decreased rates of PB in one participant, while another required additional treatment components. The second presentation evaluated the weekly frequency of treatment sessions targeting tolerance of dental appointments, finding that more frequent treatment sessions may promote superior outcomes. The final presentation describes the use of a multiple schedule in the treatment of PB maintained by escape from interruption to ones environment. Multiple schedules were used to successfully thin the reinforcement schedule in treatment with two participants. This symposium provides guidelines for clinicians designing treatments for PB maintained by negative reinforcement and provides important extensions to the current literature.

Keyword(s): Autism, Escape, Negative Reinforcement, Problem Behavior
 
Evaluation of Diaphragmatic Breathing on Decreasing Escape-Maintained Aggression
LAUREN PHILLIPS (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Lisa Rettig (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: The use of coping skills, such as diaphragmatic breathing (DB), is sometimes recommended to prevent or reduce the occurrence of problem behavior. For example, the Autism Speaks Challenging Behaviors Tool Kit (2012) advises parents to prompt their children to take deep breaths when they are engaging in challenging behaviors and then to praise independent responding. However, research to date only has demonstrated qualitative improvements in behavior for participants through the use of DB, and further investigation is needed to assess quantitative decreases in problem behavior. In this study, the effectiveness of DB was assessed on reducing the rate of aggression maintained by social negative reinforcement exhibited by two individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. A precursor assessment was conducted to determine behaviors that reliably occurred before aggression, and DB was prompted contingent on precursors during treatment without extinction. Treatment was evaluated using an ABAB reversal design, and reliability was calculated for at least 50% of sessions and averaged over 90%. DB treatment without extinction was effective at reducing aggression for one of two participants. A different treatment that included extinction was required to produce socially significant reductions in the second participant’s aggression.
 

An Evaluation of Inter-Session Interval Duration in Treating Problem Behavior During Mock Dental Exams

JULIA SZALWINSKI (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Abstract:

Dental professionals have reported that problem behavior in individuals with autism precludes adequate care (Kuhn et at., 1994). Prior research has illustrated effective treatments for escape-maintained behavior in this context; however, there is little information on whether the amount of time between treatment sessions impacts treatment effectiveness. However, prior literature has shown that intertrial interval (ITI) duration could have an effect on skill acquisition (e.g.,Tincani et al., 2005). The purpose of this study was to determine whether the length of the ITI impacts the effectiveness of an intervention for escape-maintained problem behavior. The intervention consisted of demand fading and extinction for problem behavior; in one condition, treatment sessions were conducted weekly, and in the second condition treatment sessions were conducted 3-5 times per week. Participants included two students from a residential school for children with autism. A multiple baseline across subjects design is being used to demonstrate experimental control. Results for Subject 1 suggest that ITI is an important variable, in that more frequent sessions produce better treatment outcomes. Subject 2 has not yet experienced the second treatment condition. Inter-observer agreement was calculated for 47% of sessions with 97.4% agreement.

 

Use of a Multiple Schedule for Problem Behaviors Maintained by Avoidance of Interrupted Play

SARAH J. MILLER (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Jessica Alvarez (New Directions Counseling Center), Seth B. Clark (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center/Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Up to 96% of individuals with autism spectrum disorder exhibit complex repetitive behavior (McDougle et al., 1992). Functional analyses have demonstrated that some individuals engage in problem behavior maintained by termination of interruption of repetitive or rigid behaviors, such as a therapist manipulating items the participant has arranged (e.g., Fisher, Adelinis, Thompson, Worsdell, & Zarcone, 1998; Leon, Lazarchick, Rooker, & DeLeon, 2013). In both of these previous studies, participants were taught a functional communication response to terminate or avoid the interruption, resulting in a decrease in problem behavior. However, both studies reinforced mands on a FR1 schedule, and such dense schedules of reinforcement may not always be feasible in the natural environment. The current study used a multiple schedule for two individuals whose problem behavior was determined to be maintained by avoidance of interruption of repetitive play. During the multiple schedule, participants were required to tolerate a periods of interruption of increasing duration without engaging in problem behavior. Access to repetitive play served as the reinforcer for tolerating interruptions. Results show that participants were able to tolerate periods of interruption as a result of treatment.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #289
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Observing Behavior and Discrimination Processes in Children and Adults

Monday, May 30, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Gerson Yukio Tomanari, Ph.D.
Chair: Iver H. Iversen (University of North Florida)
GERSON YUKIO TOMANARI (Universidade de São Paulo)
Dr. Gerson Yukio Tomanari is a full professor at the University of São Paulo (USP), Brazil, institution in which he has completed the Bachelor degree in Psychology (1993), as well as the master (1995) and doctoral (1997) degrees in Experimental Psychology - the latter in collaboration with the University of Massachusetts Medical School - Shriver Center. At the University of São Paulo, Dr. Tomanari coordinates the Laboratory of Experimental Analysis of Behavior. From a comparative perspective involving humans and non-humans, his main interests have been: Behavioral and learning processes, attention, observing behavior, eye movements, visual discrimination, symbolic behavior and concept formation. On these topics, Dr. Tomanari has published more than 60 papers in peer-reviewed journals, books and chapters, and supervised more almost 30 master and doctoral students. He has lectured and taught in the United States, France, Norway, Peru, Japan, and served as “ad hoc” reviewer for the main journals in the field. Dr. Tomanari is the current dean of the Institute of Psychology, USP, as well as the adjunct coordinator of the National Psychology Graduate System of CAPES, an agency of the Ministry of Education in Brazil.
Abstract:

Observing behavior is an operant behavior that has the production of discriminative stimuli as consequence. This presentation will review the main course of the scientific production in this field, from early investigations up to some of the most recent works. To analyze this quite numerous and diverse literature, the speaker will identify and describe the basic observing-response procedures that employed humans as participants, especially children and adults. The maintenance of observing behavior by discriminative stimulus of extinction (that is, S-) compared to discriminative stimulus of reinforcement (that is, S+) will be addressed and two sets of empirical works involving adults and children with typical and atypical development will be presented. The first work will present the current advances in the study of observing behavior by tracking the participants' eye movements. The second work will focus on the role of observing responses in conditional discrimination processes that lead to the formation of equivalence classes. Based on these recent findings, the speaker will discuss how discrimination is established as the product of the main three-term contingency interlocked with the observing-response contingency.

Target Audience:

Basic and applied researchers interested in mechanisms of behavior change. Additionally, it should be of great interest to practitioners in a variety of applied settings.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) define and conceptualize observing behavior in theoretical and methodological terms; (2) describe different studies that investigated observing behavior in children and adults, comparing and discussing their results; (3) expand the role of observing behavior to a variety of learning contexts, including the formation of symbolic classes.
 
 
Symposium #291
CE Offered: BACB
Now What? Comprehensive Competency Based Staff Training Programs for Staff in Settings With Intense Aggressive Behavior
Monday, May 30, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Tammy A. Carroll (Benchmark Human Services)
CE Instructor: John M. Guercio, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The following symposium will provide practical guidelines for training support staff in environments where they will encounter high risk aggressive behavior in the clients that they are serving. The talks will include the implementation of Registered Behavioral Technician (RBT) with direct care staff in an intensive behavioral community based setting. Alternative strategies will be reviewed in the description of a competency based staff training program in a crisis respite setting for staff encountering clients with displays of high frequency aggressive behavior. Scenarios for the safe management of potential problem behavior were presented to staff along with functional responses that they should engage in. The 3rd talk in this symposium will detail a behavioral skills training protocol and its effects on the high intensity behaviors exhibited in a small school setting by a young male student diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and mood disorder (NOS). Each of these training approaches will be accompanied by acquisition data and concomitant client behavioral responses.

Keyword(s): Staff training
 
Measurement of Staff Responses Following Behavior Skills Training and the Effects on a Student Demonstrating High Intensity Behaviors
TINA G. PATTERSON (BCBA Consultant)
Abstract: The discussion will review how educational professionals responded to behavioral skills training and the effects of those components on the high intensity behaviors exhibited in a small school setting by a young male student diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and mood disorder (NOS). The student had a 3-year history of physical aggression towards others and elopement from the school grounds. We will review the components of behavior skills training with each staff person (a combination of verbal explanation, modeling, role-play, video modeling and feedback). The results show that as each staff member demonstrated competence in intervention strategies, the student’s high intensity behaviors were reduced and he was able to transition back to his school of zone.
 
Competency Based Training of Staff in a Developmental Disabilities Crisis Program
JOSEPH A. DARLING (Benchmark Human Services), Dee Sharma (Benchmark Human Services)
Abstract: This project is designed to provide a format for training for all staff assisting in the crisis program. The purpose is two-fold: 1) to have a format to prepare for situations that may come up in the crisis homes so that individuals and staff are safe and receive the maximum assistance and 2) develop rapport between clinical staff and DSPs (team building). Participants were all staff working with individuals in a crisis respite home in Georgia. The presentation will detail the operations of the mobile crisis team. The home is a four-bedroom home in a rural neighborhood and is staffed 24-hours a day with a minimum of two direct care professionals. Clinical and direct support staff were tested on nine protocols addressing common target behaviors and were trained by didactic presentation, demonstration, practice, and then feedback on performance. All participants then completed a post-test to demonstrate competency of each of the nine tasks.
 

Incorporation of Registered Behavioral Technicians Into a Comprehensive Treatment Intervention for an Adult With Autism and Severe Aggressive Behavior

John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services), ROBERT CORMIER (Benchmark Human Services)
Abstract:

The following presentation details the implementation of a changing criterion and design to address the desensitization of an adult male with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), intellectual disability (ID), and severe aggressive behavior to riding in a vehicle while in the community. The subject had a lifelong history of institutionalization and had not successfully been transported in a vehicle for close to 10 years at the time of the study. The presentation will detail the comprehensive behavioral staff training (see Registered Behavioral Technician, BACB, 2015) and integration of behavioral technicians within a comprehensive vehicle desensitization procedure. The results show that the intervention produced decreases in aggressive responding both in his residence and in the vehicle on community outings. Suggestions will be made for future studies in this area.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #292a
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

What is Secular Humanism?

Monday, May 30, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Lucerne, Swissotel
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Edward K. Morris, Ph.D.
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
PHIL ZUCKERMAN (Pitzer College/Claremount Graduate University/University of Aarhus, Denmark)
Phil Zuckerman is a professor of Sociology and Secular Studies at Pitzer College in Claremont, California. He is also a regular affiliated professor at Claremont Graduate University, and he has been a guest professor for two years at the University of Aarhus, Denmark. He is the author of several books, including The Nonreligious (Oxford, 2016), Living the Secular Life (Penguin, 2014), Faith No More (Oxford, 2012), and Society Without God (NYU, 2008) and the editor or several volumes, including Atheism and Secularity (Praeger, 2010) and The Social Theory of W.E.B. Du Bois (Pine Forge, 2004). His research has also been published in various scholarly journals, such as Sociology CompassSociology of ReligionDeviant Behavior, and Religion, Brain, and Behavior.  In 2011, Phil founded the first Secular Studies department in the nation. Secular Studies is an interdisciplinary program focusing on manifestations of the secular in societies and cultures, past and present. Secular Studies entails the study of non-religious people, groups, thought, and cultural expressions. Emphasis is placed upon the meanings, forms, relevance, and impact of political/constitutional secularism, philosophical skepticism, and personal and public secularity. Phil is also currently the series editor of the Secular Studies book series with New York University Press. He blogs for Psychology Today and the Huffington Post. He lives in Claremont, California, with his wife and three children.
Abstract:

Back in the 1950s, fewer than 5% of Americans were non-religious. Today, nearly 30% define themselves as such. And in many other nations, rates of irreligion are even higher. This recent increase of people who describe themselves as "none" in terms of religious identification is one of the most significant demographic shifts in recent history. Who are these non-religious individuals? Are they all atheists? Agnostics? Secular Humanists? And more importantly: what do these various designations even mean? In this lecture, secular typologies and taxonomies will be covered, and secular humanism -- as a growing worldview, existential orientation, and group identification -- will be defined, explored, and explained. For as the number of non-religious men and women continues to dramatically rise both in the USA and abroad, it is more important than ever to understand those men and women who choose to live without religious affiliation or beliefs, and yet still maintain core values, morals, and convictions which influence and direct so many aspects of their lives.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts and graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) discuss sociological knowledge concerning the growing rate of non-religious Americans; (2) define a variety of terms, labels, and typologies developed for describing and defining various types of irreligious people and identities; (3) discuss the meaning and core components of secular humanism.
 
 
Symposium #295
CE Offered: BACB
Service Delivery Models for Caregiver-Mediated Interventions
Monday, May 30, 2016
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University)
Discussant: Natalie A. Parks (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation)
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Tullis, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Many caregivers are playing a larger role in the service delivery of interventions to their children with developmental disabilities. These services can be provided across a variety of settings. This symposium includes four papers on behavioral parent training to address the core and associated deficits associated with autism and related development disabilities. Each study provided caregiver-implemented interventions in a particular setting or across a different medium (i.e., clinic-based, home-based, web-based, or live telehealth). Specifically, Connolly, Wilczynski, Finch and McIntosh evaluated the use of an online training to improve parent confidence within a school setting. Lea, Baker, Gillespie, Walton, and Delfs compared parent satisfaction and programmatic outcomes across three different service delivery models in a large scale parent training program. Walton, Yosick, Shillingsburg, Kansal, and Delfs evaluated the feasibility of a 12- week mand training program delivered via telehealth to the parents of preverbal children with ASD in rural Georgia. Durand and Parks modified a feeding intervention delivered in home by parents and evaluated the generalizability of the intervention. Data will be presented on individual outcomes, parent satisfaction, attendance, and other variables relevant to each study. Information on the feasibility and utility of these technologically-based parent interventions will be discussed.

Keyword(s): Caregiver training, Technology
 

Caregiver-Mediated Mand Training Using Telehealth: A Feasibility Study

WILLIAM WALTON (Marcus Autism Center), Rachel Yosick (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center and Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Abstract: Language deficits are one of the most common presenting complaints of parents of children with ASD (De Giacomo & Fombonne, 1998). Mand Training (MT), which focuses on teaching individuals to request items, activities, or actions from others, is based on the conceptualization of language as verbal behavior first described by Skinner (Skinner, 1957). MT is an intervention for severe language delays that incorporates behavioral techniques (e.g., prompting, reinforcement, specific antecedent manipulations) within naturalistic teaching opportunities (Paul, 2008, Le Blanc et al., 2006). MT can be implemented by therapists through direct services or delivered as a caregiver-mediated intervention (Loughrey et al., 2014). Several barriers to accessing evidence-based treatment for language deficits in ASD are unfortunately, common, and include cost and distance. Other behavioral services have been previously delivered via telehealth technology; however, it is not yet clear if MT is feasible for delivery via telehealth. The purpose of this open pilot study was to evaluate the feasibility of caregiver MT in a well-characterized sample of 15 preverbal children with ASD (ages 2.0 years to 4.9 years) via telehealth in rural Georgia that participated in a 12 week MT program. Data has been collected to determine if therapists can reliably train caregivers with a high level of fidelity, if caregivers can implement MT with fidelity, if there is improvement in the childs social communication skills, and if caregivers find the use of telehealth technology acceptable.

 
Web-Based Parent Training and Identification of Evidence Based Treatments
SARAH CONNOLLY (Marcus Autism Center and Emory University School of Medicine), Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University), Holmes Finch (Ball State University), David E. McIntoch (Ball State University)
Abstract: The process of entering into the special education maze may be an overwhelming task for parents of children with autism who seek to best meet the needs of their children. Poor communication and collaboration between the family and school personnel may result in parental feelings of confusion during IEP meetings, as well as dissatisfaction with services (Stoner et al., 2005). A lack of knowledge regarding their child’s condition or the evidence-based treatments that can improve their child’s educational experiences may serve as a significant barrier to parental involvement. Families who have not learned enough credible information about their child’s diagnosis or treatments may have increased difficulty in advocating for their child’s needs. Web-based instruction is a method of increasing parental knowledge of evidence-based treatments for ASD is an emerging area of research, with a limited number of existing studies exploring the effects of web-based instruction on knowledge acquisition for parents of children with ASD (Jang et al., 2011). Should web-based learning become an option for parents of children with ASD, this may result in more cost effective and time efficient delivery of training in the area of behavioral interventions. The purpose of this study was to explore web-based training as a method of increasing parent knowledge of behavioral interventions for children with autism. The current study also aimed to determine if parents who received the training were better equipped to request these evidence based treatments in their child’s IEP. Findings, implications, and future directions will be discussed.
 

Comparison of Service Delivery Models for a Behavioral Parent Training Program: Clinic-Based, Home-Based, and Telehealth

CLAIRE LEA (The Marcus Autism Center), Ashley Baker (Marcus Autism Center), William Walton (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center and Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Parent training programs based in applied behavior analysis have been utilized as an alternative to intensive behavioral interventions for children with autism to alleviate the costs for parents and lessen the disparity between the number of children with autism who need services and the number of available trained professionals. Positive outcomes of parent training programs have been found when conducted in the home, in the clinic, and more recently via telehealth services; however, more research is needed to evaluate the feasibility and comparative effectiveness. The current study evaluates a 12-week parent training program that provides strategies on teaching new skills and managing problem behavior to over 100 parents of children with autism across the three service delivery models. Collectively, the data show the parent training program increases participants parenting skills and decreases parental stress. The current analysis aimed to assess whether the parents ability to acquire new skills and evaluation of the service differed depending on the location of parent-training.

 

Procedural Modifications of an In-Home Feeding Treatment to Facilitate Generalization and Maintenance With Parent Implementation

SHANNON DURAND (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation), Natalie A. Parks (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation)
Abstract:

Feeding issues and difficulty during mealtime effects up to 40% of all children, ranging from picky eating to almost complete refusal or selectivity (Sharp et al., 2010). Anywhere between three and ten percent of children develop chronic feeding issues that will not resolve without specific intervention. While research on feeding treatments and their effectiveness is rather vast, the literature on parent implementation of protocols, long-term outcomes, and implementing feeding treatments solely in the home setting are much more limited. This study examined the effects of a treatment developed solely within the home setting and that focused heavily on parent training and implementation. The caregiver was trained to implement treatment and long-term gains were measured. Initially the child made remarkable gains in both variety and texture; however, these gains were lost over time. Measures of treatment integrity of caregiver were measured and modifications were made as a result of caregivers inability to maintain high integrity over time to ensure long-term success and outcomes.

 
 
Symposium #296a
CE Offered: BACB
Best Practice Recommendations for Behavioral Economic Demand Curve Analyses
Monday, May 30, 2016
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Zurich C, Swissotel
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas)
Discussant: Steven R. Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Derek D. Reed, Ph.D.
Abstract: The subdiscipline of behavioral science known as “operant behavioral economics” (hereafter termed simply “behavioral economics”) integrates concepts from microeconomic theory and behavior analysis. Behavioral economics provides scientists, researchers, practitioners, and policy makers with unique insights into motivation and reinforcer efficacy. Of particular noteworthiness is the influence of behavioral economics in the domains of addiction, behavioral pharmacology, and empirical public policy. Central to behavioral economics’ success is its unique demand curve analysis that quantifies the degree to which an organism/agency defends its baseline rate of consumption of a target commodity (i.e., its blisspoint). Recent advances in data collection for demand curve studies, as well as the quantitative modeling and analysis of subsequent data, have advanced both the theoretical interpretations and practical applications of behavioral economic principles. This symposium highlights these recent advances in both data collection for and quantitative analyses of demand curves. Contributors will provide data-based recommendations for best practices in this line of research.
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, demand curve, quantitative analysis
 
Construction, Interpretation, and Novel Application of Hypothetical Purchase Task Questionnaires
PETER G. ROMA (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.), Brent Kaplan (The University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas), Steven R. Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.)
Abstract: Hypothetical purchase task (HPT) questionnaires provide quantitative insights on behavioral, motivational, and decision-making processes, preferences, and outcomes at the individual, group, market, and population levels when measuring actual consumption is impossible, impractical, illegal, or unethical. However, the development of HPTs beyond the substance abuse field has been limited. To facilitate broader application of HPTs and provide empirical guidance for construction of novel tasks, we tested the effects of HPT price density (17, 9, or 5 prices) and purchase type (quantity purchased or probability of single purchase) on behavioral economic (BE) measures in 1,219 participants for six generic commodities related to food, household/utility, entertainment, and recreation. The Exponential Model of Demand provided excellent fits (mean R2=0.98). High density HPTs were most sensitive yet most resistant to distortion. BE value measures were lower in quantity vs. probability HPTs. Rank-ordering of commodity values agreed regardless of HPT structural manipulations. Expenditure curves were bimodal, but consistent with Exponential Model predictions. Researchers and practitioners should carefully consider the construction and interpretation of existing and novel HPTs, but these and other data reveal the generalizability of the HPT approach and should encourage novel applications to public health and safety, business, operational environments, and broader national policy.
 

A Comparison of Methods to Describe Economic Demand and Elasticity

LESLEIGH ANN CRADDOCK (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Joshua Jackson (New England Center for Children), Allison Josephine Castile (New England Center for Children), Andrew Nuzzolilli (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Economic demand describes the consumption of a commodity across increases in price. A typical demand curve takes a monotonically decreasing form. In other words, consumption decreases as price increases. In behavioral economic preparations, price and commodity may be considered synonymous with FR value and reinforcer, respectively. Two quantitative models have been frequently used in the behavior analytic literature to describe this relation (Hursh et al., 1988; Hursh & Silberburg, 2008). We directly compared fits of the two equations across multiple data sets. In addition, we investigate the utility of model-neutral, area-under-the-curve measures of demand elasticity.

 
Behavioral Economic Demand Curve Parameters Predict Response to Brief Alcohol Interventions
JAMES MURPHY (University of Memphis), Ashley Dennhardt (University of Memphis), Matthew Martens (University of Missouri), Jessica Skidmore (Scripps Whittier Diabetes Institute), Ali Yurasek (Brown University), James MacKillop (McMaster University), Meghan McDevitt-Murphy (University of Memphis)
Abstract: Identifying both predictors and mechanisms driving treatment response is necessary to improve alcohol treatment efficacy. The present study determine whether behavioral economic indices of alcohol reward value, measured before and immediately after a brief alcohol intervention, predict treatment response. Participants were 133 heavy drinking college students who were randomized to 1 of 3 conditions: brief motivational interview (BMI), brief computerized intervention (BCI), and assessment only. Baseline level of alcohol demand intensity (maximum consumption) significantly predicted drinks per week and alcohol problems at 1-month follow-up. BMI and BCI were associated with an immediate post-session reduction in alcohol demand (p < .001, n2p = .29) that persisted at the 1-month follow-up, with greater reductions in the BMI condition (p = .02, n2p = .06). Reductions in demand intensity and Omax (maximum expenditure) immediately post-session significantly predicted drinking reductions at 1-month follow up (p = .04, ∆ R2 = .02, and p = .01, ∆ R2 = .03, respectively). Behavioral economic reward value indices may function as risk factors for poor intervention response and as clinically relevant markers of change in heavy drinkers. The presentation will include a replication and extension of these results using a second clinical trial sample that included behavioral economic intervention elements.
 
Essential Aspects of "Essential Value" in Behavioral Economic Demand:  Recent Advances in Quantification
BRENT KAPLAN (The University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas), Peter G. Roma (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.), Steven R. Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.)
Abstract: Demand curve analyses are useful for quantifying the relation between consumption of a reinforcer, or commodity, and increasing constraints. One advantage of the exponential demand equation is that it yields a single parameter (α) to describe the rate of change in elasticity across the entire curve. However, because α is not independent of k (range of consumption in logarithmic units), Hursh (2014) recently proposed a new generalized essential value (EV) formula that corrects for this interaction. Also recently, researchers have proposed alternative methods to analyze data from demand curve studies, but the degree to which those equations adequately reflect EV is unknown. We examined data from demand curves across several previous studies to not only test the transitional validity of the new EV formula, but to also examine the degree to which new methods accurately describe the data. Results indicate that EV adequately corrects for differences in k among the majority of demand curves analyzed. In addition, we demonstrate comparative advantages and disadvantages of various methods of analyzing demand curves.
 
 
Symposium #297
CE Offered: BACB
Analyses of Antecedent Variables Related to Improved Academic and Social Behavior
Monday, May 30, 2016
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado School of Medicine and Children's Hospital Colorado)
Discussant: Edward J. Daly (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
CE Instructor: Patrick Romani, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Antecedent-based interventions have been used to address a wide variety of common referral concerns for applied behavior analysts. This symposium will present four papers investigating the effect of antecedent variables on improvements in academic (Schieltz and Wacker and Hamad) and social behavior (Watkins et al. and Torelli et al.). Both Schieltz and Wacker and Hamad present data showing the effect of instructional strategies matched to academic weaknesses on decreases in problem behavior and accurate responding. Watkins and colleagues present a study in which incorporating children diagnosed with autisms interests into play activities increased pro-social behaviors, and Torelli and colleagues present data showing the positive effects of a class-wide multiple-schedule of reinforcement on student disruptive behavior. Together these four papers extend the literature investigating the creative use of antecedent strategies to improve academic and behavioral concerns. Thus, this symposium will provide attendees with information about the extension of antecedent-based interventions to issues of social concern.

Keyword(s): Academic Inteventions, Antecedent Interventions, Social Skills, Stimulus Control
 

Effects of Instructional Strategies on Academic Behavior Maintained by Negative Reinforcement Within Concurrent Schedules

KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (University of Missouri), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether antecedent variables associated with academic tasks biased choice responding towards academic tasks with a history of negative reinforcement. Ella was a fifth grade girl diagnosed with mild intellectual disability. Academic instruction was provided at the first and second grade levels. Primary behavioral concerns were aggression and noncompliance. All procedures were conducted in a 90-min outpatient clinic. IOA was assessed across 40% of sessions and averaged 99%. Assessments were conducted within a concurrent schedules design during all phases. A preference assessment was conducted during Phase 1 to determine the relative value between positive and negative reinforcement. Results suggested that choice allocation was maintained by negative reinforcement, whereby choices occurred away from academic tasks. During Phase 2, a reinforcer assessment was conducted to determine whether positive reinforcement, in the form of attention, biased choice responding towards the academic task. Results showed that attention was not sufficient to maintain choice responding. During Phase 3, an antecedent analysis was conducted to determine whether instructional strategies biased responding towards the academic task. Results showed that choice responding switched to the academic task and improved academic performance, suggesting that the instructional strategy functioned as an abolishing operation.

 

Increasing Peer Social Interactions Using the Preferred Interests of Preschoolers With Autism

LACI WATKINS (The University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Michelle Kuhn (The University of Texas at Austin), Katherine Ledbetter-Cho (Texas State University)
Abstract:

The literature suggests that children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) educated in inclusive settings generally do not interact with their typically developing classmates during social activities. This study assessed whether an antecedent strategy of incorporating the preferred interests of preschoolers with ASD into play activities mutually engaging to typical peers would result in an increase in social interaction. A multiple baseline design across participants (with ABAB phases embedded) was used to demonstrate the effects of the intervention on participant initiations and responses during play sessions with typical peers. Initiations and responses to typical peers increased for all four participants, and generalization to novel peers was observed. Treatment gains were maintained during six-week follow- up sessions. Recommendations for practitioners working with children with ASD in inclusive settings and potential areas of future research are discussed.

 
Teaching Stimulus Control via Class-Wide Multiple Schedules of Reinforcement in Public Elementary School Classrooms
JESSICA TORELLI (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University), Claire Diekman (Vanderbilt University), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: In elementary school classrooms, students commonly recruit teacher attention at inappropriately high rates or at inappropriate times. Multiple schedule interventions have been used to teach stimulus control by signaling to students when reinforcement is and is not available contingent on an appropriate response. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate effects of a class-wide multiple schedule on differentiated rates of student recruitment of teacher attention in two public elementary classrooms. General education teachers implemented the multiple schedule intervention in the context of a common instructional routine (i.e., small group rotations among reading centers). Results indicated that the multiple schedule intervention was effective at decreasing disruptive bids for attention when teacher attention was not available. Additional research on teacher implementation of class-wide multiple schedules is needed to evaluate whether this intervention may be identified as an effective supplement to tier 1 classroom management strategies within multi-tiered systems of support.
 

Testing a Model for Assessment and Intervention Decision-Making for Students With Co-Occurring Behavior Problems and Reading Difficulties in the Classroom: Exploring the Relative Effects of Antecedent Intevention Strategies

ANDREA EGAN HAMAD (Minnesota Department of Human Services), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Many students exhibit behavior problems and reading difficulties in the classroom. Interventions to address these issues have been shown to be increasingly less effective after third grade. A practical model was created in this study to assist researchers and practitioners in assessment and intervention decision-making. Six first-grade students participated in the three parts of this study: (1) functional analysis; (2) reading assessment; (3) brief analysis to test the effects of antecedent interventions matched and mismatched to hypothesis for reading difficulties on off-task behavior and reading accuracy. Results from the functional analyses revealed three participants with attention-maintained problem behavior and three participants with escape-maintained problem behavior and the reading assessment revealed that all six participants exhibited skill deficits. Participants received sessions of antecedent attention and the use of an instructional strategy immediately followed by independent reading in their classroom. Results showed response covariation (i.e., low levels of off-task behavior concurrent with high levels of reading accuracy) for two of six participants when the intervention strategy was matched to hypothesis for reading difficulties. Findings suggest that under some conditions, interventions that directly address reading difficulty may have potential to concurrently decrease problem behavior and increase reading accuracy.

 
 
Symposium #298
CE Offered: BACB
Current Issues and Directions Regarding Stimulus Preference Assessments: Implications for Research and Practice
Monday, May 30, 2016
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: James Moore (University of Southern Mississippi)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: James Moore, Ph.D.
Abstract:

While research has clearly demonstrated the efficacy of stimulus preference assessments in the identification of potential reinforcers, practitioners still rely primarily on indirect methods to select these stimuli (Graff & Karsten, 2014). In the current symposium, we will explore and discuss procedural and theoretical parameters of direct preference assessment in the attempt to increase audience competence in the use of direct methods. Basic procedural issues, as well as complex questions regarding potential sources of stimulus control within the assessment context will be discussed. The focus of this symposium is not only stimulate future research, but to also challenge practitioners to increase their use of direct over indirect assessment methods.

 

Advancements in Brief MSWOs Conducted in Electronic Pictorial and Video-Based Formats With Children With Autism

MATTHEW T. BRODHEAD (Purdue University), Gina Warren Abston (Clinical Director, Cornerstone Autism Center), Meredith Mates (Cornerstone Autism Center)
Abstract:

This presentation will review three recent studies that examined the predictive validity of brief MSWOs conducted in electronic pictorial and video formats with children with autism. The first study will demonstrate the predictive validity of electronic pictorial preference assessment, conducted on an iPad, in predicting reinforcing efficacy of toys. The second study is a replication of the first study, except stimuli were depicted in video format. Finally, the third study examined the extent to which a video-based preference assessment without contingent access to chosen activities (e.g., jumping on a trampoline or playing video-games) corresponded to a video-based preference assessment with contingent access. We also examined the reliability of instructor reports in predicting obtained student preference for activities. All three studies demonstrated the effectiveness of these novel formats of preference assessments and further highlight the importance of systematic evaluation of student preference in early-intensive behavioral intervention settings.

 

The Effects of Pairing Procedures on Subsequent Item Engagement and Challenging Behaviors During Operant Play Conditions

GREGORY R. MANCIL (Louisiana Tech University)
Abstract:

Several research studies have demonstrated the success of using preferences as reinforcement for children with autism and other developmental disabilities (Roane, et. al., 1998). However, children with autism often become obsessed with just one or small set of items, which can relate to higher levels of challenging behaviors (Mancil, 2009). Thus, the purpose of this study was to examine the effects of pairing procedures between preferred items and novelty items and the effects on subsequent item engagement and challenging behaviors during operant play conditions. A multi-element design was used to compare engagement time and challenging behaviors between highly preferred items and novelty items. Data was collected via iPad during 5-minute sessions. Prior to pairing procedures, preference assessments were conducted keeping response effort levels equal across items to identify the highly preferred items. A multiple stimulus with replacement and a paired stimulus preference was conducted on each participant. In addition, novelty items were identified for each participant and tested to ensure a zero level of engagement prior to pairing Novelty items were paired with highly preferred items for each participant. Pairing procedures consisted of requiring the participant to engage with the novelty item with the highly preferred item simultaneously. Results indicate that participants engaged in play with novelty items for significantly higher periods of time and challenging behaviors decreased following pairing procedures with highly preferred items. This study potentially impacts planning for individuals with limited preferences and obsessive interests. IOA was 95% across all conditions and reliability with each observers data was 100% across all observers.

 
The Impact of Stimulus Presentation and Size on Preference
CHRISTOPHER M. FURLOW (The University of Southern Mississippi), James Moore (University of Southern Mississippi), Keith Radley III (University of Southern Mississippi), Evan Dart (University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract: The impact of stimulus size and presentation on choice during a preference assessment was investigated using a modified multiple-stimulus without replacement (MSWO) technique. Stimuli were either presented with a uniform magnitude, as determined by mass, or in a manner consistent with caregiver report of reinforcer consumption. Marked differences in both overall item selection, as well as rank order were observed as a function of the different presentation methods. DESCRIPTORS: Preference assessment, choice, reinforce magnitude, caregiver report
 

Size Matters: An Examination of Stimulus Magnitude With Respect to Reinforcer Efficacy

TRISTA LINN (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Considerations in selecting items to include in a stimulus array for preference and subsequent reinforcer assessments are seldom addressed in the literature. While stimulus selection in preference assessments works on a utilitarian level, there is evidence to suggest that researchers might need to take additional precautions for stimulus selection practices. Specifically, research that does not consider the difference in magnitude between and within items in a stimulus array may result in a lack of correspondence between preference level and reinforcer efficacy (Halbur, Linn, & Witts, 2015). In their study, Halbur et al. (2015) found that preference levels of varying portion sizes of pizza did not reliably predict reinforcer efficacy in subsequent progressive ratio reinforcer assessments. It is our goal to extend DeLeon, Frank, Gregory, and Allman (2009), which demonstrated a correspondence between paired-stimulus preference assessments and progressive ratio reinforcer assessments, by considering magnitude across preferred and non-preferred items in a stimulus array. We conclude with a discussion on practical limitations, additional research considerations, and future directions in stimulus array selection.

 
 
Symposium #299
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Joint Control Research
Monday, May 30, 2016
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: VBC/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: David W. Sidener (Garden Academy)
Discussant: Joyce C. Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Joyce C. Tu, Ed.D.
Abstract: Joint control (Lowenkron, 2005) is explained as an event when a verbal topography currently evoked by one stimulus is also evoked by a second stimulus. In the first presentation, several studies of joint control and it's role in listener responding will be discussed. In addition, several new directions for joint control will be suggested, including applied research. Three joint control research studies will also be included in this symposium. In the first study, joint control methods were used to teach manded selection responses with three children diagnosed with autism. Second, joint control was used as a method to generate novel responding in three individuals with disabilities. And finally, joint control methods were used to teach children to count objects from a larger set (e.g., count 15 from a group of 25 objects) by introducing a verbal mediating response with response product, then gradually fading the presence of the added stimulus.
Keyword(s): Generative Responding, Joint control, Listener responding, Verbal Behavior
 
Recent Joint Control Research and Suggestions for Additional Research Topics
DAVID W. SIDENER (Garden Academy), Joyce C. Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Lauren Sinning (Garden Academy)
Abstract: In a series of papers, Lowenkron and colleagues described a model they referred to as joint control. As described by Lowenkron (2004) the joint control event occurs when a verbal topography currently evoked by one stimulus is also evoked by a second stimulus. That is, the speaker “says” something, sometimes covertly, evoked by one stimulus, then says the same thing but evoked by another stimulus. In the language of verbal behavior, the speaker may be said to emit one verbal operant topography (e.g., “push the green switch”) then when she can emit the same topography as before but as a different operant (as a tact – “There’s the green one!”) the match then jointly controls some other kind of behavior such as a selection response. Several published examinations of this phenomenon have looked at various types of match to sample and listener responding preparations. Recent research is reviewed and, building on that, several new directions for joint control research are suggested, including applied research.
 
The Role of Joint Control in the Acquisition of Listener Responses
ELISA SAHAGUN (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Alex Silva (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.)
Abstract: The purpose of the study is to teach manded selection responses through joint control training to children diagnosed with autism. The goal of this study is to evaluate the role of joint control in teaching selection responses in children with autism. This research investigates the effectiveness of joint control training in teaching selection responses and if self-echoic and tact skills alone will be sufficient in producing name-object responses. Joint control were taught to children with autism such as to echo, tact, and use these two skills jointly to emit correct selection behaviors. The finding demonstrated that echoic and tact training alone did not result in generalized selection response; it was only when the participants were taught to emit the two verbal responses (self-echoic and tact) jointly that the performance in manded selection behavior improved significantly.
 

Joint Control as Another Generative Strategy When Teaching Novel Manded Selection Responses and Tact to Children With Autism

RONALD MORENO (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), HaeRim Choun (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Kelly Montague (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.)
Abstract:

Joint control was used as a method to generate novel responding in three individuals with disabilities. In the training phase, the experimenter taught the participants to select components (nouns, verbs, actions, colors, and objects) of four pictures using joint control. That is, the participants first echo the name of the specific component emitted by the experimenter (e.g., Beige), then select the appropriate picture with the specific component, and finally, tact the specific component. Each component was taught until 80% or higher accuracy was reached. Then the experimenter tested for generative responding in both the manded selection and tact repertoire. The result showed that the participants were able to select and tact the pictures using combination of the components taught in joint control. For example, Man reading a beige magazine. This study shows that joint control can be an additional way to generate novel untrained/unreinforced responses in individuals with disabilities.

 

Behavioral Mediation of Remote Responding: Exploring Other Applications of Joint Control

David W. Sidener (Garden Academy), LAUREN SINNING (Garden Academy), Samantha Lockhart (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

A small but growing group of studies is providing increasing support for behavioral mediation of various matching and other discrimination tasks. In the current examination, we attempted to use joint control methods to teach children to count objects from a larger set (e.g., count 15 from a group of 25 objects) by introducing a verbal mediating response with response product, then gradually fading the presence of the added stimulus. Preliminary findings indicate that for children who could rote count beyond 30 but could not reliably count a specified number from a larger set, the introduction and subsequent fading of a written mediating stimulus may be an effective method to teach remote (e.g., not immediate) tasks like counting.

 
 
Symposium #300
CE Offered: BACB
Self-Monitoring/Management as an Intervention for Aberrant Behaviors
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Jessica E. Frieder, Ph.D.
Abstract: This session will discuss the effectiveness of self-monitoring in treating individuals with aberrant behaviors. First, Self & Match, a self-monitoring intervention that has student-teacher match component and reinforcement, as an effective intervention that leads to increases in appropriate classroom behavior and decreases in maladaptive classroom behavior for students with an autism spectrum disorder in the classroom setting will be reviewed. Next, the application of the Self & Match system to a child diagnosed with autism who was at risk for being removed from his local school district and placed in a center based program for engaging in high rates of inappropriate language will be highlighted. Finally, the results of a peer feedback component on a self-management program will be discussed.
Keyword(s): aberrant behaviors, behavior intervention, self-management, self-monitoring
 

Effectiveness of Self and Match as an Intervention for Increasing Appropriate Classroom Behavior in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders

KATHARINE M. CROCE ("Self & Match")
Abstract:

This study evaluated Self & Match, a self-monitoring intervention that has student-teacher match component and reinforcement, to improve appropriate classroom behavior of seven students diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder, receiving applied behavior analytic services as a part of their Individualized Education Program (IEP). Using a multiple-baseline withinsubjects and across behaviors with a probe assessment design, the effectiveness of Self & Match was evaluated in the classroom setting. The results indicated that Self & Match is an effective intervention that leads to increases in appropriate classroom behavior and decreases in maladaptive classroom behavior for students with an autism spectrum disorder in the classroom setting.

 

"Self & Match" in the Schools: A Preliminary Analysis of Utilizing Self Management Procedures With Students at Risk for Alternative Educational Placements

ANDREW BULLA (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Self-Monitoring/Self-Management is an evidence-based intervention for managing aberrant behaviors in school settings, so much so it is often utilized as a tier two intervention in a Response to Intervention (RtI) framework. This presentation will discuss the successful application of the Self & Match" system, a self management motivational system, for a child diagnosed with autism who was at risk for being removed from his local school district and placed in a center based program for engaging in high rates of inappropriate language. Functional behavior assessment results will be discussed, as well as outcomes from the intervention. Implications for future research will also be reviewed.

 

Evaluating the Effects of Peer Supports on Self-Management

SEAN FIELD (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College)
Abstract:

The use of self-management to assist with the management of problem behavior and to increase on-task academic behaviors has been demonstrated as an effective behavioral strategy. However, some common impediments to their wide spread use include the demands that are often placed on teachers and the ability of the student to maintain and generalize the repertoire. The current study evaluated the effects of a peer feedback component on a self-management program. Students were trained to implement a self-management procedure and then allowed to gain peer attention and feedback for achieving specific performance levels. The results of the study will be discussed followed by a discussion of the limitations of the current study and directions for future research.

 
 
Symposium #301
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis and Traumatic Brain Injury
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Anneka Hofschneider (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Discussant: Chris Persel (Centre for Neuro Skills)
CE Instructor: Anneka Hofschneider, M.A.
Abstract:

An estimated 2.5 million Americans sustain an isolated or compounding brain injury. According to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), a diagnosis of Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI) affected more than 280,000 hospitalizations and 2.2 million Emergency Department visits (2010). Survivors may suffer effects lasting several days to their whole lifetime. These conditions include impairments in cognition, executive functioning, movement, sensation, and emotional and behavior functioning (CDC, 2010). Maladaptive behaviors observed following a brain injury vary across individuals. Common factors identified to contribute to their occurrence include location and severity of injury, verbal and physical skills, time post-injury, and treatment course. In addition, hospitalization and further medical treatment impact maladaptive behaviors, from pharmacological restraints to inappropriate consequence contingencies which do not address function of behavior. The purpose of this symposium is to feature several cases that have greatly benefitted from Applied Behavior Analysis procedures integrated into the Neurorehabilitation setting. Such procedures were implemented as function-based and have been observed to impact overall improvements in rehabilitation potential, level of care, and quality of life.

Keyword(s): brain injury, independent living, neurorehabilitation
 

"I Love You, but I Gotta Get the !@#$% Outta Here"

CHRIS PERSEL (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Abstract:

This talk will present a case study on a 49-year-old male who suffered a traumatic brain injury. Admission to a post-acute rehabilitation program with behavior analytic programming was prioritized for this individual due to history of maladaptive behaviors observed during hospitalization and acute care. Upon admission, confusion, agitation, swatting, body-shoving, exiting, and perseverative speech were observed. These behaviors appeared to be escape-maintained and impeded therapy. Procedures that included escape extinction were implemented. Cooperation and participation in therapy and safe behaviors, necessary for discharge and return to work, were measured pre- and post-implementation. Data monitoring indicated marked improvements ranging from 0% cooperation at admission to 100% cooperation at discharge. Post-intervention data demonstrated an increase to 100% cooperation at discharge. Data and graphical analyses will be presented, along with limitations.

 
Brain Injury, Language Deficits, and Escape: Overcoming Challenges in Rehabilitation
MATTHEW SABO (Centre for Neuro Skills), Anneka Hofschneider (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Abstract: Further applications of escape-extinction procedures are analyzed. Findings from two case studies utilizing similar design procedures will be presented. Similarities between the clinical features of these cases, including receptive aphasia and apraxia, will be discussed. The first case study will discuss history, injury severity, and maladaptive behaviors as demonstrated by a 63- year-old male. Maladaptive behaviors included exiting, spitting, nonsensical speech, and yelling. Visual cues and modeling were utilized along with use of written instructions to promote skill reacquisition. Graduated guidance was utilized in compliance training. Results demonstrated gradual lessening of maladaptive behaviors with application of strategy. The second case will review the implementation of similar procedures to address confusion, yelling, and noncompliance secondary to expressive aphasia demonstrated by a 63-year-old- male. The use of escape extinction, response interruption, verbal and physical prompting will be discussed. Findings and limitations will be reviewed as well.
 
 
Panel #302
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethics Cases That Will Drive You Crazy
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D.
Chair: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University)
VALBONA DEMIRI (Hopewell Valley Regional School District/Endicott)
THOMAS L. ZANE (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis has grown in popularity over the past 20 years, to the point of being a high-demand service in the area of autism and developmental disabilities. Our field has an ethical code that governs our professional behavior. However, there are an increasing number of incidents of behavior analysts behaving in ways that are in conflict with ethics and best practice. Section 7 of the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code obligates behavior analysts to approach behaviorists who are drifting from our ethical code, in an attempt to rectify potentially unethical situations. The panel members will start this session by briefly describing some cases where behavior analysts were engaging in ethically questionable practices and how they were resolved. The bulk of this session will provide opportunities for dialog between the audience and panel members to discuss questions of practice by audience members, and strategies to resolve these potential ethical situations. Participants will be given decision-making strategies and role-play various scenarios to better prepare them for improving the behavior of behavior analysts who may be drifting from ethical practice.

Keyword(s): ethics, practice, service delivery
 
 
Symposium #303
CE Offered: BACB
Cultural and Social Behavior in Behavioral Perspective
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Montreux, Swissotel
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium consists of three papers, each of which focuses on the behavioral analysis of cultural and social behavior. The first presentation, by Linda Parrott Hayes, focuses on cultural behavior, specifically describing its unique features relative to other types of behavior. Particular emphasis is placed on the arbitrary nature of cultural behavior, as well as it's artificiality, adequacy and inconsistency. Also addressed are conditions under which cultural behavior is acquired, modified and eliminated, along with their implications for social order. The second presentation, by Mitch Fryling, describes an analysis of interpersonal relationships, especially interpersonal closeness and conflict. Emphasis is placed on behavioral processes involved in observational learning, stimulus substitution and stimulus-stimulus relations more broadly, and the observation of another person's thoughts. The practical implications of this analysis for both educational and therapeutic interventions are provided. Finally, the third presentation, by Genevieve DeBernardis, focuses on community behavior, and in particular on the extent to which coordinated patterns of behavior contribute to eco-friendly practices.

Keyword(s): Cultural Behavior, Social Issues
 
Cultural Behavior
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: While each individual’s full psychological make-up is uniquely configured, some of its patterns are shared with other members of the groups in which the individual is a participant. Some of these shared patterns are attributable to common ecological circumstances, while some are artificial in this regard. Conventional behaviors of the latter sort, namely cultural behaviors, are distinguished by the arbitrariness of their response forms as relates to the natural properties of the stimulating objects with which they are coordinated and by their non-universal distribution across the population. These distinctions speak to the means and conditions under which cultural behaviors are acquired, as well as the type of organism capable of exhibiting behavior of this type. This paper examines the nature of cultural behavior including its artificiality, arbitrariness, adequacy and inconsistency as exemplified in religious belief. Also addressed are conditions under which cultural behavior is acquired, modified and eliminated, along with their implications for social order.
 
Conceptualizing Interpersonal Closeness and Conflict
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: Interpersonal relationships are central to the day-to-day lives of humans. Helping professionals spend a considerable amount of time on these relationships while working with clients, including the improvement of impaired relationships, enhancement of existing relationships, and the development of new relationships. In addition, the therapeutic relationship, which is also an interpersonal relationship, has been of interest to many helping professionals. This presentation describes a behavior analytic conceptualization of interpersonal relationships, including factors that contribute to the development of “close” or intimate relationships as well as those which contribute to interpersonal conflict. In particular, processes associated with observation, stimulus-stimulus relations, stimulus substitution, and the observation of thoughts are considered. This conceptualization is contrasted with traditional, mentalistic ways of thinking about the topic. Special emphasis is given to factors that may be isolated during educational and therapeutic interventions.
 
The Role of the Community in Eco-Conscious Change
GENEVIEVE M. DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: It is becoming increasingly important that communities protect and improve upon the environment that surrounds them. However, the challenge with creating rapid social change in response to environmental issues is that many of the consequences of eco-positive behavior are significantly delayed. In addition, these behaviors require coordinated efforts of individuals in the community in order to provide a lasting impact. Despite these barriers, some communities have had great success in promoting and sustaining eco-friendly behavior. One example of this is the elimination of littering. This paper will cover examples of communities that have been successful in instilling the principle of “leaving no trace” in their culture. Examples will range from large, permanent cities to small, temporary gatherings of people. The success of these communities will be discussed from a behavior analytic perspective, concluding with ways in which behavior analysts can expand and improve upon these approaches.
 
 
Symposium #304
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Methods for Aiding in Assessment or Treatment of Problem Behavior
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: William H. Ahearn, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium consists of three talks. The first talk will be delivered by Seth Clark from The Marcus Autism Center. Concurrent operant and progressive ratio schedules are each useful approaches to evaluating the influence of qualitative differences between reinforcers. This investigation examined the influence of qualitative differences between functional reinforcers shown to maintain problem behavior (i.e., differing qualities of attention and different types of restraint) within the context of treatment. The second talk will be delivered by Travis Jones of the University of Florida. DRO is implemented in a variety of ways and sometimes involve instructions. Contingency-specifying instructions occasionally are delivered at the beginning of the session, and a recent study by Watts and colleagues (2013) in which DRO was implemented with and without instructions found that instructions were either (a) necessary to effect behavior reduction or (b) more efficient than DRO without instructions. This study conducted a further analysis of the effects of instruction alone, DRO alone, and DRO plus instruction. The third talk by Bill Ahearn of the New England Center for Children will discuss the roles preference assessment played in the treatment of problem behavior across three areas of treatment.
Keyword(s): concurrent operants, DRO, preference
 
The Utility of Concurrent Operant and Progressive Ratio Assessments to Clarify Functional Reinforcers
SETH B. CLARK (Marcus Autism Center), Andrea Zawoyski (University of Georgia), Peyton Groff (Georgia Neurobehavioral Associates), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Sensitivities to different aspects of a reinforcer can impact the outcome of a functional assessment, as well the outcome of function-based treatments. For example, different qualities of attention provided within an assessment may bias the outcome (Gardner, Wacker, & Boelter, 2009; Kodak, Northup, & Kelley, 2007). Concurrent operant and progressive ratio schedules are each useful approaches to evaluating the influence of qualitative differences between reinforcers (Gardner et al., 2009). The current investigation examined the influence of qualitative differences between functional reinforcers shown to maintain problem behavior (i.e., differing qualities of attention and different types of restraint) within the context of treatment. Participants were two individuals with developmental disabilities who engaged in severe problem behavior. Each completed a concurrent operant assessment to determine which qualities of attention or types of restraint were most preferred, and progressive ratio analyses to examine the degree to which the different qualities of attention or restraint affected their potency as reinforcers. Assessment results were then incorporated into treatment. A clear preference for one type of reinforcer was observed for both participants. Results suggest the utility of concurrent operant and progressive ratio analyses for functional reinforcers have the potential to affect treatment outcomes.
 

Effects of Instructions on Responding Under DRO Contingencies

TRAVIS JONES (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) is implemented in a variety of ways, but typically involves delivery of reinforcement following a period of time during which a target behavior did not occur. Contingency-specifying instructions occasionally are delivered at the beginning of the session, and a recent study (Watts, Wilder, Gregory, Leon, & Ditzian, 2013) in which DRO was implemented with and without instructions found that instructions were either (a) necessary to effect behavior reduction or (b) more efficient than DRO without instructions. Because these results may have been an artifact of the experimental design and procedure, we conducted a further analysis of the effects of instruction alone, DRO alone, and DRO plus instruction. Instruction alone was effective in reducing the target behavior (engagement with a highly preferred leisure item) for two of four subjects, and DRO alone and DRO plus instruction were effective for all subjects. DRO plus instruction was more efficient for one subject.

 
The Role of Assessing Preference Across Various Treatment Strategies
WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children), Clelia Garance Deltour (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Preference assessments play a variety of roles in the treatment of problem behavior. This presentation will review the contribution of preference assessment to three areas of treatment. The first involves treating stereotypic behavior maintained by automatic positive reinforcement. Duration-based preference assessment can play a helpful role in identifying competing activities and data from several studies will be presented briefly. The second involves behavior likely maintained by automatic negative reinforcement. Preference for and aversion to activities was evaluated while assessing and treating behavior related to anxiety-provoking events. Finally, in a third study preference for and aversion to activities was evaluated in a different manner for problem behavior occurring during transitions. The results obtained in all three lines of work suggest that preference assessments can helpfully contribute to treatment success. Interobserver Agreement (IOA) data were collected for at least 30% of all assessment and treatment sessions and IOA averaged over 90% for all conditions.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #305
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Behavioral Cusps: Twenty Years Later
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz, Ph.D.
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Presenting Authors: : JES&UACUTE;S ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Rosales-Ruiz and Baer first wrote about the concept of behavioral cusps in 1996. However, it wasn't until the publication of a JABA article the next year (Rosales-Ruiz and Baer 1997) and a follow-up article by Bosch and Fuqua (2001) that the idea begins to spread throughout behavior analysis. A behavioral cusp is a special type of behavior change because it brings the organism in contact with new contingencies that have even more far-reaching consequences. The concept of the cusp has been both theoretically and pragmatically useful for the field of behavior analysis. In practice, the concept of the cusp helps guide the selection of target behaviors. In theory, it contributes significantly to our understanding of the way that behavior changes. This presentation will illustrate the concept of the cusp and distinguish it from other types of behavior change, such as generativity, and types of behavior, such as pivotal behaviors. It will also highlight some of the developments that have helped advance the concept of the cusp over the last 20 years and discuss the theoretical importance of the cusp concept.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This tutorial will be of interest to basic and applied researchers interested in mechanisms of behavior change and to practitioners who work in a variety of applied settings.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: 1) Describe the difference between behavioral cusps and other types of behavior change. 2) Identify cusps in teaching situations in applied settings. 3) List possible behaviors that could be cusps.
 
JES&UACUTE;S ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas)
Jesús Rosales-Ruiz is an associate professor at the University of North Texas in the Department of Behavior Analysis. He obtained his Ph.D. from the University of Kansas in 1995, under the mentorship of two pioneers in the field of behavior analysis, Donald M. Baer and Ogden R. Lindsley. Jesús is one of the few scientists in the world studying animal training from both the theoretical and applied perspectives. He, along with his students, has greatly contributed to the understanding of the science and practice of animal training. Jesús also studies the antecedent control of behavior, generalization, behavioral cusps, fluency-based teaching, treatment of autism, teaching of academic behavior, rule-governed behavior and contingency-shaped behavior. He has served on several editorial boards, including the Journal of Precision Teaching, the European Journal of Behavior Analysis, and the International Journal of Psychology and Psychological Therapy. He has also served as a reviewer for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, the Journal of Neuroscience Methods, Behavioral Processes, and PLOS ONE. Jesús is a fellow of the Eastern Psychological Association, a trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies and a member of the Association for Behavior Analysis International.
Keyword(s): Behavior change, Behavioral cusps, Generativity, Pivotal response
 
 
Symposium #306
CE Offered: BACB
Current Investigations in Animal Learning
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Zurich D, Swissotel
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Linda Muckey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
CE Instructor: Ashley Shayter, M.D.
Abstract:

The present set of investigations use three separate animal species to demonstrate the fundamental processes underlying human operant behavior. The continuity of species is a core assumption of the field of behavior analysis, and the use of these invertebrate and basic mammal species highlight the role of motivation both organismically and chemically, and highlight how such variables affect responsiveness to immediate environmental contingencies. The studies will show probabilistic discounting in rats, variables affecting the motivation of cockroaches, and the effects of psychoactive chemical compounds in flatworms.

Keyword(s): Delay Discounting, Invertebrate Animals, Motivation, Rats
 
Probabilistic Outcomes in Nonhuman Delay Discounting
JAY HINNENKAMP (Utah State), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University)
Abstract: Delay discounting refers to the observation that the consequences of our actions lose subjective value as they are delayed in time (Madden & Johnson, 2010). To understand why delayed consequences exert less control over behavior than more immediate consequences, research has manipulated a variety of behavioral, pharmacological, and neuromodulatory factors (Gray & MacKillop, 2015). One factor that has been shown to influence human choice of smaller sooner vs. larger later consequences, but has received little attention within animal delay-discounting research, is the probability at which larger-later consequences are delivered (Mahrer, 1956). This paper will discuss the results of a between-subjects experiment that explored the effects of two different probabilistic schedules – one that delivers food with an increasing probability across time and one that delivers food with a decreasing probability across time – on rats’ impulsive choice. Furthermore, the paper will discus the relationship between rats’ interval timing during probability training and their choice within the impulsive choice assessment.
 
Assessing Motivation in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach
ASHLEY SHAYTER (Southern Illinois University), Matthew L. Johnson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Proportion of free-feeding body weight has become an important preparation for ensuring that appropriate motivating operations are present in laboratory organisms. While well suited to work with rodents, body weight is less predictive of motivation in invertebrate organisms due to their larger proportion of weight from exoskeleton, reduced organ mass, and comparatively less fat and muscle mass. Additionally, the practice of limiting access to food to increase the value of edibles has been observed in some invertebrates to be detrimental in evoking food acquisition behaviors. This paper will present a discussion on the differences between vertebrate and invertebrate physiology as related to food-seeking behaviors and will explore methods that seek to better determine appropriate motivating operations for the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (Gromphadorhina portenosa). Weight differences between free-feeding and deprivation will be discussed in relation to the standard proportion of body weight currently used, in addition to the amount and rates of consumption, and the utility of a free operant motivation assessment prior to conducting an experiment. Finally, a simple lever-pressing task was used in order to determine whether such assessments are better able to predict higher rates of responding. Implications of these findings and future research directions will be discussed.
 
An Invertebrate Animal Model to Assess Psychoactive Properties of Tobacco Alkaloids
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University), Nick Thompson (South Dakota State University), Shafiqur Rahman (South Dakota State University), Heath Arens (South Dakota State University)
Abstract: Conditioned place preference (CPP) is used to assess the abuse potential of psychoactive substances, using animals as models. Invertebrates such as the planarian flatworm are widely used in the CPP procedure. In the CPP, if animals are found to spend more time in an environment in which a putative psychoactive had been experienced, relative to settings in which a placebo had been localized, the psychoactive agent has addiction/abuse potential. Current research has highlighted that tobacco contains several compounds with unknown psychoactive properties. Given the outcome that nicotine replacement therapies have very high failure rates, it is likely that tobacco dependence is not solely based on nicotine. We will present data on the alkaloid compounds in tobacco, namely, cotinine, nornicotine, and anabasine for their psychoactive potential using the CPP animal model protocol.
 
 
Panel #308
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Refining Competency-Based Supervision in Behavior Analysis: Practical Challenges and Solutions
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Gwen Dwiggins, Ph.D.
Chair: Kara Batson (Accelerated Learning Clinic)
GWEN DWIGGINS (Accelerated Learning Clinic)
JAMIE HUGHES (Summit Autism Services)
JUSTIN N. KYRIANNIS (Achievable Behavior Strategies, LLC)
Abstract:

The purpose of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) supervision experience is to improve behavior analytic, professional, and ethical repertoires of the supervisee, and monitor the performance of supervisees in the field. The independent fieldwork supervisory requirements can be a challenge for supervisees to adhere to if the individual providing supervision is not well versed in the regulations, and up-to-date on the changing requirements. The supervision experience should be carefully programmed, with competency-based assessments conducted of the supervisee's skills. There should be a clear course of study, supervisee's behavior should be operationally defined with objective and measurable goals to determine the application of their skills, and supervisees should receive prudent guidance to enhance their professional development. Supervisees should clearly demonstrate mastery of the competencies outlined in the BACB Task list. This will increase the quality of their experience, uphold the values of the field, and ensure practice requirements are of the highest fidelity and rigor. Panelists will discuss competency-based training standards, the use of a professional portfolio todocument the supervisory experience, and the use of video modeling. Challenges encountered while supervising individuals in community settings will be discussed, as well as solutions to address these issues.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #309
CE Offered: PSY

Quantitative Modeling in Behavioral Analysis, Part 1: Why?

Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Lucerne, Swissotel
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Federico Sanabria, Ph.D.
Chair: Blake A. Hutsell (Virginia Commonwealth University)
FEDERICO SANABRIA (Arizona State University)
Dr. Sanabria is an associate professor of psychology at Arizona State University and principal investigator at the Basic Behavioral Processes laboratory. He is also affiliated to the neuroscience program in Arizona State University. Dr. Sanabria received his professional degree in psychology from the Universidad de los Andes en Bogotá (Colombia), where he spent a few years as marketing research analyst. He received his doctoral degree in experimental psychology in 2004 from Stony Brook University, where he worked on self-control under the guidance of Dr. Howard Rachlin. He was a postdoctoral research associate under the supervision of Dr. Peter Killeen (2004–2008) and Dr. Janet Neisewander (2008) in Arizona State University. He has published over 40 peer-reviewed publications in the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB), Behavioural Brain Research, Psychopharmacology, and other journals. He is the president-elect of the International Society for Comparative Psychology, board member of the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior, and associate editor of JEAB and Learning and Behavior. His research is primarily concerned with the development and evaluation of quantitative models of basic behavioral processes (learning, timing, choice, and regulation) in psychiatric disorders (mainly, substance abuse and attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder).
Abstract:

Quantitative modeling is increasingly common in behavior analysis. Performance on concurrent schedules, timing, delay discounting, behavioral momentum, schedule and stimulus control, variability of inter-response times, and many other aspects of behavior, are often characterized in terms of mathematical equations and computational algorithms. This presentation outlines the advantages, challenges, and pitfalls of a quantitative analysis of behavior. In particular, this presentation is focused on identifying the outcomes that quantitative models may and may not deliver, the assumptions and pre-requisites for quantitative modeling, the risks involved in this strategy, and the tactics that minimize such risks. The presentation will introduce the concepts of model-based inference, parameter estimation, stochastic vs. deterministic models, likelihood vs. probability, parsimony vs. goodness-of-fit, Bayesian modeling, and model selection. This introduction will set the stage for the practical implementation of some of these concepts.

Target Audience:

Licensed Psychologists and those interesed in quantitative modeling.

Learning Objectives: At the end of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) identify the advantages and challenges associated with a quantitative analysis of behavior, relative to conventional approaches to behavior analytic research; (2) identify and appropriately use the concepts of model-based inference, parameter estimation, stochastic and deterministic models, likelihood and probability, parsimony and goodness-of-fit, Bayesian modeling, and model selection.
 
 
Symposium #312
CE Offered: BACB
Variations of Prompting and Reinforcement Arrangements During Skill Acquisition and Maintenance for Individuals With Autism
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Meagan Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Meagan Gregory, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Prompting and reinforcement are important components of any instructional program for learners with autism spectrum disorders. The current symposium includes four papers describing modifications to prompting procedures during intraverbal and imitation training and evaluations of different reinforcement arrangements in acquisition and maintenance trials. In the first paper, imitation training was conducted using two therapists, one functioning as a model and one as a prompter. In addition, the effects of a continuous model were also evaluated. In the second paper, the efficacy and efficiency of two types of stimulus control transfer procedures for intraverbal acquisition were evaluated in a replication and extension of Coon & Miguel (2012) conducted with children with autism. In the third paper, the effects of quality of reinforcement on the speed of target acquisition were examined, and the fourth paper evaluated the effects of different schedules of reinforcement on maintenance tasks.

Keyword(s): learning history, maintenance, prompting, skill acquisition
 

A Comparison of Imitation Training With and Without a Second Therapist

CARA L. PHILLIPS (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Meghan Deshais (University of Florida), Katie Wiskow (Texas Tech University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that imitation is a beneficial skill for children because it can facilitate learning a variety of skills (e.g., through modeling). Additionally, imitation skills have been linked to desirable outcomes for children diagnosed with autism, but the skill is often lacking in this population. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effects of a second therapist on the acquisition of imitative responses to examine the possibility that the presence or absence of a delay between the therapist model and the subjects response might effect acquisition. That is, in the standard model for imitation training, the task is similar to a delayed match-to-sample procedure, which may be more difficult than matching an ongoing sample. Three participants with autism were exposed to three conditions: a 1-therapist (standard) condition, a 2-therapist (delayed) condition, and a 2-therapist (ongoing) condition. Overall results indicated that the 2-person (ongoing) condition was the most efficient with regard to acquisition. These results suggest that the benefit of a 2-therapist arrangement during imitation training can be attributed to the absence of a delay between the therapists model and the subjects response, not the assistance provided by the second therapist per se.

 

Effects of Exposure to Prompts on the Acquisition of Intraverbals in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Jessica Kay (Caldwell College), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), JAMIE FETZER (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Mixed findings in past research on efficacy and efficiency of stimulus control transfer procedures for intraverbal acquisition might be due to exposure to those procedures (Coon & Miguel, 2012). The current study systematically replicated Coon and Miguel (2012) by evaluating the efficiency of echoic and tact prompts on the acquisition of French-to-English translations following exposure to each prompt type. We extended Coon and Miguel by (a) evaluating the effects of exposure to the procedures with children with autism spectrum disorder, (b) including behavior-specific praise and (c) evaluating participants current language repertoires. For 2 of 4 participants, the procedure with the most recent exposure resulted in faster acquisition of intraverbals, suggesting the importance of examining learning history prior to selecting teaching procedures.

 

Effects of Different Reinforcement Schedules During Maintenance Assessment

ERIN RICHARD WHITE (Alpine Learning Group), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Maintenance of treatment effects has been a hallmark of applied behavior analysis since its inception. Despite this, there is limited research in this area. The purpose of this study was to compare the effects of three different reinforcement schedules on the maintenance of skills using an alternating treatments design. Three adults with autism were each taught three separate targets in each of three different skill areas: tacting, spelling, and assembling, for a total of nine experimental analyses. Following acquisition, each target was placed on one of three reinforcement schedules (i.e., extinction, VR 3, and FR 1), and data were collected every other week for eight weeks. In the final phase, all targets were placed on extinction, and data continued to be collected every two weeks for an additional eight weeks. Results of this on-going study will be discussed in terms of optimal reinforcement schedules for maintaining treatment effects. Areas for future research will be discussed.

 

The Effects of Reinforcer Quality on Rate of Skill Acquisition by Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders

JENELLE WADE (STE Consultants), Meagan Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Clare Liddon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Discrete trial training often employs the use of positive reinforcement during skill acquisition. Varying parameters of reinforcement (e.g., schedule, quality) may affect the rate of acquisition within this teaching procedure. In particular, it has been suggested as best practice to deliver the most potent (i.e., highest quality) reinforcers for better responding (i.e., correct responding with less intrusive prompts); however, there were no data on whether this practice actually produces more rapid skill acquisition. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of quality of reinforcement on rate of skill acquisition during discrete trial instruction. A paired stimulus preference assessment was conducted to identify high (HP) and low preference (LP) items followed by a concurrent and a single schedule reinforcer assessment to determine relative and absolute reinforcement effects. During teaching, a single target skill was identified, and two exemplars were taught in each condition: HP, LP, praise only, and a control (no programmed reinforcement). Sessions to criterion for each condition were measured. Results suggested that quality of reinforcement may not be an important parameter to manipulate when teaching skills to individuals diagnosed with autism.

 
 
Symposium #315
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Going Mainstream With Behavioral Treatments for Common Problems: Can We Be Popular and Stay Functional?
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Katie Wiskow (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Patrick C. Friman (Boys Town)
CE Instructor: Katie Wiskow, M.A.
Abstract:

Over the past decades, behavioral techniques have become a staple of "mainstream" psychotherapy. Behavioral and cognitive-behavioral therapies are now the treatment of choice in major healthcare systems that support evidence-based practice. To facilitate the implementation of behavioral technologies on large scale, behavior-analytic interventions have been translated into to treatment packages and manuals accessible to mental health practitioners with varied backgrounds and training. However, this good news about the uptake of behavioral approaches is accompanied by significant limitations in the efficacy and reach of manualized behavior therapy. Behavioral treatment packages demonstrate superior efficacy to non-behavioral control therapies, but yield relatively small effects compared to the early treatments developed by pioneers of applied behavior analysis. For many problems, manualized behavioral treatments fail with a majority of patients. Where has the power of our interventions gone? We argue that packaged behavioral therapies retain our techniques, while underemphasizing (or omitting) the function-based approach that is hallmark of contemporary applied behavior analysis. We discuss this issue as it relates to the implementation of behavioral treatments for several common behavioral/psychiatric problems. Factors contributing to this phenomenon, relevant clinical trials data, and potential remedies are discussed.

Keyword(s): clinical, dissemination, implementation, training
 

Disseminating Behavioral Parent Training: Has the Train Left the Station?

MATTHEW CAPRIOTTI (University of California San Francisco)
Abstract:

Disruptive behavior problems are among the most prevalent child health problems in the U.S. In the 1960s, behavior analysts began to develop powerful behavioral parent training (BPT) interventions, grounded in principles of learning, that led to behavioral normalization in a majority of treated children. These interventions have gained mainstream popularity, with major physician-led bodies now recommending them as a first-line treatment for disruptive behavior in typically developing children. To increase BPT's reach, various treatment packages and manuals aimed at non-behavior-analytic providers have been developed and disseminated. In clinical trials, these treatments demonstrate superior efficacy to waitlist or non-behavioral controls. However, their effectiveness is often suboptimal, with only a minority of children demonstrating a clinically significant response in some studies. Reasons for this variability in child outcomes are discussed from a function-analytic perspective. It is suggested that overreliance on group teaching formats, insufficient function-based individualization, and suboptimal programming for parent behavior change may account for many "treatment failures" observed in applied practice. Strategies and tactics for addressing these issues and strengthening the public health impact of BPT are discussed.

 
Analyzing the Function in Dialectical Behavior Therapy
SABRINA DARROW (University of California, San Francisco)
Abstract: Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT) is a therapy package, designed and demonstrated to be efficacious in decreasing suicide attempts, suicidality, in-patient hospitalizations, and self-injury. This third-wave behavior therapy is considered a well-established empirically supported treatment. While originally developed for individuals who are chronically suicidal and/or engage in self-injury (i.e., meet criteria for Borderline Personality Disorder), DBT has been adapted for many other behavioral disorders (e.g., eating disorders, substance use) that area purported to share core of difficulties regulating emotion. Similar to other therapies based on behavioral principles, DBT employs mid-level terms in order to ease training of clinicians who lack training in behavior analysis. Many of these terms are also taught to clients as part of the learning DBT skills. This presentation will highlight the ways DBT is informed by behavior analysis, explore the ways that these principles are communicated to non-behavioral practitioners, consider common pitfalls through which behavioral principles may be lost, and discuss possible solutions.
 

Is Clinical Behavior Analysis Ready for Measurement-Based Care and a Modular Approach to Evidence-Based Therapy?

THOMAS J. WALTZ (Eastern Michigan University), Brenton Abadie (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

The ideographic tailoring of treatment to a clients specific needs is a central feature of clinical behavioral analysis (CBA). However, contemporary CBA-based therapies are disseminated as packages of techniques as well as conceptual frameworks for conducting treatment with particular populations of clients. In the absence of adequate training in behavior analysis, therapists on the receiving end of dissemination and implementation efforts can only relate to these therapies as collections of techniques. One way to anchor CBA-based therapies to a behavior analytic conceptual frameworks is to have measures of the functional dimensions of clinical presentations guide treatment selection and progress. Unfortunately, we have yet to develop a bank of such measures in CBA. Molar functional relations and metrics from behavioral economics will be presented as measurement opportunities that can help fulfill this need. Second, CBA-based treatment packages need to be dismantled into multiple modules that each address particular functional concerns. This would serve the multiple exemplar learning needs of both therapists and clients and pave the way for ideographic treatment tailoring grounded in CBA-based measurement. IF CBA-based therapies are to be functional as well as popular, we will have to lead the way.

 

Reconnecting Behavioral Treatment With Behavior Analysis for Neurocognitive Loss

CLAUDIA DROSSEL (Eastern Michigan University), Ted Douglas Allaire (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Pioneers such as Lindsley (1964) and Goldiamond (1974) introduced behavior analytic approaches to living well with cognitive difficulties more than half a century ago. Since then, interventions rooted in behavior analysis and targeting individuals who acquired problems remembering, thinking, reasoning, or problem-solving later in life, have been packaged and widely disseminated within the mainstream healthcare landscape (see Projects REACH I and II, for example). Questions have been raised regarding the utility and clinical significance of many of these intervention packages (e.g., Schulz, 2002). We will argue that an understanding of neurocognitive loss and its associated behavioral and emotional changes from a functional perspective is countercultural and thus difficult to acquire without individualized instruction. In effect, most formal and informal caregivers are not able to gauge the deficits and the strengths of the person for whom they care, and packaged interventions do not help caregivers interpret a person’s narrowing skill set from a functional perspective based on behavioral principles. Unsupportive and often coercive environments are inadvertently propagated, even when caregivers receive services in the form of treatment packages. Best practices will be suggested.

 
 
Symposium #316
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Health, Recreation, and Safety Interventions for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University)
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
CE Instructor: Jeffrey Michael Chan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals with developmental disabilities have a variety needs in the domains of personal health, recreation/leisure, and personal safety. The current symposium includes four data-based projects that examine methods for improving the well-being of children and adults with disabilities. The first study is a research synthesis of physical activity studies conducted with individuals with intellectual disabilities. The synthesis is an update of a review by Lancioni and OReilly (1998) and includes research published in the past 15 years. The second study examines the effect of goal-setting and reinforcement on increasing the number of daily steps taken by young adults with autism spectrum disorder in multiple environments. Additionally, changes in weight and body mass indices were reported. The third study is an examination of a video modeling intervention to teach three adults with developmental disabilities to play Fruit Ninja on an Android tablet device. The fourth study analyzes the effectiveness of a training program to teach abduction-prevention skills to three children with autism.

Keyword(s): health, recreation, safety
 
A Review of Physical Activity for People With Disabilities
EDWARD PAGE (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Obesity is a disease that affects people with intellectual disabilities (ID) at a higher rate than the general population. This disease can increase the risk for other diseases such as cardiovascular disease or cancer, and can even cause premature death. Previous research has indicated that there were gaps in the literature and more research was needed on physical activity with this population. This review updates the literature review by Lancioni and O’Reilly (1998) and found that although more research has been published, the interventions mainly focused on people with cerebral palsy or autism spectrum disorder, and the results were mainly mixed. Finally, this review highlighted the need for more research in physical activity for people with ID.
 

Increasing Physical Activity in Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder

KATE LA LONDE (Michigan State University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The present study comprised two experiments that evaluated behavioral intervention on physical activity in young adults with ASD. The first experiment employed a multiple-baseline-across-participants design with a reversal design to determine the effects of a treatment package on the number of daily steps measured using a pedometer. During treatment, participants set individual goals and received reinforcers for meeting those goals. By the end of each treatment condition all participants were successfully meeting their goals and walking at least 10,000 steps per day. These findings suggest that behavioral intervention can substantially increase walking in individuals with ASD. Experiment 2 extended the findings in three ways. First, participants wore the pedometer in less structured settings (i.e., nights and weekends) to see if the treatment would be as effective in natural settings. Second, self-monitoring was evaluated to determine if participants could manage their goal independently and if doing so would maintain high levels of walking. Lastly, participant�s weight was measured to see if the intervention had a positive impact on these health measures. Results suggest that self-monitoring can be effective at maintaining steps, but reinforcers may need to be periodically provided. Additionally, participants� weight decreased during the experiment.

 

A Video Modeling Intervention to Teach Adults With Multiple Disabilities to Play Fruit Ninja on an Android Tablet

Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University), MALANA WALUS (Grand Canyon University/Individual Advocacy Group), Kristy Saylor (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Recreation and leisure skills are an important part of everyones daily lives. These skills are important for rest and relaxation as well as improving ones quality of life. However, adults with disabilities often have limited access to recreation and leisure skills. In the current study, we implemented a video modeling intervention to teach three adults with physical and developmental disabilities to play Fruit Ninja on an Android tablet at a community-based day treatment program. A multiple baseline across participants design was utilized. The video modeling procedure consisted of showing participants a brief video that highlighted the main components of game play, such as selecting the game mode, earning points (e.g., slicing virtual fruit), avoiding obstacles (e.g., slicing virtual bombs), and earning bonus points. Participants scores achieved during game play served as the dependent variable. Results indicate that scores improved following implementation of the video modeling intervention. Social validity and maintenance data will be presented, and future directions for research will be discussed.

 

Effects of Behavioral Skills Training and In Situ Feedback on the Abduction-Prevention Skills of Children With Autism

KATHERINE LEDBETTER-CHO (Texas State University), Katy Davenport (Texas State University-San Marcos), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Melissa Moore (Texas State University), Allyson Lee (Texas State University), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Laci Watkins (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Children with autism have characteristics that would seem to make them particularly susceptible to abduction (e.g., a higher rate of elopement from safe places, difficulty interpreting the intentions of other people). A concurrent multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate the effects of behavioral skills training and in situ feedback on the abduction-prevention skills of four children with autism. In each phase of the study children were exposed to four different abduction lures delivered by strangers including: (a) simple requests; (b) appeals to authority; (c) requests for assistance; and (d) incentives. Prior to intervention, one or more of the lures was effective with each participant. Following intervention, three children demonstrated the three-step target response to abduction lures (i.e., refuse to go with the stranger, leave the area, and report the event) and one child refused to leave with strangers but did not consistently leave the area or report the event. These results generalized to novel settings and were maintained during four-week follow-up probes. Implications for practitioners and directions for future research are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #317
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Function-Based Treatments of Problem Behavior: Multiple Schedules, Delay Fading, and Demand Assessments
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Melissa Krabbe (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Discussant: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
CE Instructor: Melissa Krabbe, M.S.
Abstract: Over the past 30 years, researchers have demonstrated the efficacy of function-based interventions for problem behavior exhibited by individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Although efficacious, this body of research can be broadly characterized by the implementation by trained research staff in highly controlled environments. The transition of these procedures to more normative environments will require continued modification and evaluation. The four presentations within this symposium are designed to better address the practical exigencies associated with implementing function-based treatments in more normative environments.
Keyword(s): delay fading, function-based treatment, functional analysis, problem behavior
 

Using Multiple Schedules During Functional Communication Training to Promote Rapid Transfer of Treatment Effects

ASHLEY FUHRMAN (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Angie Christine Querim (People Inc.)
Abstract:

Multiple schedules with signaled periods of reinforcement and extinction have been used to thin reinforcement schedules during functional communication training (FCT) to make the intervention more practical for parents and teachers. We evaluated whether these signals would also facilitate rapid transfer of treatment effects from one setting to the next and from one therapist to the next. With two children, we conducted FCT in the context of mixed (baseline) and multiple (treatment) schedules introduced across settings or therapists using a multiple baseline design. Results indicated that when the multiple schedules were introduced, the functional communication response came under rapid discriminative control, and problem behavior remained at near-zero rates. We extended these findings with another individual by using a more traditional baseline in which problem behavior produced reinforcement. Results replicated those of the previous participants and showed rapid reductions in problem behavior when multiple schedules were implemented across settings.

 
A Comparison of Delay-to-Reinforcement Procedures Following Functional Communication Training
MELISSA KRABBE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract: FCT involves teaching an alternative communication response (request) that results in the same reinforcer that had historically maintained problem behavior. After establishing this response through immediate reinforcement, therapists must then teach individuals to tolerate delays to reinforcement, without the resumption of problem behavior or repeated requesting. We conducted a multi-element comparison of three procedures to teach delay tolerance, including a time delay, a DRO delay, and a DRA delay, with a child with autism who engaged in tangibly-maintained problem behavior. That is, appropriate requests were honored following a set amount of time (time delay), a set amount of time without problem behavior (DRO delay), or after a set amount of tasks were completed (DRA delay). Results of this evaluation indicated that each delay procedure was equally effective at increasing the delay to reinforcement without problem behavior. However, the DRA delay was superior in that it did not result in excessive mands during the delay period, as was the case with both the time delay and DRO delay.
 

A Comparison of Contingency-Based Progressive Delays and Multiple Schedules Within Communication-Based Treatments for Problem Behavior

MAHSHID GHAEMMAGHAMI (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Laura A Hanratty (Western New England University)
Abstract:

Contingency-based progressive delays (CBPD) and multiple schedules have both been successfully used within functional communication-based interventions to maintain reasonable levels of communication and near-zero rates of problem behavior as periods of extinction for newly acquired communication responses are introduced. Within a multielement design, we compared the relative efficacy of CBPD and multiple schedules while yoked periods of extinction for communication responses were introduced. Two young children diagnosed with autism who engaged in the problem behavior of vocal disruptions, physical disruptions, and aggression participated. Inter-observer agreement was calculated for 20% sessions; it was 88% for all measures (range 70%-98%). CBPD resulted in similarly optimal rates of communication, lower rates of problem behavior, and higher rates of compliance, relative to multiple schedules for one child. Similar levels of problem behavior and compliance were observed across both conditions for the second child, but compliance was relatively higher during CBPD.

 

Evaluation of an Indirect Assessment for Identifying Tasks to Include in Functional Analysis and Treatment

HOLLY WIGGINS (Western New England University, New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Daniel Fredericks (Western New England University and New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Pre-assessments, such as a demand assessment, have been found helpful in identifying potential motivating operations for the functional analysis (FA) demand condition. Another pre-assessment tool that has been used for this purpose is the Negative Reinforcement Rating Scale (NRRS), an indirect assessment. In the current study, four individuals with an autism spectrum disorder who exhibited aggression or disruption participated. First, the NRRS was administered to two informants to identify tasks associated with high levels of problem behavior and low levels of compliance (potentially high aversive tasks) and tasks associated with low levels of problem behavior and high levels of compliance (potentially low-aversive tasks). Second, a demand assessment, which included tasks identified by the NRRS, was subsequently conducted to assess its validity. Third, a functional analysis that included high-aversive and low-aversive demand conditions was conducted to evaluate the validity of the NRRS and the demand assessment. Finally, a task interspersal intervention was evaluated in which three low-aversive demands were presented immediately prior to each presentation of the high-aversive demand. If the task interspersal intervention was ineffective, differential reinforcement of compliance was conducted. Interobserver agreement was calculated and adequate.

 
 
Symposium #318
CE Offered: BACB
Practical, Inexpensive, and Easy-to-Program USB Interfacing: Recording and Control of External Equipment
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Zurich FG, Swissotel
Area: EAB/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Monica Vandbakk (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis/Oslo and Akershus University College)
CE Instructor: Rogelio Escobar, Psy.D.
Abstract:

Costly, bulky, and complicated interface equipment between computers and experimental equipment may no longer be needed for experiments and application. Modern computers feature several USB ports, and low-cost interface equipment that connects directly to a USB port is available from several vendors. Rudimentary understanding of programming code enables the user to control the interface to turn lights, sounds, and feeders on and off and to record responses via switches and photo sensors. Several programming languages can be used to implement control of equipment and recording of responses via the USB interface. The presentation will feature the particular interface and programming platforms used in different laboratories and in a zoological garden. Programs written in Visual Basic Net or Liberty Basic using relatively simple code read inputs and controls outputs from the interfaces. The presentations will illustrate the practical use of the interface devises both in teaching and research laboratories (where each experimental chamber has its own interface and PC). In addition, we will show how the USB interface is being used for research in a zoological garden to operate feeders and record a variety of responses in different species of animals. Using small notebook computers, the setup is easily transported for application purposes. Having one individual PC with one individual interface connect to one equipment setup creates considerable flexibility both in research and application and voids the need for complex systems that rely on expensive equipment and professional programming.

Keyword(s): Interface, Visual Basic
 
New Ways to Build Old Devices for Operant Research: Developments for the Arduino-Visual Basic Interface
ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Irving Hernández-López (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Nadia Santillán (UNAM)
Abstract: High cost of commercial equipment has been the impetus for creating inexpensive devices to control experiments in operant research. Escobar and Pérez-Herrera (2015) described a control interface based on the popular Arduino boards. According to the design, an operant chamber is controlled with an Arduino board that communicates to a program in Visual Basic running on a PC. This Visual Basic program is used to generate schedules of reinforcement. Arduino boards can be used to control a variety of sensors and motors, in most cases, just by plugging the devices to the board and changing a few lines of code. Furthermore, adding 3D printing technology could allow researchers to design and build numerous devices for operant research. This presentation will describe three examples of devices commonly used in operant experiments that can be controlled with the Arduino-Visual basic interface. An inexpensive photocell composed of an infrared LED and a phototransistor, a retractable lever using a servo motor and a 3D printed case, and a peristaltic pump that delivers precise amounts of water reinforcement. The results of precision tests will be described, and the instructions for building these devices and for downloading free-distribution programs will be provided.
 

Low-Cost Portable Equipment Based on Arduino for Laboratory Courses on Operant Conditioning

CARLOS ALEXIS PEREZ HERRERA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Irving Hernández-López (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

Laboratory courses are an essential supplement to classes on behavior analysis. High-cost of control equipment, however, limits the creation of laboratories for teaching purposes. Microcontroller boards can be used as inexpensive alternatives to commercial equipment not only for demonstrating the basic principles of behavior in classrooms but also for teaching basic electronics. We have developed and tested two portable systems based on Arduino microcontroller boards that can be used for controlling operant conditioning chambers for rats in the classroom. One system consists of an app (Ratuino Mobile) running on an Android tablet or smart phone. This app communicates via Bluetooth with an Arduino board connected to an operant chamber. Within the app, students select different reinforcement schedules that are executed automatically. A second system consists of using Arduino boards as standalone control equipment. An Arduino board is connected to an operant chamber and to a keypad. Students control stimuli by pressing buttons. Experimental events are automatically recorded using an SD card. The two systems were assembled by the students during the courses. These systems are inexpensive, relatively easy to setup, and could help students experiencing first-hand the basic principles of behavior by bringing the laboratory to the classroom.

 
Basic Research Examples Using the Ontrak ADU208 Interface
IVER H. IVERSEN (University of North Florida), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract: The Ontrak ADU208 interface relay can be used to record operations of several different operanda and to turn different stimuli on and off in basic research. Examples of operanda include standard levers, chains, poles, photo cells, and stimuli (Sd’s and reinforcers) include lights, sounds, smells, and a diversity of dispensers. We will also present some simple programming text lines from liberty basic and from visual basic, to demonstrate how environmental events can be relatively easily recorded and controlled and contingencies can be designed by the use of the Ontrak ADU208 interface relay.
 

Examples From the Zoo: Operanda and Recordings

PER HOLTH (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Iver H. Iversen (University of North Florida)
Abstract:

Operanda placed in the zoo include different levers for chimpanzees and for tigers, chains for orangoutans, keys for hens, and a tongue switch for giraffes, and stimuli controlled from the computer (Sds and reinforcers) include lights, sounds, smells, and a diversity of dispensers. We will also show some simple programming text lines from visual basic, to demonstrate how behavior can be recorded in cumulative records and in event records.

 
 
Symposium #319
CE Offered: BACB
Stimulus Control and Equivalence Class Formation
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Zurich AB, Swissotel
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Discussant: Gerson Yukio Tomanari (Universidade de Sao Paulo)
CE Instructor: Erik Arntzen, Ph.D.
Abstract: The present symposium focuses on some important findings with the area of emergent relations. The first paper by Arntzen, Granmo, and Fields investigated the concordance between the matching-to-sample (MTS) test and the sorting test. Participants in two different groups were exposed either an immediate sorting test after training of baseline relations, followed by the administration of a MTS test, and second sorting test or an immediate MTS test after training of the baseline relations, followed by a sorting test and a second MTS test. The main findings showed replication of earlier findings with respect to concordance between the tests, dissociation in some cases, and approached performances (see Table 1). The second paper by Mizael, de Rose, Silveira, and de Almeida is focusing on changing racial bias by transfer of functions in equivalence classes. Children served as participants and they were to matching tasks that would potentially establish equivalence relations between black faces and positive symbols, contrary to their pre-experimental bias. The main findings were that the participants showed class formation (see Figure 1). The third paper by Grisante and Tomanari present on experiment in which they studied the controlling relations for acquisition in stimulus observation sequence. They found that the different manipulations on stimuli presentation produced differences in controlling relations acquisition. (see Figure 2). The fourth paper by Vaidya and Stancato, asked about interactions between the development of analytic units and equivalence. The results from their study have implications for developing stimulus control in applied settings will be discussed. (see Figure 3).
Keyword(s): application, emergent relations, stimulus control, stimulus equivalence
 
Matching-to-Sample, Sorting and Equivalence Class Formation
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Sjur Granmo (HiOF), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: The purpose of the present experiment to further study the concordance between the matching-to-sample (MTS) test and the sorting test. Twenty college students were allocated to two different groups. In Group 1, the participants were exposed to an immediate sorting test after training of baseline relations, followed by the administration of a MTS test, and second sorting test. In Group 2, the participants were exposed to an immediate MTS test after training of the baseline relations, followed by a sorting test and a second MTS test. The results show systematic replication of earlier findings with respect to concordance between the tests, dissociation in some cases, and approached performances (i.e., one or two, of three possible, classes established). However, based on the experimental design of the present experiment, we are able to more effectively discuss the role of equivalence classes in relation to the sorting test outcome.
 
Changing Racial Bias by Transfer of Functions in Equivalence Classes
Táhcita Medrado Mizael (University of Sao Carlos), JULIO C. DE ROSE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Carolina Coury Silveira (University of Sao Carlos), João Henrique de Almeida (University of Sao Carlos)
Abstract: Several research groups have used the stimulus equivalence paradigm to investigate changes of attitudes or preferences toward socially relevant stimuli. We conducted a previous study with children using matching-to-sample training to establish equivalence relations between a positive symbol and faces of individuals of African descent (toward which children showed negative bias before the research). Only one of four children showed the intended classes, replicating results of other researchers showing that pre-experimental relations with socially loaded stimuli interfere with class formation. We will report a replication of this study that manipulated training parameters to increase the yield of equivalence classes comprising relations contrary to previous racial bias of the children. Thirteen children learned matching tasks that would potentially establish equivalence relations between black faces and positive symbols, contrary to their pre-experimental bias. All thirteen children showed class formation, and 9 of them maintained relations between black faces and positive symbols in a different and more stringent test. Figure 1 shows that children’s evaluations of the faces with the Self-Assessment Manikin (SAM) showed a pronounced negative bias toward black faces before training. After class formation, the difference between evaluations of black and white faces decreased and was no longer statistically significant. An application of the IRAP after class formation confirmed the absence of negative biases toward black faces after class formation. These results show that procedures based on equivalence and transfer of functions may contribute to educational programs designed to eliminate racism, a significant challenge for our increasingly multi-cultural and multi-racial societies.
 

Controlling Relations Acquisition in Children in a Procedure That Controls Stimuli Observation Sequence in Matching-to-Sample Tasks

PRISCILA CRESPILHO GRISANTE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Gerson Yukio Tomanari (Universidade de Sao Paulo)
Abstract:

We verified controlling relations acquisition in a modified three-choice MTS procedure designed to promote responding under control of either Sample/S+ or Sample/S- relations. Black squares covered experimental stimuli during conditional discriminations training. Observing responses (OR) to a button below each black square produced a brief stimulus presentation. A software presented S+ as the first or the last stimulus displayed to participants in a certain proportion of trials (80%) to promote Sample/S+ (choosing S+ without observing other comparison) or Sample/S- (choosing the square after observe both S-) controlling relations, respectively. Three children attended to Sample/S+ condition (OR under FR3 schedule) and nine, to Sample/S- conditions (OR under FR3 or FR6). All Sample/S+ participants and seven of nine Samples/S- participants met learning criterion and presented equivalent class formation. The number of trained conditional relations simultaneously seems to affect establishment of Sample/S- relations. In general, different manipulations on stimuli presentation produced differences in controlling relations acquisition. An analysis of controlling relations acquisition suggests that Sample/S+ relations are mostly related to conditional discrimination acquisition while Sample/S- relations are related to the maintenance of conditional discriminative repertoire.

 

Further Explorations of Interactions Between the Development of Analytic Units and Equivalence Relations

Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas), STEFANIE S. STANCATO (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Sidmans (2000) theory of stimulus equivalence suggests that equivalence relations arise out of the contingencies that also develop analytic units. As such, the theory predicts an interaction between the development of analytic units and the development of equivalence relations. Vaidya & Brackney (2014) documented one such type of interaction for groups of stimuli, simple discriminative functions were acquired more rapidly when the groups were drawn from within the an equivalence class than when the groups were drawn from different equivalence classes. Thus, equivalence relations facilitated the development of analytic units. The current set of studies further explore these interactions. Can equivalence relations also retard the development of analytic units? Can existing analytic units (such as simple discriminations) influence the development of equivalence relations? This address will present data addressing each of these questions. The implications of these analyses for developing stimulus control in applied settings will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #320
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Teacher and Practitioner Training and Treatment Integrity
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Mary Sawyer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In order for children to derive the benefits of evidence-based practices, intervention agents must be taught how to implement them accurately and to monitor progress. The extent to which those treatments are subsequently applied with integrity influences their effectiveness when used with students. This symposium will present research on training procedures for teachers and practitioners and the influence that varying levels of treatment integrity may have on student outcomes. The first study consisted of two experiments that compared the effects of training conducted by experimenters to training conducted by peers on teachers' performance of discrete trial training procedures. In the second study, the effects of behavioral skills training were compared to the effects of training delivered via a traditional lecture format on pre-service teachers' performance of eight evidence-based practices. The third study evaluated the effects of using behavioral skills training to teach graduate students to create single-subject graphs. In the fourth study, the effects of errors in treatment integrity on students' acquisition and durability of self-care skills were examined. Together these empirical investigations offer important implications for training of intervention agents and regarding the impact of teaching errors on student outcomes.

Keyword(s): college teaching, evidence-based practices, teacher training, treatment integrity
 

A Comparison of Experimenter- Versus Pyramidal- Peer Training of Teachers

Wai-Ling Wu (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kally M Luck (University of Houston - Clear Lake), DANIELLE DUPUIS (University of Houston--Clear Lake), Shimin Bao (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Previous studies have examined pyramidal training and consultant-led training in clinical settings (Haberlin, et. al, 2012). This study compared the effects of one-on-one pyramidal-peer training and experimenter training in the context of weeklong summer trainings for teachers of children with developmental disabilities. In Experiment 1, experimenters taught four teachers to implement one form of discrete trial training (DTT), and then peers taught the four teachers to implement a different form of DTT. In Experiment 2, half of the teachers received experimenter training first and the other half received peer training first. All teachers in Experiment 1 successfully trained their peers. However, in Experiment 2, teachers performed more accurately after being trained by the experimenter than after being trained by their peers. Results showed that more experienced teachers preferred experimenter training whereas less experienced teachers preferred peer training. Results have important implications for the use of peer- versus consultant-led trainings for teachers.

 

Behavioral Skills Training to Improve Pre-Service Teachers' Performance of Evidence-Based Practices

MARY SAWYER (Aubrey Daniels Institute), Natalie Andzik (The Ohio State University), Michael Kranak (The Ohio State University), Carolyn Page Willke (The Ohio State University), Emily Curiel (Summit Pointe), Lauren Hensley (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

In light of high-stakes teacher accountability and the achievement gap between students with disabilities and their typically developing peers, there is a pressing need to identify effective training methods to equip pre-service special education teachers with evidence-based practices. Research has demonstrated the efficacy of behavioral skills training (BST) as an instructional method with adult learners; however, few studies have examined its use in college teaching environments. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the comparative effects of lectures followed by BST sessions versus lectures followed by study sessions on seven undergraduate pre-service special education teachers' performance of eight evidence-based practices. An alternating treatments design was used to evaluate participants' performance during role-play assessments. Evidence-based practice performance was assessed via role-plays with experimenters acting as students. Results demonstrated that, on average, lectures followed by BST sessions produced substantially higher levels of percentage correct performance than lectures followed by study sessions. These results suggest that it may be valuable for pre-service teacher educators to integrate BST into their college teaching practices. Further research is needed to determine the extent to which skills taught through BST are used in the classroom with actual students.

 

Using Behavioral Skills Training to Improve Graduate Students' Graphing Skills

MARNIE NICOLE SHAPIRO (The Ohio State University), Michael Kranak (The Ohio State University), Mary Sawyer (Aubrey Daniels Institute), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

The ability to create single-subject graphs is a crucial skill for behavior analysts and students in the field of behavior analysis or related disciplines. Microsoft Excel is often the chosen medium by which single-subject design graphs are created. Many studies have used task analyses to teach graduate students how to create single-subject design graphs (Deochand, Costello, & Fuqua, 2015; Dixon et al., 2009; Lo & Starling, 2009); however, this type of passive training may result in prompt-dependent performance. That is, students may come to rely on using task analyses to create graphs, and these task analyses are likely to become outdated as new versions of Excel are developed. Active training procedures may circumvent reliance on such prompts. Behavioral skills training (BST) is an evidenced-based, interactive, competency- and performance-based approach (Parsons, Rollyson, & Reid, 2012) that has been used to teach a wide variety of skills (Himle & Wright, 2014; Homlitas, Rosales, & Candel, 2014; Iwata et al., 2000). In the present study, a multiple probe across behaviors design was used to evaluate the effects of BST on three graduate students graphing skills. Results and implications will be discussed, as well as recommendations to improve the behavior analytic training of graduate students.

 
Effects of Treatment Integrity Errors on Acquisition and Durability of Behavior Chains
MAEVE G. DONNELLY (New England Center for Children), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University)
Abstract: Ecologically-valid treatment integrity errors have been shown to prevent or delay skill mastery in the context of discrete trial teaching (e.g., Carroll, Kodak, & Fisher, 2013); however, the effects of assessment-informed teaching errors on acquisition and durability of behavior chains are unknown. We evaluated the effects of teaching errors on behavior chains related to self-care skills with adolescent boys diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. Study 1 identified the types of errors that occurred during self-care instruction. In Study 2, the relative effects of three errors (related to sequencing chain steps, reinforcement, and completion of the chain) from Study 1 were evaluated across two behavior chains for three participants. The effects of individual errors were then studied with a third behavior chain per participant. Reliability (Study 1 and Study 2) and procedural integrity (Study 2) measures averaged over 90% across studies. All errors included in the evaluation interfered with skill acquisition and disrupted performance of mastered skills. Teaching without errors resulted in skill mastery. The present results indicate that three types of assessment-informed teaching errors affect learning; further research is needed to determine whether a minimum level of integrity is necessary to produce skill acquisition and durability.
 
 
Symposium #321
CE Offered: BACB
The CABAS Accelerated Independent Learn Model: The Application of a Science of Teaching in Inclusive Classrooms
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Regency Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University)
CE Instructor: JoAnn Pereira Delgado, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In this symposium we will present an overview the procedures utilized in the Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) Model of Instruction. The AIL model is based on the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to School (CABAS) model and utilizes scientific procedures for classroom management, curricular design and pedagogy. We currently have general education classrooms for students with and without disabilities from preschool through 5th grade. We also have classrooms composed of students with disabilities, ranging from lower elementary through middle school that function to prepare students for inclusion into our other classrooms. A thorough curriculum based measurement is used and individualized progress is measured and displayed on learning pictures, which is a visual display of student learning across subject areas. A critical component of the AIL model is that students move at their own pace and are taught to mastery. In some cases, teachers may induce critical verbal behavior developmental cusps or capabilities so that they may learn in ways they could not prior to interventions and can then successfully access the general education curriculum. Our goal is to accelerate learning for all learners by utilizing a functional curriculum that teaches students to enjoy learning.

Keyword(s): AIL, CABAS, Inclusion, Observational Learning
 
Teaching Academics in a General Education Inclusion Pre-Kindergarten and Kindergarten Accelerated Independent Learner Classroom
EMMY NERLANDY MAURILUS (Teachers College Columbia University), Michelle Mackey (Morris School District), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: We will present an overview of the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis (CABAS®) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model classrooms in the early grade levels. Teachers apply the principles and tactics derived from the science of behavior to general education inclusion classrooms to build foundational knowledge and skills. In the early grades, teachers emphasize teaching self-management and are strategic scientists who are able to use the learn unit, AIL decision protocol tactics and verbal behavior protocols to teach all students. Teachers in the CABAS® classroom make moment-to-moment decisions about a student’s learning while they are teaching. This ensures that the students in CABAS®classrooms continue to learn and excel at their own pace. When a student is not learning, the teacher uses verbal behavior protocols that enable students to learn in ways that they could not before. Teacher use of protocols, data analysis, and the application of tactics derived from science of behavior results in data that has demonstrated the efficacy of the CABAS® model in teaching many students in these classrooms to remain at or above grade level across all academic subjects.
 
Maximizing Instruction: Teaching Academics to First and Second Grade Students in Accelerated Independent Learner Classrooms
KELLY L KLEINERT (Morris School District), Jennifer Lee (Teachers College, Columbia University), Laura Darcy (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: In Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) inclusion classrooms, tactics and principles of behavior analytic literature were implemented to maximize the acquisition of academic repertoires for first and second grade students. Class-wide and individual self-management tactics were selected to target independent learning repertoires across all students. Some self-management tactics applied included class-wide systems of reinforcement (i.e., token economy), checklists, public postings, and class-wide contingencies. Learning tactics were applied to increase the amount of instruction contacted across all students, for example: (a) peer tutoring, (b) personalized system of instruction (PSI), and (c) acquisition of verbal behavior developmental cusps and capabilities. Data were collected on the students’ rate of acquisition (i.e., number of learn units to objective) and cumulative numbers of objectives met. The data suggest that principles and tactics of behavior analysis applied in general education classroom settings increased the academic gains made by first and second grade students. A general overview of the principles and tactics of behavior analysis applied to target acquisition of academic repertoires will be presented and discussed to foster further applications in the general education setting.
 
The Application of the Accelerated Independent Learner Model in Upper Elementary Classrooms
KELLY MERCORELLA (Teachers College Columbia University), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University), Colleen Cumiskey (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: The Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) Model of instruction is a researched based program that focuses on the needs of the individual student. The goal of the AIL model is to create independent learners driven by the need to know and a love of learning through the use of tactics based on the principles of behavior. In order to allow students to make greater academic gains, the Accelerated Independent Learner model focuses on teaching students the foundational skills needed for higher-level problem solving to mastery and fluency, as well as incorporating functional writing into all aspects of instruction. All responses are rotated between written and vocal responses using tactics such as choral responding, response boards and independent practice. Each student’s responses to instruction are recorded, graphed, and individually analyzed using learning pictures, in order to maximize academic gains through the implementation of tactics to increase learning outcomes. This paper aims to explain the tactics implemented to increase learning outcomes and help struggling learners, display school-wide data across 3-5 AIL classrooms, and highlight the importance of teaching skills to fluency and mastery.
 

The Application of Accelerated Independent Learner Model to Middle School Students in a Self-Contained Classroom

CAROLINE MARY LOUISE CROSBIE (Columbia University, Teachers College), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

The Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) Accelerated Independent Model is a scientific method for teaching which is applicable to students with disabilities and typically developing students. This paper will focus on a new middle school program for students with disabilities. The students in this self-contained classroom are 6-8th graders who receive inclusion opportunities in resource rooms and general education classrooms based on individual needs. Research-based behavior supports and tactics are used with the students in every setting. Protocols based in the Verbal Developmental Theory are conducted in the self-contained classrooms in addition to self-management, and modified academic programs in order to prepare students for inclusion to be independent learners in a less restrictive environment. Data will be presented on students social interactions and academic programs.

 
 
Symposium #322
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Economics: Implications for Research and Practice
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Zurich E, Swissotel
Area: TPC/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University )
Discussant: Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Robert LaRue, Ph.D.
Abstract: Through the combination of microeconomics and behavior analysis, behavioral economics has contributed much to the understanding to both choice and contextual behavior. Economic principles have helped shed light on the variables associated with a myriad of problem behaviors, such as obesity, alcoholism, and drug use, to name a few. This symposium will explore issues ranging from economic manipulations of cost and benefit, through delay discounting. Data will be presented to explore both basic and applied questions to expand and extend investigations of choice behavior across a number of different situations and behaviors.
Keyword(s): Behavior economics, Delay discounting
 

The Impact of Stimulus Preference on Choice During a Delay Discounting Task

HEATHER WHIPPLE (University of Southern Mississippi), James Moore (University of Southern Mississippi), Keith Radley III (University of Southern Mississippi), Evan Dart (University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract:

Delay Discounting refers to a pattern of responding in which smaller, less beneficial stimuli that are immediately available are chosen over larger, more beneficial stimuli that are available after a progressively longer delay. This constitutes a behavior analytic account of impulsivity, thus allowing data-based evaluations of the variables that influence choice between immediately-available and delayed stimuli. Most research studying this phenomenon has employed hypothetical choices in which the subjects neither experience their actual choice nor any associated delays. In addition to needed research on real choices, other variables, such as the preference level of the stimuli included in the task warrant careful evaluation. In the current paper, a procedure combining the methods of Green et al. (1997) and Fisher et al. (1993) were used to isolate the impact of stimulus preference. The effects of stimulus preference were evaluated with four subjects ranging in age and presenting diagnosis (no diagnosis, ADHD, and ASD). Results suggest that the level of stimulus preference of items included in a real discounting task significantly impact choice of delayed over immediately-available stimuli. Discussion will also include the variety of subject behaviors observed during progressively longer delays.

 

The Use of Economic Principles to Increase Physical Activity in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

ETHAN EISDORFER (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), James Maraventano (Rutgers University), Jenna Budge (Rutgers University), Erica Dashow (Douglass Developmental Disabilites Center, Rutgers University), Edina Bekesi (Rutgers University), Efrat Kemp (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

The prevalence of obesity in the U.S. has increased dramatically in recent decades. The empirical literature has suggested that the increase in obesity is even more pronounced in individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). A recent study suggested that 30.4% of individuals with ASD meet the criteria for being obese (Curtin, Anderson, Must, & Bandini, 2010). Individuals who are obese are at an increased risk for chronic diseases, such as diabetes and cardiovascular disease. The failure to fade the use of edible reinforcers and the inherent communication deficits associated with ASD, complicate weight management and symptom reporting in this population even further. The purpose of the current investigation is to use the principles of behavioral economics to alter physical activity choices and meal selection for individuals with ASD. Specifically, we intend to identify high/low calorie preferred lunches as well as strenuous/non-strenuous exercises for each of the participants. The economic manipulations would involve making strenuous exercises pay more than exercises that are less strenuous. Meals with high caloric content would then cost more than healthier, low-calorie alternatives. The outcome of the protocol would be to have participants engage in more strenuous exercise and make more sensible choices regarding meals.

 

The Use of Contingency Contracting to Reduce Binge Eating Behavior

EMILY NESS (University of Southern Mississippi), James Moore (University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract:

Binge eating behaviors are prevalent across a diverse population and associated with a number of problems, including obesity, diabetes, and depression, to name a few (Hoek & Van Hoeken, 2003). One associated feature of binge eating behaviors appears to be the discounting of larger, more beneficial rewards (such as those associated with exercise and healthy eating) in favor of more detrimental stimuli, such as high caloric foods. In the current paper, the efficacy of a two-level contingency contract was evaluated in controlling the binge eating behavior of three morbidly obese subjects. A multiple baseline design was used, with data suggesting that the contract helped control binge eating behavior, with an associated significant loss in weight.

 

An Evaluation of the Effects of Signaled Delays on Temporal Discounting in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders

MIKALA HANSON (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Erica Dashow (Douglass Developmental Disabilites Center, Rutgers University), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Ethan Eisdorfer (Rutgers University), Rachel Davis (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Impulsivity is a common concern in individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). While not a defining characteristic of ASDs, the presence of impulsivity can be pervasive and can dramatically affect the intervention process. Temporal discounting refers to the decrease in the present value of reinforcers as a function of the delay of their receipt. In other words, the value of reinforcers often decreases as the length of time one has to wait for them increases. Researchers have outlined some procedures for evaluating delay discounting in human populations. However, much of this research is limited to hypothetical choices with typically developing populations. The purpose of the current investigation was the employ delay discounting procedures with individuals with ASDs. In the investigation, participants were given choices between an impulsive choice (a sooner smaller amount of reinforcement) and a self-controlled choice (accepting a delayed, larger amount of reinforcement). Indifference points (the point at which an individual switches from the smaller-sooner to larger-later reinforcement) were plotted. We evaluated the effectiveness of a signaled delay on the ability of participants to wait for the larger delayed rewards using a visual timer application. The preliminary results suggest that using delay discounting procedures may inform treatment development for this clinical population.

 
 
Symposium #323
CE Offered: BACB
Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction: Evaluating Training Variables and Teaching Critical Thinking
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Alpine, Swissotel
Area: TPC/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Carol J McPheters (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
CE Instructor: Carol J McPheters, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium will examine procedural and content domain advances in stimulus equivalence-based instruction (EBI). The first study evaluated the effects of training specific foreign/native language relations on the emergence of untaught relations with two young children (i.e., foreign-language tact, auditory (foreign language word)-visual (pictures) conditional discrimination, foreign-to-native intraverbals, and native-to-foreign intraverbals). Both participants acquired nearly all emergent relations. The second study evaluated the effects of a fading procedure on equivalence classes formed with either the simple-to-complex or simultaneous protocols. The probability of forming equivalence classes was nearly identical across both protocols, suggesting that the fading procedure plays a significant role in promoting equivalence class formation since the simultaneous protocol is typically weak at promoting class formation. In the third study, EBI was used to teach equivalence classes consisting of stimuli representing science and pseudoscience to college students. All participants formed the classes and responding generalized to both oral and written tests. Finally, in the last study, logical fallacies were taught to college undergraduates with either equivalence-based instruction, self-instruction, or no instruction, in a pretest-train-posttest group design. EBI resulted in superior class formation with shorter instructional duration than self-instruction and no instruction.

Keyword(s): critical thinking, fading, stimulus equivalence, verbal behavior
 
A Comparison of Equivalence-Based Strategies to Teach Foreign Language Nouns
ASHLEY MATTER (Texas Tech University), Katie Wiskow (Texas Tech University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: Recent research has utilized equivalence-based instruction to teach a foreign language vocabulary, which may result in emergence of untrained foreign language relations. The current study systemically replicated Petursdottir and Haflidadottir (2009) by evaluating the effects of training specific relations on the emergence of untaught relations for 1 pre-kindergarten and 1 first grade student. The 4 relations evaluated included: foreign-language tact, auditory (foreign language word)-visual (pictures) conditional discrimination, foreign-to-native intraverbals, and native-to-foreign intraverbals. We assigned 3 different stimuli to each relation and assessed the untaught relations of each stimulus set prior to and after training. We also assessed participants’ preference for learning conditions using a concurrent chains procedure. Both participants acquired all relations (with the exception of 1 relation in 1 set for 1 participant) and exhibited the highest levels of emergence when taught relations that required them to vocalize the Spanish word. One participant preferred the foreign-language tact condition. The other participant preferred the auditory-visual conditional discrimination condition. The results of this study suggest that foreign language teaching procedures requiring the learner to speak the foreign word is an efficient means to teach multiple foreign language relations.
 
Teasing Apart the Effects of Training Protocol and a Fading Procedure: A Follow-up
JULIA BRODSKY (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that the simple-to-complex (STC) protocol promotes equivalence class formation better than the simultaneous (SIM) protocol. Brodsky and Fienup (in preparation) also found that a fading procedure during conditional discrimination training produced greater fluency and the highest probability of passing derived relations probes on the first attempt, but the relative effects of the fading procedure and the training protocol (STC) are unknown. The purpose of this study was to tease apart these effects. In Experiment 1 the fading procedure was evaluated both using the STC protocol and using a SIM protocol with STC testing phases after all conditional discriminations were trained (called a hybrid protocol). In Experiment 2, the fading procedure was evaluated using both the STC protocol and a traditional SIM protocol. Across both studies, the probability of forming equivalence classes was nearly identical across STC, SIM, and hybrid protocols, suggesting that the fading procedure plays a significant role in promoting equivalence class formation. Additionally, fading with the SIM protocol required less time to form classes than STC. Thus, using a fading procedure in conditional discrimination training moderates the effects of training protocol and makes the SIM protocol, which is otherwise inferior, more efficient.
 
Using Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach College Students to Identify Scientific and Pseudoscientific Characteristics
ELIZABETH G. CALLAHAN (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Leif Albright (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract: The present study evaluated the use of equivalence-based instruction to teach two classes of stimuli representing science and pseudoscience. Computerized equivalence-based instruction and multiple exemplars of stimuli were used to teach two five-member classes to 7 undergraduate students. A pretest-train-posttest design was used to evaluate the effects of equivalence-based instruction on participants’ performance on a computer-based test, as well as on both an oral, and written test (topography-based responding). Testing scores improved for most participants from pretest to posttest on the computer-based, oral and written tests in both groups. Additionally, test performance maintained one week after equivalence-based instruction was completed for most participants. The present study demonstrated that (a) equivalence-based instruction can be used to effectively teach concepts of science and pseudoscience, (b) a selection-based teaching protocol presented via a computer promoted the emergence of responses to a selection-based testing protocol and to a topography-based oral response and written formats, and (c) maintenance of the classes occurred for most participants.
 
Using Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach College Students to Identify Logical Fallacies
TRITON ONG (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: Critical thinking is an important skill across many, if not all, academic disciplines and professional occupations. Scholars across a range of disciplines have described critical thinking as a collection of individual skills (e.g., identifying common logical fallacies) that should be directly taught, especially in traditional academic settings such as colleges and universities. However, no robust empirically-supported teaching strategies have been developed. Moreover, instructional time already is at a premium, and adding instructional content is therefore a challenge. Equivalence-based instruction, derived from basic and applied research on stimulus equivalence, has been shown to produce skill acquisition across a variety of academic domains, with some research suggesting such instruction also is more efficient than alternative approaches. This makes equivalence-based instruction an attractive strategy for teaching critical-thinking skills. For this study, identifying logical fallacies was selected as the target skill for 30 college undergraduates who received either equivalence-based instruction, self-instruction, or no instruction in a pretest-train-posttest group design. Although EBI instruction resulted in greater mean score increases with shorter instructional duration than self-instruction and no instruction; however, mean session length and Ennis-Weir Critical Thinking Essay Test scores did not differ between groups.
 
 
Symposium #324
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Developments and Applications of the Conceptual Analysis of Behavior Across Europe
Monday, May 30, 2016
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
St. Gallen, Swissotel
Area: TPC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Robert C. Mellon (Panteion University of Social and Political Sciences)
Discussant: Ricardo Pellon (Universidad Nacional de Educacion a Distancia)
CE Instructor: Robert C. Mellon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Across Europe the science and practice of behavior analysis are far less developed than in North America, but youth does have its charms: as we are few in number, our meetings are necessarily characterized by high levels of interaction among basic and applied researchers investigating a wide range of behavioral processes and practitioners servicing a rich variety of human needs. Indeed, in Europe the core aspects of the repertoires of basic scientist, applied researcher, practitioner and philosopher of science often emerge in the same individual. It is natural that in servicing a range of demands in various settings, the value of general principles of behavioral determination are fully appreciated; the papers in this symposium are examples of the fruits of such an appreciation emerging in the esprit de corps of the small but growing band of European behaviorists. They show how a comprehensive or molecular analysis of fundamental processes inherent in such phenomena as behavioral variability and aversive control can enhance the effectiveness of educational and clinical intervention, and how the application of such principles in the functional classification and publically-funded treatment of behavior problems can bring the full joy of social living to more of our deserving fellow citizens.

 
New Developments in the Classification of Behavioral and Life Problems
MARTTI T. TUOMISTO (University of Tampere)
Abstract: From a behavior-analytic perspective the use of the current systems of problem diagnosis in the area that is traditionally called “mental health”, has been and is associated with a range of difficulties and inconsistencies such as the inability of them to give useful goals of treatment, accurate descriptions of behavior, and adequate predictive validity. In addition, the levels of analyses in these systems are mixed. The “Decimal System” of Behavior and Life Problems (DSBLP) was developed for the classification of behavioral problems and problems with life circumstances according to behavior-analytic concepts to get a comprehensive and functional tool to guide goal-setting and interventions in clinical behavior analysis, but also for the use of the positive side of the problems, strengths and skills in interventions. DSBLP has been used in the supervision of students of behavior analysis and therapy to give research basis for further development of the system. The new developments of DSBLP include the application of the system in other areas of applied behavior such as nutrition, behavioral medicine (generally and in dentistry), and speech therapy. The system classes, new developments and applications of the system as well as challenges and dissemination of the systems will be discussed.
 

Sources of Behavioral Variability

SIV KRISTIN NERGAARD (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract:

In the 2010 IBM "Working Beyond Borders" report, over 700 HR Executives worldwide recognized that the ability to develop future leaders with the creative skills able to adapt to a constantly changing environment, is the number one challenge for their company. A necessary, but not sufficient, component of creativity is behavioral variability and novelty. Evoking or suppressing variability is also of great importance when working with individuals characterized by abnormal levels of behavioral variability, e.g. autism, OCD and ADHD. The recognition that it is possible to modify novelty and variation by contingencies of reinforcement has had implications in several fields, e.g. problem solving, creativity and developmental disabilities. Still, the questions of what is being discriminated and what exactly is reinforced when novelty and variation is reinforced has yet to be answered, limiting clinical and educational effectiveness. In evolutionary biology the persistence of abundant genetic variation still remains a central problem, as with behavior variability in behavior analysis. Being able to affect behavioral variability and novelty by altering the contingencies is a great step forward, but there are several important questions that need answering regarding behavioral variability and novelty; these questions will be specified and addressed in the present conceptual analysis.

 

Problematic Thinking, Perceiving and Rule-Following as Unconscious Self-Control: A General-Process Interpretation

ROBERT C. MELLON (Panteion University of Social and Political Sciences)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts efforts to provide natural-science interpretations of the phenomena known as dysfunctional cognition have been disproportional to the suffering and disability generated by these behavior patterns. Such patterns are here interpreted as a form of unconscious self-control: when people incipiently engage in activities that have been both reinforced and punished, they might then expose themselves to aversive stimuli (e.g., perceiving themselves as grossly overweight, as inadequate to task, as experiencing strokes, infections, property loss, etc.) as a means of generating biobehavioral events to be terminated by the subsequent emission of escape responses incompatible with the continuation of the reinforcing but censored act. Private acts will be more susceptible to adventitious reinforcement by the termination of self-produced warning signals for punishment, generating the otherwise nonsensical content characterizing dysfunctional cognition. Recent experimental studies with human and avian subjects support the present interpretation that self-exposure to aversive stimulation such as self-deprecation and threat-monitoring occurs at high rates when it terminates even more aversive warning signals, that such self-exposure more effectively generates escape when it occurs at greater temporal distances from the terminal reinforcers of punished acts, and that such termination of warning signals adventitiously reinforces the nonsensical stereotypic self-vocalization that characterizes psychopathology.

 

A Conceptual Analysis for Ensuring Efficacy, Efficiency, and Sustainability in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention

PAOLO MODERATO (IULM & IESCUM), Giovambattista Presti (Kore University/IESCUM), Melissa Scagnelli (IESCUM)
Abstract:

The magnitude of demand for Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) creates severe problems whenever state welfare systems directly deliver treatment, as occurs in many European Union countries. How can we ensure effective behavioral intervention for as many children as possible when resources are limited? IESCUM, the Italian Chapter of ABAI, is trying to solve this problem by testing a conceptual model derived from the Italian Model for EIBI (the MIPIA). The core of the model is sustainability, a concept borrowed from economics and applied to the field of behavior analytic services delivery: it means finding the point known as good enough, i.e. the point at which it is possible to reach, on the basis of skills assessments of service recipients, and an efficient cost/benefit use of available resources. The practical implementation of this conceptual model began in 2011, and has proved to be effective and efficient in generating core behavioral repertoires in three age groups ranging from two to 16 years while maintaining financial sustainability, illustrating a fruitful compatibility in explanatory principles derived from economic theory and behavior analysis, and yielding a model of service provision that might be useful in state-run EIBI and other publically-funded behavioral services abroad.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #326
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Big Rats, Big Opportunities, and Big Challenges: HeroRATS and Me

Monday, May 30, 2016
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Alan D. Poling, Ph.D.
Chair: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom and Florida Institute of Technology)
ALAN D. POLING (Western Michigan University)
Dr. Alan Poling is Professor of Psychology at Western Michigan University. He received his B.A. from Alderson-Broaddus College, his M.A. from West Virginia University, and his Ph.D. from the University of Minnesota. A Fellow of Divisions 3, 25, and 28 of the American Psychological Association, Dr. Poling has published 12 books and roughly 350 articles and book chapters and served as the research advisor of 35 Ph.D. recipients. They, and he, have conducted research and done conceptual work in several areas, including behavioral pharmacology, clinical psychopharmacology (with special emphasis on the effects of psychotropic drugs in people with developmental disabilities), applied behavior analysis, gender issues, animal welfare, quantitative analysis, learning processes, and research methods. Dr. Poling was recognized as a Distinguished Faculty Scholar at Western Michigan University in 1996 and as a Distinguished Alumnus of West Virginia University in 1999. In 2003, he received the Western Michigan University College of Arts and Sciences Outstanding Achievement in Research and Creative Activity Award. In 2016, he will receive a Lifetime Achievement Award from the California Association of Behavior Analysis, a Translational Research Award from the Association for Behavior Analysis International, and an International Humanitarian Award from the American Psychological Association.
Abstract:

For more than a decade, APOPO, a Belgian NGO headquartered in Tanzania, has used scent-detecting giant African pouched rats (Cricetomys) to detect landmines and other explosive remnants of war and to detect human tuberculosis. APOPO has also explored other potential humanitarian applications of the rats. For several years, my students and I have worked with other APOPO personnel to ascertain how well the rats perform in detecting landmines and in finding tuberculosis, to devise strategies to increase the rats' effectiveness and efficiency, and to extend the range of valuable services they can provide. This presentation summarizes what we have learned.

Target Audience:

Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) specify how pouched rats are trained and used operationally to detect target scents, such as though associated with landmines and human tuberculosis; (2) specify how the rats are currently used for humanitarian purposes, their value in these applications, and potential future uses of the rats; (3) specify challenges associated with conducting high quality scent detection research in general and in conducting such research under the auspices of a humanitarian organization that works under difficult conditions in resource poor areas.
 
 
Symposium #327
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Preference and Reinforcement in Individuals With Autism: Considerations for Lower-Functioning Learners
Monday, May 30, 2016
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Robert W. Isenhower (Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Robert W. Isenhower, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Formal assessment of preference is a critical component of applied behavioral analytic intervention for learners with autism and developmental disabilities. Empirically determining individuals’ preferences can facilitate the identification of putative reinforcers and can increase the amount of control individuals have over their own therapeutic interventions. The current symposium will discuss empirical and methodological issues that surround the assessment of learner preference in individuals with autism with more profound intellectual and communicative impairments and choice-making difficulties. Specifically, this symposium will examine modifying single stimulus preference assessments to incorporate latency as an index of relative preference; comparing formal reinforcer assessments to determine which might be more appropriate for these learners; and incorporating learner preference to select the most appropriate communication modality for a learner to use. Attendees should garner a greater appreciation for the nuanced issues surrounding the assessment of learner preference in lower-functioning populations and should leave with concrete preference assessment strategies that can be incorporated into their own behavior analytic practice.

Keyword(s): Choice Analysis, Preference Assessments, Reinforcer Assessments
 

A Comparison of Two Assessments for Evaluating the Reinforcing Value of Tokens

ROBERT W. ISENHOWER (Rutgers University), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Progressive-ratio (PR) schedules of reinforcement have been used to evaluate the potency of a reinforcer using successively higher ratio requirements. Critics note that the procedure is lengthy and may be aversive for some individuals (e.g. Poling, 2010). Smaby et al. (2007) describe a reinforcer assessment that rapidly alternates between extinction and reinforcement conditions to compare rates of responding. The extent to which these two reinforcer assessments achieve commensurate results, and the comparative efficiency of each, is unknown. In the current study, three students with autism participated in a full analysis of tokens and primary reinforcement using both a PR schedule (Roane et al., 2001) and the rapid reinforcer assessment (Smaby et al., 2007). For all students, the PR analyses indicated that primary reinforcement produced the highest (or most stable) rates of responding and that tokens were variably reinforcing. In contrast, for two students the rapid reinforcer assessment indicated that tokens were nearly as effective as primary reinforcement in maintaining high response rates. For the third student, tokens appeared to have a suppressive effect on responding. The rapid assessment was significantly faster to conduct than the PR schedule. Implications for the use of reinforcer assessments in clinical practice will be discussed.

 
Using Latency to Increase the Utility of Single-Stimulus Preference Assessments
ERICA M. DASHOW (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Todd Frischmann (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: The development of formal preference assessments has been useful in identifying putative reinforcers for individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. Standard preference assessment formats include single stimulus, paired stimuli, and multiple stimuli without replacement (MSWO). Paired stimuli and MSWO assessments present stimuli in an array, which allows for the creation of preference hierarchies. However, both formats are subject to position biases and may not be suitable for learners with choice-making difficulties. Furthermore, paired-stimuli assessments can be time consuming. Traditional single stimulus presentations overcome these design limitations, but may over identify preferred items and cannot establish preference hierarchies. Measurement of response latency from stimulus presentation to selection in single-stimulus assessments may be a viable way to assess preference. The current study compared latency-based single-stimulus assessments to both paired stimuli and MSWO preference assessments utilizing a touch screen computer monitor to measure latency. Results indicated that the latency-based preference assessment yielded high concurrent validity to other formal preference assessment methods. These findings have implications for assessing learner preference in individuals with motor skill deficits, position biases, and impairments in choice-making.
 

Effect of Response Effort on Preference for Communication Modality

SARAH JANE LUEM (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), Katelyn Selver (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Sarah Levine (Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Autism spectrum disorders are characterized by deficits in communication. To address this issue, a number of different modes of communication have been developed (i.e., picture exchange, sign language, voice output communication aides (VOCAs)). Research has shown that the rates of acquisition of each modality and preference for modality may vary across individuals (e.g., van der Meer et al., 2012). For example, a student may acquire a picture exchange response to label items in fewer trials than sign language and may also show preference for the picture exchange response (i.e., engage in that response when given a choice of both responses). The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of response effort on communication preference. Three participants were first taught to label pictures with vocal approximations and VOCAs (Proloquo to go). The pictures included one, two, and multi-syllable words. Data were collected on trials to acquisition for each modality. Then, a choice analysis was conducted in which participants were asked to label the picture with either communication modality. Preference for modality was idiosyncratic across participants and influenced by different variables (e.g., distance to AAC or word complexity).

 
 
Symposium #328
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating and Disseminating Parent-Implemented Early Interventions for Autism Based on Skinner's Analysis of Verbal Behavior
Monday, May 30, 2016
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Bianca Pizzo (Rowan University)
Discussant: Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic)
CE Instructor: Michelle Ennis Soreth Soreth, Ph.D.
Abstract:

As the incidence rates of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) continue to rise, innovative delivery models for wide-scale dissemination of effective, empirically validated treatments for ASD are urgently needed. Parent-implemented interventions for ASD offer multiple advantages, and a number of non-behavior analytic, developmental interventions for ASD have distinguished themselves from ABA-based interventions by explicitly centering on parent-implementation. Non-behavior analytic, parent-implemented developmental interventions have also been the focus of multiple randomized clinical trials (RCTs), and despite mixed outcomes, contribute to an increasing volume of ASD intervention research in disciplines outside behavior analysis. This symposium will explore critical issues in the evaluation and dissemination of a parent-implemented intervention based on Skinners analysis of verbal behavior, including preliminary treatment outcomes comparing parent-implemented behavior analytic and non-behavior analytic interventions, as well as the development and early evaluation of a telehealth delivery model of parent-implemented behavior analytic intervention based on Skinners analysis of verbal behavior.

Keyword(s): Autism, Parent-implemented intervention, Telehealth, Verbal Behavior
 

Comparing Treatment Outcomes of Parent-Implemented Applied Behavior Analysis and Relationship Development Intervention (RDI)

MARY LOUISE E. KERWIN (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University), Bianca Pizzo (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Early interventions for ASD based on Applied Behavior Analysis have not traditionally been designed exclusively for parent-implementation. Recently, several developmental interventions for ASD have distinguished themselves from thoroughgoing behavior analytic interventions by explicitly centering on parent-implementation. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the efficacy of a parent-implemented ABA intervention based on Skinners analysis of verbal behavior (ABA/VB) and Relationship Development Intervention (RDI) as adjunctive treatments to treatment-as-usual (TAU) by conducting a small, randomized pilot trial. ABA/VB and RDI have vastly different theoretical bases as well as different primary targets for intervention; however, both approaches assume that joint attention and verbal behavior, respectively, will emerge as a corollary effect of the intervention. To prepare for evaluation, 16-session adjunctive, parent-implemented intervention manuals for ABA/VB and RDI developed, manualized, and validated. Outcomes were assessed at pre-treatment, post-treatment (3 months) and at 3 months follow-up (6 months post-baseline) via direct observation and standardized measures. Preliminary pilot results indicated that the parent-implemented ABA/VB intervention group experienced gains in responding and initiating forms of joint attention and verbal behavior, whereas the gains in RDI intervention group were largely limited to responding forms of joint attention and verbal behavior.

 

Telehealth Delivery of a Parent-Implemented Intervention for Autism Based on Skinner's Analysis of Verbal Behavior

MICHELLE ENNIS SORETH (Rowan University), Jacqueline Eggink (Rowan University), Michelle Simon (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Telehealth technology has the potential to remove barriers to wide-scale dissemination of effective parent-implemented intervention. The purpose of this study is to evaluate a telehealth delivery model of a parent-implemented intervention for Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) based on the science of Applied Behavior Analysis and Skinner�s analysis of verbal behavior (ABA/VB). A multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate the preliminary efficacy of a parent-implemented VB intervention delivered through a web-based videoconferencing platform for 6 parent-child dyads. Parent training was delivered through in-person coaching and video conferencing software over 10-weeks. Parents were coached in the implementation of verbal acquisition and behavior reduction strategies for 1 hour each week by trained graduate student therapists. Direct observations of the parent-child interactions including parent implementation fidelity and rates of child verbal behavior were collected at the beginning of each session. Preliminary results indicated parents� levels of implementation fidelity and rates of child manding increased after treatment was introduced, and these improvements were maintained throughout telehealth phase of the study. These initial results suggest that telehealth delivery of the parent-implemented ABA/VB intervention may be effective as a primary treatment delivery vehicle or as an adjunctive mechanism to promote maintenance of treatment gains.

 
 
Symposium #332
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Effective Behavior Support Practices in Large Behavioral Organizations Serving Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Developmental Disabilities Using a Data Based Multi-Tiered Framework
Monday, May 30, 2016
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Gordon A. DeFalco (May Institute)
CE Instructor: Robert F. Putnam, Ph.D.
Abstract:

School-wide Positive Behavior Support, a data based multi-tiered framework has been shown to be effective in schools in improving behavior support (Sugai & Horner, 2009). The use of data based decision making incorporating applied behavior analysis/evidenced based practices at the universal, secondary and intensive level has not been implemented in large organizations serving adults with autism spectrum disorder and developmental disabilities. A critical feature of an effective multi-tiered data based decision approach is to have efficient and effective data systems that allow teams to make timely data based decisions at each tier. Secondly, it is a challenge of large organizations to install data-based organizational wide systems to support effective applied behavior analytic practices implemented with treatment integrity. The symposium will present data from a large behavior analytic organizations in how to implement a multi-tiered system of support to improve staff performance as well as clinical outcomes for individuals with ASD and/or IDD. The presentations will review how to efficiently use staff resources to maximize clinical effectiveness.

 

Implementing Universal Behavior Support Interventions Across a Large Behavioral Analytical Organization Using Data-Based Decision Making

ROBERT F. PUTNAM (May Institute), Deidre Donaldson (May Institute), Shannon Barry (May Institute)
Abstract:

This presentation will review the implementation of universal behavior support interventions across a large behavior analytical organization serving over 2,000 individuals with IDD and/or autism across 100 programs. The hallmark of any effective multi-tiered system of support using behavior analytical/evidenced based practices is timely data based decision making by representative data teams at each tier. The use of paper based systems and the timely and efficient conversion of this information into representative visual presentations using excel/and or other graphing programs to allow teams to make data based decisions is consumes significant staff resources. Secondly, the use of functional assessment information to ascertain system interventions particularly in these programs is often lacking. The development of an efficient electronic data collection system for universal data (incident reports) and automatic visual presentation of these data was a high priority to help universal teams analyze their information and build program-wide behavior support plans. Data will be presented on the analysis of data, treatment integrity and reductions in problem behavior.

 

Developing and Implementing Data Based Decision Making Teams for Those Individuals With Developmental Disabilities With High Risk Behavior Within a Multi-Tiered System of Behavior Support

GORDON A. DEFALCO (May Institute), Erin McDermott (May Institute), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute), Shannon Barry (May Institute)
Abstract:

This data based presentation demonstrates the development and implementation of data based decision making teams for those individuals with developmental disabilities with high risk behavior within a multi-tiered system of behavior support. Within a multi-tiered system of support universal interventions are implemented across all individuals with the organization. Secondary or targeted interventions are implemented for those individuals who are not responsive to the universal interventions. At the intensive level are those individuals who exhibit problem behavior who either are not responsive to targeted/secondary interventions or engage in high risk behaviors. This presentation will review the implementation of intensive behavior support interventions across a large behavior analytical organization serving over 2,000 individuals with IDD and/or autism across 100 programs. Intensive data based teams were formed to review on a monthly basis progress monitoring data on the most challenging behaviors of these individuals. All individuals had behavior support plans in place. Based on the responsiveness of the individuals to their behavior support plans these teams make suggestions to improve intervention effectiveness. Treatment integrity of the system implementation was taken and showed improvements over the course of nine months. Improvements were seen in the effectiveness of the behavior support plans in 19 of the 20 individuals involved in the intervention. Overall reductions were seen in the amount of restraints used during the intervention as compared to preintervention.

 

A Cost-Benefit Analysis of the Implementation of a PBS Model Within an Adult Service System

ANNIE K. BARLOW (Amego Inc.), Paul Mahoney (Amego Inc.), John C. Randall (Amego Inc.), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College), Dennis H. Reid (Carolina Behavior Analysis and Support Center)
Abstract:

In 2013, the Massachusetts Department of Developmental Services (DDS) began a process of mandating the adoption of a positive behavior support (PBS) approach, in lieu of applied behavior analysis, as the model for clinical service delivery for the currently 32,000 adults served through DDS and its contracted vendors. A seminal article by Horner et al. (1990) began with the statement that, "In recent years, a broad-based movement has emerged in support of non-aversive behavior management" (p. 125). Unfortunately, while there is a plethora of data supporting the use of a PBS approach within school based systems, as noted by Johnson, Foxx, and Mulick (2004), little such evidence exists within adult populations. The purpose of the research described within this symposium is to evaluate the implementation of a PBS model within a large-scale adult service system utilizing a within-subject experimental design. While the primary Independent Variable in the study is a system-wide PBS approach, the research design was structured to focus on the impact of the effect of the Reid and Parsons (2007) Positive Behavior Support Training Curriculum, 2nd Ed. The results of this evaluation along with a discussion of the cost-benefit implications for service providers will be discussed. The PBS training was implemented in a Multiple Baseline Design across three cohorts of 18 DDS funded adult group homes, serving 5+/- individuals each. A pre-Training Baseline was followed sequentially by Training alone and Training combined with feedback. Inter-Observer reliability was collected across all conditions and settings, with an overall mean of >85%. Results indicated that Training alone was insufficient to produce clinically significant results. However, Training plus Feedback did produce clinically significant results in staff behavior. Indirect measures of client behavior, such as the level of restrictive practices employed and the frequency of emergency physical restraints also showed positive changes as a result of the Training plus Feedback condition. Additionally, maintenance data on the long-term impact of this approach will be reported.

 
 
Symposium #333
CE Offered: BACB
New Applications of Organizational Behavior Management
Monday, May 30, 2016
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: David Kelley, M.A.
Abstract: This symposium will present new applications of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) in applied settings. The goal is to extend current understanding and application of common OBM tools to real business challenges and identify innovative solutions that are acceptable and sustainable. The first talk will describe an alternative approach from BBS for improving safety behaviors and results in a chemical manufacturing organization. The second talk will introduce a new tool for gathering individualized feedback preferences for employees that can guide managers in their feedback conversations. And, the third talk will demonstrate an approach for teaming OBM up with Lean, a well known and useful tool in business, to have an important impact in a healthcare setting. All of the presentations will include data from organizations where this work was evaluated. Attendees will leave with a better understanding of how to use OBM and new ideas for making positive changes in business settings.
 
Teaching Behavioral Concepts to Leaders to Improve Safety Performance
NICOLE GRAVINA (Florida Institute of Technology), John Austin (Reaching Results)
Abstract: Safety is commonly addressed in the organizational behavior management (OBM) research literature through the Behavior-Based Safety (BBS) process. But, BBS has some limitations. For example, it is not practical in some cases, it is not viewed favorably by some organizations, and it doesn’t incorporate top leaders who have enormous influence in organizations. An alternative approach that involved teaching leaders at a chemical manufacturing site behavioral analysis concepts, having them complete homework, and coaching them to apply the concepts, will be described. Over 50 leaders at the site were trained and they each conducted projects that applied behavior analysis concepts to workplace safety and other issues as part of the initial course and then on an ongoing basis. The training and projects were associated with a substantial improvement in safety performance and reduction in spills that has maintained for three years. An overview of the training process, sample projects, and results will be shared.
 
Assessing Feedback Preference of Employees Towards a More Function-Based Feedback System
APRIL ROWLAND (Florida Institute of Technology), Manuel Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
Abstract: Performance Feedback has been used successfully as a consequence-based intervention across varied and numerous studies in organizational behavior management (Alvero, Bucklin, & Austin, 2001). Based on the existing preference assessment literature (Waldvogel & Dixon, 2008; Wilder, Therrien, & Wine, 2006) the authors investigated the use of an informant-based method for identifying employee feedback preferences. A tool was developed based on the dimensions of feedback commonly sited in organizational behavior management literature (Alvero, Bucklin, & Austin, 2001; Daniels & Bailey, 2014). Interviews were conducted with six employees of an educational service organization that provides online education and consulting of behavior analysis and instructional design. These employees represent a virtual team tasked with the development and implementation of various products. The results of these interviews indicate feedback preferences vary across both individuals and the specific job tasks those individuals perform. The presentation will provide the methodology used, the results, and conclude with a discussion on how different aspects of feedback should be investigated and accounted for in the design of feedback systems, and some thoughts on future research to evaluate feedback preferences over time.
 

What We Can Learn From Our Interdisciplinary Friends: We All Can Get Along

DAVID KELLEY (Florida Institute of Technology), Allison King (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Dissemination of the science of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is no easy task, particularly in the field of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM). Communicating the science of behavior in business can be a considerable challenge. It becomes particularly challenging when faced against individuals with different philosophical backgrounds. Despite this challenge, OBM interventions can often be successful if done properly in partnership with these individuals from different philosophical backgrounds. This presentation will provide examples of OBM being applied in a health care setting in partnership with disciplines outside of ABA. The work being presented will focus on OBM projects completed in partnership with Industrial Engineers (specifically Lean/Six Sigma) and Organizational Development Practitioners (OD) that helped reduce organizational waste and improve patient satisfaction. The presentation will shed light on the importance of working with these individuals in business to assure not only the successful implementation of OBM interventions, but the dissemination of our science to the business world.

 
 
Symposium #334
CE Offered: BACB
Towards a Functional Analysis of "Prompt Dependency"
Monday, May 30, 2016
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services)
CE Instructor: Paulo Guilhardi, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The term "prompt dependency" is widely used to identify problem believed to be inherent to the learner. Evidence supporting those explanations is scarce as systematic research on the establishment of prompt dependency is not widely available in the behavior analytic literature. The first presentation describes a functional assessment approach for the explanation the acquisition of the phenomena described as prompt dependency. The authors propose a new behavior analytic term and definition, namely, "prompt maintained behavior" the term places the focus on the identification of the contingencies of reinforcement that may be responsible for the establishment and maintenance of prompt dependency. The other two presentations describe data supporting this analysis, one in which prompt maintained behavior is maintained by positive reinforcement in the form of physical attention and the second maintained by avoidance of corrective procedures. This research has implications for prevention and treatment prompt maintained behavior.

Keyword(s): Functional Assessment, Prompt Dependence, Stimulus Control
 

Prompt Dependency or Prompt Maintained Behavior?

PAULO GUILHARDI (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

Prompt dependency is a term used to describe a characteristic believed to be inherent to an individual often labeled as "prompt dependent". Prompt dependency is observed when correct responses only appear when the controlling prompt is presented during skill acquisition and it can be affected by differential reinforcement of independent vs. prompted responses by manipulations of the rate and quality of arbitrary reinforcements. The behavior analytic literature often described the emergence of prompt dependency as a result of a failure of transfer of stimulus control from a prompt to the targeted stimulus. This presentation will provide a functional analysis of prompt dependency with focus on the identification of contingencies of reinforcement responsible for the establishment and maintenance of prompt dependency. As a result, the authors propose that the term "prompt maintained behavior" replace "prompt dependency". In addition, the authors will propose a brief assessment protocol that reduces the risk of establishment and maintenance of prompt maintained behavior.

 

Prompt Dependency Maintained by Positive Reinforcement

JOSEPH ROBITAILLE (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

The current study attempted to identify and describe a positive reinforcement contingency that establishes and maintains prompt dependency. That is, refraining from emitting a known response until a prompt is delivered. A 2-year old girl diagnosed with ASD was exposed to trials in which (1) a known instruction was delivered, (2) a response was either emitted or omitted, (3) a prompt was delivered if response was omitted, and (4) consequences were delivered. Two conditions differed in the type of prompt used and the reinforcement delivered for independent vs. prompted responses (Prompt dependency and independency conditions). In the prompt dependency condition, the prompt consisted of physical guidance, which was consistent to the type of physical attention reinforcer identified during a functional analysis. In the independency condition, the prompt was visual and reinforcer for independent responses consisted of physical play. Data from an ABA design indicated that the participant showed prompt dependency only when physical prompted was delivered contingent on a 3-s interval with no response (omission). These results alert for the need of consideration of the reinforcer properties of the prompt itself when designing instructional tasks.

 

Prompt Dependency Maintained by Avoidance

JENNIFER SMITH (Beacon ABA Services), Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

The current study attempted to identify and describe an avoidance contingency that establishes and maintains prompt dependency, that is, refraining from emitting a known response until a prompt is delivered. A 5-year old girl diagnosed with ASD was exposed to trials in which (1) an instruction was delivered, (2) a choice between responding independently or with a physical prompt was made, (3) independent or prompted response was made, and (4) consequences were delivered. Two conditions differed in the consequence delivered following prompted responses (Aversive and Non-Aversive Conditions). The aversive stimulus was verbal error correction and "help" delivered by parent in the natural environment. Data indicate that the participant consistently chose to respond independently when praise was delivered following both independent and prompted choices, but chose the prompt condition when the aversive stimulus was introduced following independent responses (ABA design).

 
 
Panel #335
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: I Didn't Learn This in Grad School: What Every BCBA Needs to Know About Opening Their Own Clinic
Monday, May 30, 2016
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Michael Weinberg, Other
Chair: Lauren Phillips (University of Houston - Clear Lake)
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Endicott College)
DANA B. HARRIS (Spectacular Kids ABA Therapy & Consulting, LLC)
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC)
Abstract:

There are many components to starting one's own early-intervention clinic within the field of behavior analysis. Knowing where to start can often be a barrier to effectively allocating one's resources to develop the most successful clinic. Following these initial decisions, it is essential to ensure that the materials developed, and treatments delivered uphold the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts. Additionally, maintaining compliance with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) is crucial to ensure that protected health information of one's clients is appropriately safeguarded. Come learn from experts in the field as they discuss their experiences of opening their own clinics, upholding HIPAA regulations, evaluating problematic derivations from the BACB ethical guidelines, and working on a state licensing board to protect consumers through the enforcement of professional ethical standards.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts.

Learning Objectives: At the end of the presentation, participants should be able to: (1) determine a good starting point and avoid common errors associated with starting one’s own clinic; (2) evaluate the BACB ethical guidelines, and establish policies that uphold these guidelines; (3) manage the flow of information in a manner that is compliant with HIPAA regulations.
Keyword(s): Clinic Startup, Ethics, HIPAA Compliance
 
 
Invited Paper Session #336
CE Offered: PSY

Quantitative Modeling in Behavioral Analysis, Part 2: How?

Monday, May 30, 2016
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Lucerne, Swissotel
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Blake A. Hutsell, Ph.D.
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
BLAKE A. HUTSELL (Virginia Commonwealth University)
Blake Hutsell received his doctoral training in experimental psychology at Southern Illinois University under the direction of Dr. Eric Jacobs. Subsequently he completed a postdoctoral fellowship at Auburn University under the direction of Dr. Chris Newland and currently holds a postdoctoral position in the Virginia Commonwealth University School of Medicine under the direction of Dr. Matt Banks. He was the 2011 recipient of the APA Division 25 Basic Behavior Analysis Dissertation Award and his publications have appeared in the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Neurobiology of Learning and Memory, Drug and Alcohol Dependence and other journals. His research interests include novel applications of quantitative models to socially-relevant behavioral phenomena such as drug addiction and neurotoxicant exposure to target underlying behavioral mechanisms that mediate these phenomena.
Abstract:

While quantitative modeling has become increasingly common in the behavior analytic literature, many researchers have received little formal training in the practical implementation of these methods. The purpose of this presentation is to encourage quantitative analyses of behavior by providing an introduction to modeling in Microsoft Office Excel. Excel represents an advantageous platform due to its wide availability to researchers in various settings and relative ease with which prominent quantitative models may be implemented. This presentation has three major aims: (1)to provide an overview of how to simulate quantitative models commonly encountered in the literature for the purposes of gaining an understanding of the model's behavior; (2) demonstrate how to set up a workbook to perform regression analyses and basic visual analyses to assess the goodness of a model's fit to data; (3) provide an accessible introduction to model selection techniques comparing nested and non-nested models to aid the identification of candidate behavioral mechanisms.

Target Audience:

Licensed pschologists and those interested in quantitative modeling.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) set up workbooks for model simulation and visualization to understand model behavior; (2) perform regression and implement model selections techniques.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #337
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Designing Courses Based on Research and Theory in Behavior Analysis and Psychology

Monday, May 30, 2016
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Advanced
CE Instructor: Henry D. Schlinger, Ph.D.
Chair: Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre)
HENRY D. SCHLINGER (California State University, LA)
Henry D. (Hank) Schlinger Jr. received his Ph.D. in psychology (applied behavior analysis) from Western Michigan University under the supervision of Jack Michael. He then completed a two-year National Institutes of Health-funded post-doctoral fellowship in behavioral pharmacology with Alan Poling. He was a full tenured professor of psychology at Western New England University in Springfield, MA, before moving to Los Angeles in 1998. He is now professor of psychology and former director of the M.S. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis in the Department of Psychology at California State University, Los Angeles. Dr. Schlinger has published numerous scholarly articles and commentaries in 25 different journals. He also has authored or co-authored three books, Psychology: A Behavioral Overview (1990), A Behavior-Analytic View of Child Development (1995) (which was translated into Japanese), and Introduction to Scientific Psychology (1998). He is a past editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior and The Behavior Analyst, and on the editorial boards of several other journals. He also serves on the Board of Trustees of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies.
Abstract:

There is currently widespread concern for effective teaching at all levels of education. A defining feature of teaching—perhaps more than any other profession—is the range of variability in styles and approaches. Unlike the practice of medicine, for example, teaching is still seen as an art. Moreover, few college professors are ever taught how to teach; their only qualification is a Ph.D. and expertise in their subject matter. But nowadays when colleges and universities are struggling to attract and then retain students, it is imperative that instructors take more responsibility for the success of their students. They can do this by designing their courses and classrooms according to existing research and theory in behavior analysis and psychology. This presentation describes (a) the purpose and goals of assessment; (b) the principles of a high-feedback instructional system; (c) the role of assessment in a high-feedback system; and (d) one model of a high-feedback system.

Target Audience:

Educators and teachers of applied behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) understand the purpose and goals of assessment in college teaching; (2) understand the principles of a high-feedback instructional system; (3) understand the role of assessment in a high-feedback system.
 
 
Symposium #338
CE Offered: BACB
Verbal Behavior and Depression
Monday, May 30, 2016
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: W. Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University)
Discussant: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
CE Instructor: W. Joseph Wyatt, Ph.D.
Abstract: Depression is a mix of emotion, thoughts and behaviors, and diagnoses of depression are increasing by twenty percent per year. The result is that billions of dollars are spent "treating" depression, often without guarantees of behavior change. Depression is a leading health concern according to the World Health Organization, which established universal guidelines to treat this mental health "illness". Depressive thoughts and feelings are internal phenomenon that can only be experienced by the individual. Thus, in routine clinical practice diagnoses are based mainly on the verbal report of the individual who labels himself as depressed, as well as on his self-description of his at-home depressive behaviors. Ordinarily, only a relatively small degree of the diagnostic input arises from direct observation of depressive behaviors in the clinical arena. This symposium will (a) address how verbal behavior of the individual and within the broader culture are antecedents to a diagnosis of depression by a health care provider and by lay people such as parents and caregivers, and (b) address ways individuals can change their verbal behavior to address effective behavior change that can decrease their self-perception of depression or reduce the need for medical intervention.
Keyword(s): depression, intervention, self management, verbal behavior
 
Perception of Verbal Behavior
JUDY G. BLUMENTHAL (Association for Behavior Change)
Abstract: Each person experiences thoughts, emotions, and feelings hundreds of times throughout the day. Because the relationship among the three modes is quite complex, it is easy for individuals to forget they have control over each mode. For example, if an individual is having a bad day, he has the opportunity to read affirmations or call a friend to feel better. He can also say, "I am not good at anything," which can trigger feelings of sadness, causing the person to cry and otherwise worsen his mood. This sequence of events can result in a self description of “I am not normal," and health care providers or caregivers might agree. However, the individual has described himself erroneously, in a way that led to a mistaken perception by others. Another example is a routine failure to complete a crossword puzzle that elicited the thought, " Why can't I do anything right?" perhaps even followed by saying it aloud, despite the fact the person typically completes nine out of ten such puzzles (and also does a number of other things quite well). Strategies to become conscious of verbal behavior and its influence will be discussed.
 

The Verbal Roots of Medication Mania, and Suggestions for Dealing With It

W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University)
Abstract:

When it comes to treatment of depression, the U.S. now sports an unfortunate culture of pills before skills. The roots of this phenomenon largely are verbal and may be traced to the symbiosis of two powerful verbal forces the profit motive of the pharmaceutical industry and organized psychiatrys faux reliance on the biological causation model. This presentation will trace the mutually reinforcing natures of drug makers advertising and of the non-science promotion of the biological model by the psychiatry profession, and the ways that the two have become absorbed into the verbal culture of the populace. Unfortunate results of these twin forces include treatment that often is minimally helpful and that more effective treatment, such as those done from a behavioral perspective, may never be undertaken. Suggestions for ways that behavior analysts may best deal with clients perceptions of the prevailing misinformation will be presented.

 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}